WO2020189377A1 - Breaker device - Google Patents

Breaker device Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2020189377A1
WO2020189377A1 PCT/JP2020/010043 JP2020010043W WO2020189377A1 WO 2020189377 A1 WO2020189377 A1 WO 2020189377A1 JP 2020010043 W JP2020010043 W JP 2020010043W WO 2020189377 A1 WO2020189377 A1 WO 2020189377A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
electric circuit
circuit portion
conductive
blocking device
conductive portion
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2020/010043
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
純久 福田
健児 金松
一寿 木下
中村　真人
進弥 木本
瞬 伊藤
Original Assignee
パナソニックＩｐマネジメント株式会社
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from JP2019169812A external-priority patent/JP2020161468A/en
Application filed by パナソニックＩｐマネジメント株式会社 filed Critical パナソニックＩｐマネジメント株式会社
Publication of WO2020189377A1 publication Critical patent/WO2020189377A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01H—ELECTRIC SWITCHES; RELAYS; SELECTORS; EMERGENCY PROTECTIVE DEVICES
    • H01H39/00—Switching devices actuated by an explosion produced within the device and initiated by an electric current

Definitions

  • the present disclosure relates to a breaking device, and more specifically, to a breaking device that cuts off an electric circuit.
  • the circuit breaker described in Patent Document 1 includes at least one conductor designed to be connected to an electric circuit, a housing, a matrix, a punch, and an actuator using a pyrotechnic. ..
  • the actuator is designed to move the punch from a first position to a second position when ignited.
  • the punch and matrix break at least one conductor into at least two separate parts as the punch moves from the first position to the second position.
  • An object of the present disclosure is to provide a breaking device capable of suppressing the generation of an arc.
  • the blocking device includes a housing having an internal space, a first electric circuit portion provided in the housing, a second electric circuit portion provided in the housing, and the housing.
  • a separation portion which is arranged in the internal space and electrically connects the first electric circuit portion and the second electric circuit portion to each other, and a first conductive portion are provided, and the first electric circuit portion and the first electric circuit portion move in the internal space. It includes an operation pin that separates the separation unit from at least one of the second electric circuit unit, and a drive unit that moves the operation pin.
  • the separation unit is located in a first direction from the operation pin, and is said to be the same.
  • the separation unit When the operation pin is moved in the first direction by the drive unit, the separation unit is separated from the first electric circuit unit or the second electric circuit unit by the operation pin, and the separation unit is the first electric circuit unit or After being separated from the second electric circuit portion, the first conductive portion moves between the first electric circuit portion and the second electric circuit portion, and electrically connects the first electric circuit portion and the second electric circuit portion. To connect to.
  • the blocking device of the present disclosure has an advantage that it is possible to suppress the generation of an arc.
  • FIG. 1 is a cross-sectional perspective view of the blocking device of one embodiment.
  • FIG. 2 is a perspective view of the breaking device of the same.
  • FIG. 3 is a cross-sectional view of the breaking device of the same.
  • FIG. 4 is a cross-sectional view of the breaking device of the same.
  • FIG. 5 is a cross-sectional view of the breaking device of the same.
  • FIG. 6 is an exploded perspective view of a main part including an operation pin of the breaking device of the same as above.
  • FIG. 7 is an exploded perspective view of a main part including an operation pin of the breaking device of the first modification.
  • FIG. 8 is a cross-sectional view of the blocking device of the second modification.
  • FIG. 1 is a cross-sectional perspective view of the blocking device of one embodiment.
  • FIG. 2 is a perspective view of the breaking device of the same.
  • FIG. 3 is a cross-sectional view of the breaking device of the same.
  • FIG. 4 is a cross-section
  • FIG. 9 is an exploded perspective view of a main part including an operation pin of the breaking device of the same as above.
  • FIG. 10 is an exploded perspective view of a main part including an operation pin of the breaking device of the modified example 3.
  • FIG. 11 is a cross-sectional view of the main part of the blocking device of the modified example 4 as viewed from above.
  • FIG. 12 is a cross-sectional view of the main part of the breaking device as seen from the side.
  • FIG. 13 is a perspective view of the operation pin of the breaking device of the same.
  • FIG. 14 is a cross-sectional view of the main part of the breaking device as seen from the side.
  • FIG. 15 is a perspective view of the operation pin of the breaking device of the modified example 5.
  • FIG. 10 is an exploded perspective view of a main part including an operation pin of the breaking device of the modified example 3.
  • FIG. 11 is a cross-sectional view of the main part of the blocking device of the modified example 4 as viewed from above.
  • FIG. 12
  • FIG. 16 is a side view showing a main part of the above-mentioned breaking device.
  • FIG. 17 is a side view showing a main part of the above-mentioned breaking device.
  • FIG. 18 is a side view showing a main part of the above-mentioned breaking device.
  • FIG. 19 is a cross-sectional view of the main part of the blocking device of the modified example 6 as viewed from the side.
  • FIG. 20 is a cross-sectional view of the main part of the blocking device of the modified example 7 as viewed from the side.
  • FIG. 21 is a cross-sectional view of the main part of the blocking device of the modified example 8 as viewed from the side.
  • FIG. 22 is a cross-sectional perspective view of the blocking device of the modified example 9.
  • FIG. 23 is an exploded perspective view of a main part including the operation pin of the breaking device of the same as above.
  • FIG. 24 is a cross-sectional view of the breaking device of the same.
  • FIG. 25 is a cross-sectional view of the breaking device of the same.
  • FIG. 26 is a cross-sectional view of the breaking device of the same.
  • FIG. 27 is a cross-sectional view of the breaking device of the same.
  • FIG. 28 is a cross-sectional view of the breaking device of the same.
  • FIG. 29 is a cross-sectional view of the main part of the blocking device of the modified example 10 as viewed from the side.
  • FIG. 30 is a cross-sectional view of the blocking device of the modified example 11.
  • FIG. 31 is an exploded perspective view of a main part including an operation pin of the above-mentioned breaking device.
  • FIG. 32 is a cross-sectional view of the main part of the blocking device of the modified example 12 as viewed from the side.
  • each of the following embodiments is only a part of the various embodiments of the present disclosure.
  • Each of the following embodiments can be changed in various ways depending on the design and the like as long as the object of the present disclosure can be achieved.
  • each figure described in each of the following embodiments is a schematic view, and the ratio of the size and the thickness of each component in the figure does not necessarily reflect the actual dimensional ratio. Absent.
  • the cutoff device 1 of the present embodiment includes a first electric circuit portion 21, a second electric circuit portion 22, a drive mechanism 7, and an operation pin 8. , Is equipped. Further, the cutoff device 1 includes a third electric circuit portion (separation portion) 23 and a housing 9.
  • the first electric circuit portion 21 and the second electric circuit portion 22 are electrically connected to each other.
  • the first electric circuit portion 21 and the second electric circuit portion 22 are electrically connected to each other via the third electric circuit portion 23.
  • the first electric circuit portion 21 and the second electric circuit portion 22 together with the third electric circuit portion 23 constitute one conductive member 2.
  • the third electric circuit portion 23 is a portion of the conductive member 2 that connects the first electric circuit portion 21 and the second electric circuit portion 22.
  • the conductive member 2 includes a first electric circuit portion 21 and a second electric circuit portion 22.
  • the conductive member 2 includes a third electric circuit portion 23. As shown in FIG. 1, the third electric circuit portion 23 is provided in the internal space of the housing 9.
  • the drive mechanism 7 moves the operation pin 8 (see FIG. 3).
  • the operation pin 8 is driven by the drive mechanism 7 and moves.
  • the operation pin 8 separates the first electric circuit portion 21 and the second electric circuit portion 22.
  • the operation pin 8 here separates the first electric circuit portion 21 and the second electric circuit portion 22 by breaking the conductive member 2.
  • the operation pin 8 is driven by the drive mechanism 7 to move and directly pushes the third electric circuit portion 23, whereby the third electric circuit portion 23 is pushed from the first electric circuit portion 21 and the second electric circuit portion 22. Separate. That is, the operation pin 8 moves in the internal space of the housing 9 from at least one (here, both) of the first electric circuit portion 21 and the second electric circuit portion 22 to the third electric circuit portion (separation portion) 23.
  • the operation pin 8 moves in the internal space of the housing 9 from at least one (here, both) of the first electric circuit portion 21 and the second electric circuit portion 22 to the third electric circuit portion (separation portion) 23.
  • the blocking device 1 includes a conductive portion 4 and an insulating portion 5.
  • the conductive portion 4 is arranged between the rear end (upper end of FIG. 1) of the operation pin 8 and the third electric circuit portion (separation portion) 23 in the moving direction of the operation pin 8 (vertical direction of FIGS. 4 and 5). It moves in conjunction with the operation pin 8.
  • the conductive portion 4 and the insulating portion 5 are a part of the operation pin 8. That is, the operation pin 8 has a conductive portion 4 and an insulating portion 5.
  • the conductive portion 4 enters between the opened first electric circuit portion 21 and the second electric circuit portion 22. As a result, the conductive portion 4 electrically connects (conducts) the first electric circuit portion 21 and the second electric circuit portion 22.
  • the insulating portion 5 is opened. It enters between the first electric circuit portion 21 and the second electric circuit portion 22. As a result, the insulating portion 5 insulates between the first electric circuit portion 21 and the second electric circuit portion 22.
  • the blocking device 1 of the present embodiment after the first electric circuit portion 21 and the second electric circuit portion 22 are separated from each other, the first electric circuit portion 21 and the second electric circuit portion 22 are temporarily separated by the conductive portion 4. ) Conducted. Then, in the blocking device 1, after the first electric circuit portion 21 and the second electric circuit portion 22 are electrically connected by the conductive portion 4, the first electric circuit portion 21 and the second electric circuit portion 22 are insulated by the insulating portion 5. That is, when the first electric circuit portion 21 and the second electric circuit portion 22 are separated from each other, they are once conducted through the conductive portion 4 and then insulated (here, by the insulating portion 5).
  • the current flowing through the conductive member 2 when insulating the first electric circuit portion 21 and the second electric circuit portion 22 (here, by the insulating portion 5). It is possible to reduce the size of. Therefore, it is possible to suppress the generation of an arc when insulating the first electric circuit portion 21 and the second electric circuit portion 22. It should be noted that suppressing the generation of an arc is not limited to not generating the arc, but may also include shortening the duration of the generated arc or reducing the energy of the generated arc.
  • the blocking device 1 includes a conductive member 2 including a first electric circuit portion 21, a second electric circuit portion 22, and a third electric circuit portion 23 (separation portion), and an operation pin 8 including a conductive portion 4 and an insulating portion 5. And a drive mechanism 7.
  • the conductive portion 4 and the insulating portion 5 are a part of the operation pin 8.
  • the blocking device 1 includes a housing 9 as shown in FIG.
  • the blocking device 1 is provided in, for example, an electric vehicle.
  • the cutoff device 1 is provided in, for example, an electric circuit that connects a power source of an electric vehicle and a motor, and switches whether or not a current is supplied from the power source to the motor.
  • the operation of the drive mechanism 7 in the shutoff device 1 is controlled by, for example, a control unit (ECU: Electronic Control Unit or the like) provided in the electric vehicle.
  • ECU Electronic Control Unit or the like
  • the moving direction of the operating pin 8 and the direction in which the operating pin 8 and the conductive member 2 face each other is referred to as a vertical direction
  • the conductive member 2 is viewed from the operating pin 8.
  • the side is called the lower side
  • the operation pin 8 side when viewed from the conductive member 2 is called the upper side.
  • the longitudinal direction of the conductive member 2 in which the first electric circuit portion 21 and the second electric circuit portion 22 are lined up is referred to as a left-right direction.
  • a direction orthogonal to both the vertical direction and the horizontal direction is referred to as a front-back direction. It should be noted that these directions are for convenience of explaining the structure of the breaking device 1, and do not specify the orientation of the breaking device 1 when the breaking device 1 is used.
  • the conductive member 2 has a plate shape having a thickness in the vertical direction.
  • the conductive member 2 is made of, for example, copper.
  • the conductive member 2 includes a first electric circuit portion 21, a second electric circuit portion 22, and a third electric circuit portion 23.
  • the first electric circuit portion 21 and the second electric circuit portion 22 are connected to each other via the third electric circuit portion 23, and are electrically connected to each other.
  • the third electric circuit portion 23 is provided between the first electric circuit portion 21 and the second electric circuit portion 22.
  • the first electric circuit portion 21, the second electric circuit portion 22, and the third electric circuit portion 23 are integrally formed. In the longitudinal direction of the conductive member 2, the first electric circuit portion 21, the third electric circuit portion 23, and the second electric circuit portion 22 are arranged in this order.
  • the first electric circuit portion 21 has a rectangular plate-shaped portion and a protruding portion protruding from the side surface of the rectangular plate-shaped portion.
  • the protruding end face of the protruding portion is concave.
  • the second electric circuit portion 22 has a rectangular plate-shaped portion and a protruding portion protruding from the side surface of the rectangular plate-shaped portion. The protruding end face of the protruding portion is concave.
  • the first electric circuit portion 21 has a first terminal 211.
  • the second electric circuit portion 22 has a second terminal 221.
  • the first terminal 211 and the second terminal 221 are electrically connected to both ends of an electric circuit that connects the power supply of the electric vehicle and the motor.
  • Each of the first terminal 211 and the second terminal 221 has, for example, a through hole.
  • Each of the first terminal 211 and the second terminal 221 can be electrically connected to the electric circuit by passing a screw through the through hole and connecting the screw to the terminal of the electric circuit.
  • the third electric circuit portion 23 has a plate shape having a width (dimension in the front-rear direction) narrower than that of the first electric circuit portion 21 and the second electric circuit portion 22. That is, the conductive member 2 has a substantially H shape when viewed from above.
  • the conductive member 2 has a groove 24 between the first electric circuit portion 21 and the third electric circuit portion 23, and between the second electric circuit portion 22 and the third electric circuit portion 23.
  • the groove 24 is formed on the first surface F1 of the first surface F1 (see FIG. 3) of the conductive member 2 and the second surface F2 (see FIG. 3) opposite to the first surface F1.
  • the first surface F1 is a surface facing the operation pin 8
  • the second surface F2 is a surface facing the relaxation space S2.
  • the depth direction of each groove 24 is along the thickness direction of the conductive member 2.
  • Each of the two grooves 24 is partially cylindrical.
  • the two grooves 24 are formed concentrically.
  • the two grooves 24 have the same diameter on the outside (the side far from the center) and the same diameter on the inside (the side near the center).
  • the two grooves 24 define the boundary portion 240 between the first electric circuit portion 21 and the third electric circuit portion 23, and the boundary portion 240 between the second electric circuit portion 22 and the third electric circuit portion 23.
  • the breaking strength of the boundary portion 240 is equal to or less than the breaking strength of the first electric path portion 21 and the second electric path portion 22. Further, the breaking strength of the boundary portion 240 is equal to or less than the breaking strength of the third electric circuit portion 23.
  • a boundary portion 240 is provided between the first electric circuit portion 21 and the third electric circuit portion 23, and a boundary portion 240 is provided between the second electric circuit portion 22 and the third electric circuit portion 23.
  • the boundary portion 240 may be considered to be a part of the first electric circuit portion 21, the second electric circuit portion 22, or the third electric circuit portion 23.
  • the housing 9 is made of, for example, resin.
  • the housing 9 has a space (internal space) inside.
  • the housing 9 has a first accommodating portion 91 and a second accommodating portion 97.
  • the first accommodating portion 91 has an accommodating space S1 for accommodating a part of the operation pin 8 before movement.
  • the second accommodating portion 97 has a space (relaxation space S2) inside thereof.
  • the first accommodating portion 91 includes a first body 92, a first cover 93, and a cap 94.
  • the first body 92 has a rectangular plate-shaped plate portion 921 and a tubular portion 922.
  • the plate portion 921 has a through hole 920 having a circular cross section in the center thereof.
  • the tubular portion 922 is provided on one surface (upper surface) of the plate portion 921.
  • the outer diameter of the tubular portion 922 is a size that fits in the plate portion 921.
  • the outer surface of the tubular portion 922 has a cylindrical surface shape.
  • the inner surface of the tubular portion 922 has a conical pedestal shape in which one end (lower end) is connected to the through hole 920 and the diameter gradually increases toward the upper side away from the plate portion 921.
  • the first cover 93 has a rectangular box shape with an open lower surface.
  • the first cover 93 covers the first body 92 from above.
  • the first cover 93 has a through hole 930 having a circular cross section and extending in the vertical direction at the center thereof.
  • the first cover 93 has a recess 931 on its lower surface.
  • the recess 931 has a first recess 932 having a cylindrical inner surface and a second recess 933 recessed upward from the bottom surface (upper surface) of the first recess 932 in a bowl shape.
  • the first recess 932 has a shape in which the tubular portion 922 fits.
  • the recess 931 has a ring-shaped third recess 934 connected to the first recess 932 around the first recess 932 on the lower surface of the first cover 93.
  • the accommodation space S1 is surrounded by the inner surface of the tubular portion 922 of the first body 92 and the inner surface of the second recess 933 of the first cover 93. Is formed.
  • An O-ring 61 is arranged in the third recess 934 of the first cover 93 so as to be sandwiched between the third recess 934 and the upper surface of the plate portion 921 of the first body 92. As a result, the gap between the first body 92 and the first cover 93 is sealed, and the airtightness of the accommodation space S1 can be ensured.
  • the cap 94 is put on the upper surface of the first cover 93.
  • the cap 94 includes a base portion 95 and a covering portion 96.
  • the base portion 95 and the covering portion 96 may be integrated or separate.
  • the base portion 95 has a shape including a rectangular parallelepiped portion and a columnar portion placed on the rectangular parallelepiped portion.
  • Through holes 950 penetrate vertically in the center of the base 95.
  • the through hole 950 includes a columnar recess 951 formed in the center of the lower surface of the base 95 so as to be recessed upward, and a storage recess 952 formed on the upper surface of the base 95.
  • the bottom surface (upper surface) of the recess 951 and the bottom surface (lower surface) of the accommodation recess 952 are connected to each other.
  • the cross-sectional shape of the recess 951 (the shape in the plane orthogonal to the vertical direction) is the same as the cross-sectional shape of the through hole 930 of the first cover 93.
  • the recess 951 of the base 95 and the through hole 930 of the first cover 93 are connected. That is, the recess 951 of the cap 94 is connected to the through hole 930 of the first cover 93, the accommodation space S1, and the through hole 920 of the first body 92.
  • a ring-shaped recess 953 is provided on the lower surface of the base 95, and an O-ring 62 is arranged in the recess 953.
  • the operation pin 8 is arranged in a space composed of the recess 951 of the base 95 of the cap 94, the through hole 930 of the first cover 93, the accommodation space S1, and the through hole 920 of the first body 92. Further, the gas generator 70 is arranged in the space inside the accommodation recess 952 of the cap 94.
  • the covering portion 96 has a bottomed cylindrical shape with an open lower surface. A through hole for exposing the upper surface of the gas generator 70 is formed in the center of the upper wall of the covering portion 96.
  • the covering portion 96 covers the base portion 95 so as to cover the upper surface of the base portion 95.
  • the second accommodating portion 97 includes a second body 98 and a second cover 99.
  • the second body 98 has a rectangular box shape.
  • the second body 98 has a recess 981 on its upper surface (the surface closer to the operation pin 8).
  • the recess 981 has a first recess 982 having a cylindrical inner surface and a second recess 983 recessed downward from the bottom surface (lower surface) of the first recess 982.
  • the second recess 983 has a cylindrical inner surface having an inner diameter smaller than the inner diameter of the first recess 982, and the boundary portion between the inner bottom surface and the inner surface thereof is curved.
  • the recess 981 has a ring-shaped third recess 984 connected to the first recess 982 around the first recess 982 on the upper surface of the second body 98.
  • the second cover 99 covers the second body 98 from above.
  • the second cover 99 has a shape that is vertically symmetrical with the first body 92.
  • the second cover 99 has a rectangular plate-shaped plate portion 991 and a cylindrical portion 992 having a cylindrical surface-shaped outer surface.
  • the plate portion 991 has a through hole 990 having a circular cross section in the center thereof.
  • the tubular portion 992 is provided on one surface (lower surface) of the plate portion 991.
  • the outer diameter of the tubular portion 992 is a size that fits in the plate portion 991.
  • the outer shape of the tubular portion 992 is a shape that fits into the first recess 982.
  • the inner surface of the tubular portion 992 has a conical pedestal shape in which one end is connected to the through hole 990 and the diameter gradually increases toward the downward direction away from the plate portion 991.
  • the relaxation space S2 is formed so as to be surrounded by the second recess 983 of the second body 98 and the inner surface of the tubular portion 993 of the second cover 99 in a state where the second cover 99 is covered with the second body 98. Will be done.
  • An O-ring 63 is arranged in the third recess 984 of the second body 98 so as to be sandwiched between the third recess 984 and the upper surface of the plate portion 991 of the second cover 99. As a result, the gap between the second body 98 and the second cover 99 is sealed, and the airtightness of the relaxation space S2 can be ensured.
  • the conductive member 2 is arranged between the first body 92 and the second cover 99. More specifically, a recess is formed on the lower surface of the first body 92, and the conductive member 2 is fitted in this recess.
  • the third electric circuit portion 23 and the boundary portion 240 are housed inside the housing 9.
  • the conductive member 2 is arranged so that the third electric circuit portion 23 faces the lower surface of the operation pin 8. Further, in the conductive member 2, the first terminal 211 of the first electric circuit portion 21 and the second terminal 221 of the second electric circuit portion 22 are exposed to the outside of the housing 9.
  • the drive mechanism 7 includes a gas generator 70.
  • the drive mechanism 7 moves the operation pin 8 in conjunction with the pressure of the gas generated by the gas generator 70.
  • the gas generator 70 is arranged in the accommodation recess 952 of the housing 9. As shown in FIG. 1, the gas generator 70 includes a fuel 74, a case 71, two pin electrodes 72 for energization, and a heat generating element 73.
  • Case 71 is a hollow columnar shape.
  • the blocking device 1 further includes an O-ring 64 interposed between the outer peripheral surface of the case 71 and the inner surface of the accommodating recess 952.
  • a cross groove is formed on the lower wall constituting the internal space, and the portion where the groove is formed is more likely to break than the other portions.
  • the fuel 74 is housed in the internal space of the case 71.
  • the fuel 74 burns to generate gas when the temperature rises.
  • the fuel 74 is, for example, explosives such as nitrocellulose, lead azide, black powder, and glycidyl azidopolymer.
  • the two pin electrodes 72 are held in the case 71.
  • the first end of each of the two pin electrodes 72 is exposed to the outside of the housing 9.
  • the second end of each of the two pin electrodes 72 is connected to the heat generating element 73. That is, the heat generating element 73 is connected between the two pin electrodes 72.
  • the heat generating element 73 is arranged in the internal space in which the fuel 74 is housed in the case 71.
  • the heat generating element 73 generates heat when it is energized.
  • the heat generating element 73 is, for example, a nichrome wire or an alloy wire of iron, chromium and aluminum.
  • the gas generator 70 generates gas by burning the fuel 74. More specifically, in the gas generator 70, when the space between the two pin electrodes 72 is energized, the heat generating element 73 generates heat, and the temperature of the fuel 74 around the heat generating element 73 is raised. As a result, the fuel 74 is burned and gas is generated.
  • the operation pin 8 is arranged between the gas generator 70 and the third electric circuit portion 23.
  • the operation pin 8 includes a conductive portion 4 and an insulating portion 5.
  • the main body of the operating pin 8 is composed of the insulating portion 5, and the conductive portion 4 is fixed to the member (insulating portion 5) constituting the operating pin 8.
  • the insulating part 5 has electrical insulation.
  • the insulating portion 5 contains, for example, a resin as a material.
  • the insulating portion 5 (member constituting the operation pin 8) has a long columnar shape in the vertical direction.
  • the diameter of the insulating portion 5 is substantially equal to the diameter of the through hole 920 and the diameter of the through hole 930.
  • the diameter of the insulating portion 5 is smaller than the outer diameter of the groove 24 and larger than the inner diameter of the groove 24.
  • the diameter of the insulating portion 5 may be substantially equal to the diameter outside the groove 24.
  • the insulating portion 5 is arranged in the housing 9 so that the first surface (upper surface) in the height direction faces the gas generator 70 and the second surface (lower surface) faces the conductive member 2.
  • the insulating portion 5 is arranged in the housing 9 so that the first end (upper end) is located in the recess 951 and the through hole 930 and the second end (lower end) is located in the through hole 920. Has been done.
  • a ring-shaped groove 51 along the circumferential direction of the insulating portion 5 is formed on the outer edge of the upper end of the insulating portion 5 (member constituting the operation pin 8).
  • the blocking device 1 further includes an O-ring 65 fitted in the groove 51. The outer edge of the O-ring 65 is in contact with the inner surface of the recess 951.
  • the operation pin 8 is held in the housing 9 inside the recess 951 by the frictional force between the inner surface of the groove 51 and the inner surface of the recess 951 and the O-ring 65.
  • An airtight space (pressurizing chamber 75) is formed in the housing 9 so as to be surrounded by the first surface (upper surface) of the insulating portion 5, the lower surface of the gas generator 70, and the inner surface of the through hole 950. There is. As shown in FIG. 6, a fitting recess 52 having a shape corresponding to the conductive portion 4 and into which the conductive portion 4 is fitted is formed at the lower end of the insulating portion 5.
  • the conductive portion 4 is made of metal.
  • the material of the conductive portion 4 is, for example, stainless steel, tungsten, a nichrome alloy, an alloy of iron, chromium, and aluminum.
  • the metal used as the material of the conductive portion 4 is selected in consideration of the electric resistance value, heat resistance, heat capacity, heat transfer property, etc. of the conductive portion 4.
  • the shape of the conductive portion 4 is selected in consideration of the electrical resistance, heat resistance, heat capacity, heat transfer property, etc. of the conductive portion 4.
  • the material and shape of the conductive portion 4 are selected so that the electric resistance of the conductive portion 4 is equal to or higher than the electric resistance of the third electric circuit portion 23. It is desirable that the material and shape of the conductive portion 4 be selected so that the electric resistance of the conductive portion 4 is larger than the electric resistance of the third electric circuit portion 23.
  • the electrical resistance of the conductive portion 4 means that when the conductive portion 4 is located between the first electric circuit portion 21 and the second electric circuit portion 22, the portion of the conductive portion 4 facing the first electric circuit portion 21 and the second one. 2 This is the electrical resistance between the electric circuit portion 22 and the opposite portion.
  • the electrical resistance of the third electric circuit portion 23 is the first electric circuit portion 21 in the third electric circuit portion 23 when the third electric circuit portion 23 is connected between the first electric circuit portion 21 and the second electric circuit portion 22. It is an electric resistance between the connecting portion with and the connecting portion with the second electric circuit portion 22.
  • the material and shape of the conductive portion 4 are preferably selected so that the heat resistance of the conductive portion 4 is high, the heat capacity is large, and the heat transfer property is high.
  • the material and shape of the conductive portion 4 are selected so that the conductive portion 4 does not melt during the operation of the blocking device 1, for example.
  • the conductive portion 4 includes a first portion 41, a second portion 42, and a third portion 43.
  • the conductive portion 4 has a substantially H-shaped shape when viewed from above.
  • the first portion 41 has a partial cylindrical shape having the same center as the center of the insulating portion 5 (members constituting the operation pin 8).
  • the outer diameter of the first portion 41 is substantially equal to the outer diameter of the insulating portion 5.
  • the outer diameter of the first portion 41 is smaller than the outer diameter of the groove 24 and larger than the inner diameter.
  • the inner diameter of the first portion 41 is smaller than the inner diameter of the groove 24.
  • the first portion 41 has a predetermined height (vertical dimension).
  • the height of the first portion 41 is larger than the thickness (vertical dimension) of the conductive member 2.
  • the height of the first portion 41 is larger than the thickness of the plate portion 921 of the first body 92 (vertical dimension) and smaller than the height of the first body 92 (vertical dimension).
  • the vertical dimension of the first portion 41 is, for example, about 10 mm.
  • the second portion 42 has the same dimensions and shape as the first portion 41, and is at a position point-symmetrical to the center of the insulating portion 5 with respect to the first portion 41.
  • the first portion 41 faces the groove 24 on one side (right side) of the conductive member 2.
  • the second portion 42 faces the groove 24 on the other side (left side) of the conductive member 2.
  • the third part 43 electrically connects the first part 41 and the second part 42.
  • the third portion 43 has a higher electrical resistance than the first portion 41 and the second portion 42.
  • the third portion 43 has a rectangular rod shape connecting the first portion 41 and the second portion 42.
  • the vertical dimension of the third portion 43 is smaller than the vertical dimension of the first portion 41 and the vertical dimension of the second portion 42.
  • the dimensions of the third portion 43 in the front-rear direction are smaller than the dimensions of the first portion 41 in the front-rear direction and the dimensions of the second portion 42 in the front-rear direction. That is, the area of the cross section of the third portion 43 orthogonal to the left-right direction is smaller than that of the first portion 41 and the second portion 42.
  • the third portion 43 has a higher electrical resistance per unit length than the first portion 41 and the second portion.
  • the conductive portion 4 is coupled to the insulating portion 5 (a member constituting the operation pin 8) by being fitted into the fitting recess 52 provided at the lower end of the insulating portion 5.
  • the operation pin 8 is arranged in the housing 9 so that its outer peripheral edge faces the groove 24 (boundary portion 240) of the conductive member 2.
  • the operation pin 8 is arranged in the housing 9 so that the conductive portion 4 comes into contact with the conductive member 2.
  • the first electric path portion 21 and the second electric path portion 22 are connected to each other via the third electric path portion 23. Is electrically connected. Therefore, the conductive member 2 functions as a conducting wire, and the first electric circuit portion 21, the second electric circuit portion 22, and the third electric circuit portion 23 are electrically connected to the first terminal 211 and the second terminal 221. The current supplied from flows.
  • the drive mechanism 7 When the control unit of the electric vehicle or the like energizes between the two pin electrodes 72, the drive mechanism 7 is driven and the heat generating element 73 connected to the pin electrodes 72 generates heat.
  • the fuel 74 is ignited by the heat generated by the heat generating element 73, and the fuel 74 burns to generate gas.
  • the gas increases the pressure of the space containing the fuel 74 in the case 71, breaks the wall (lower wall) constituting this space, and is introduced into the pressurizing chamber 75 through the broken portion to be introduced into the pressurizing chamber 75. Increase the pressure inside. Due to the pressure of the gas in the pressurizing chamber 75, a force in the direction of pushing the third electric circuit portion 23 (downward) acts on the operation pin 8.
  • the downward direction may be represented as the first direction.
  • the operation pin 8 is driven against the frictional force of the O-ring 65, and the lower surface of the operation pin 8 pushes the third electric circuit portion 23.
  • the conductive member 2 has the groove 24 of the boundary portion 240 between the first electric circuit portion 21 and the third electric circuit portion 23, and the second electric circuit portion 23. It is broken in the groove 24 of the boundary portion 240 between the electric circuit portion 22 and the third electric circuit portion 23.
  • the third electric circuit portion (separation portion) 23 is separated from the first electric circuit portion 21 and the second electric circuit portion 22, and the first electric circuit portion 21 and the second electric circuit portion 22 are separated from each other.
  • the third electric circuit portion 23 separated from the first electric circuit portion 21 and the second electric circuit portion 22 is pushed by the operation pin 8 and enters the relaxation space S2 below.
  • the operation pin 8 has a conductive portion 4 at its lower end (tip in the traveling direction). Therefore, when the operation pin 8 moves, the first electric circuit portion 21 and the second electric circuit portion 22 are separated from each other, and then the conductor is conducted between the opened first electric circuit portion 21 and the second electric circuit portion 22. Part 4 enters. Then, the first portion 41 of the conductive portion 4 contacts (opposes) the separated first electric circuit portion 21, and the second portion 42 contacts (opposes) the separated second electric circuit portion 22. Therefore, the current flowing through the third electric circuit portion 23 will flow through the conductive portion 4.
  • the electric resistance of the conductive portion 4 is larger than the electric resistance of the third electric circuit portion 23. Therefore, the electrical resistance between the first terminal 211 and the second terminal 221 is higher when the first electric circuit portion 21 and the second electric circuit portion 22 are conducted via the conductive portion 4 (see FIG. 4). This is larger than the case where the first electric circuit portion 21 and the second electric circuit portion 22 conduct with each other via the third electric circuit portion (separation portion) 23 (see FIG. 3). In other words, the electrical resistance between the first terminal 211 and the second terminal 221 is better when the first electric circuit portion 21 and the second electric circuit portion 22 are conducted via the conductive portion 4 (see FIG. 4).
  • the first electric circuit portion 21 and the second electric circuit portion 22 are larger than before being separated by the movement of the operation pin 8 (see FIG. 3).
  • the current flowing between the first electric circuit portion 21 and the second electric circuit portion 22 is when the first electric circuit portion 21 and the second electric circuit portion 22 are connected via the conductive portion 4 (see FIG. 4).
  • the first electric circuit portion 21 and the second electric circuit portion 22 are smaller than before being separated by the movement of the operation pin 8 (see FIG. 3).
  • the first portion 41 of the conductive portion 4 becomes the first. Move away from the electric circuit section 21. Further, when the distance traveled by the operation pin 8 exceeds a predetermined distance (a distance corresponding to the sum of the thickness of the third electric circuit portion 23 and the height of the second portion 42), the second portion 42 of the conductive portion 4 becomes the second. Separate from the electric circuit section 22. Then, the insulating portion 5 of the operation pin 8 moves between the opened first electric circuit portion 21 and the second electric circuit portion 22.
  • the depth (vertical dimension) of the relaxation space S2 is set so that the insulating portion 5 of the operating pin 8 after movement stays between the opened first electric circuit portion 21 and the second electric circuit portion 22. There is.
  • the first electric circuit portion 21 and the second electric circuit portion 22 are once conducted through the conductive portion 4 and then insulated. That is, the current flowing between the first electric circuit portion 21 and the second electric circuit portion 22 is cut off by the insulating portion 5 after its magnitude is reduced by flowing through the conductive portion 4. As a result, the magnitude of the current at the time of interruption becomes smaller than that in the case where the conductive portion 4 is not provided. As a result, according to the blocking device 1 of the present embodiment, it is possible to suppress an arc generated when the first electric circuit portion 21 and the second electric circuit portion 22 are insulated. Further, by suppressing the generation of the arc, the energy of the generated arc can be reduced.
  • the breaking performance can be improved and the breaking device 1 can be downsized.
  • the movement of the operation pin 8 causes the first portion 41 of the conductive portion 4 to face the fracture surface of the first electric circuit portion 21 separated from the third electric circuit portion 23 ( Proximity). Therefore, the arc generated between the first electric circuit portion 21 and the third electric circuit portion 23 moves between the first electric circuit portion 21 and the first portion 41 of the conductive portion 4. Further, as the operation pin 8 moves, the second portion 42 of the conductive portion 4 faces (closes) the fracture surface of the second electric circuit portion 22 separated from the third electric circuit portion 23.
  • the arc generated between the second electric circuit portion 22 and the third electric circuit portion 23 moves between the second electric circuit portion 22 and the second portion 42 of the conductive portion 4. That is, the arc generated between the first electric circuit portion 21 or the second electric circuit portion 22 and the third electric circuit portion 23 is first rather than being extended between the electric circuit portions by the movement of the third electric circuit portion 23. It will move between the electric circuit portion 21 or the second electric circuit portion 22 and the conductive portion 4. Then, as described above, the energy is reduced by passing through the conductive portion 4, and then the energy is cut off by the insulating portion 5. As a result, the cutoff device 1 of the present embodiment can suppress the arc generated when the third electric circuit portion 23 is separated from the first electric circuit portion 21 and the second electric circuit portion 22.
  • the generated arc may melt the conductive portion 4, the first electric circuit portion 21, and the second electric circuit portion 22, vaporize these materials (copper), and increase the pressure in the housing 9. ..
  • the housing 9 since the housing 9 includes the relaxation space S2, it is possible to suppress the degree of pressure increase.
  • the blocking device 1A includes a conductive portion 4A and an insulating portion 5A.
  • the conductive portion 4A and the insulating portion 5A are a part of the operation pin 8A.
  • the main body of the operating pin 8A is composed of an insulating portion 5A, and the conductive portion 4A is fixed to a member (insulating portion 5A) constituting the operating pin 8A. That is, the operation pin 8A includes a conductive portion 4A and an insulating portion 5A.
  • the conductive portion 4A includes a first portion 41A, a second portion 42A, and a third portion 43A.
  • the first part 41A and the second part 42A are rod-shaped long in the vertical direction.
  • the first portion 41A faces the opened first electric circuit portion 21.
  • the second portion 42A faces the opened second electric circuit portion 22.
  • the third portion 43A has a long rod shape on the left and right.
  • the third portion 43A electrically connects the first portion 41A and the second portion 42A.
  • the dimensions (widths) of the first portion 41A to the third portion 43A in the front-rear direction are equal to each other.
  • the conductive portion 4A is formed in a U-shape (square bracket shape) in front view by the first portion 41A to the third portion 43A.
  • the insulating portion 5A (member constituting the operation pin 8A) has a shape corresponding to the conductive portion 4A and has a fitting recess 52A into which the conductive portion 4A is fitted.
  • the breaking device 1A of this modified example also has the conductive portion 4A and the insulating portion 5A, so that the generation of an arc can be suppressed.
  • the conductive portion 4A can be manufactured by bending the wire rod, and the manufacturing procedure can be simplified.
  • the housing 9B includes a first body 92B, a first cover 93B, a cap 94B, a second body 98B, and a second cover 99B.
  • the housing 9B has a space (internal space) inside.
  • the first body 92B has a box shape having a through hole 920B having a circular cross section and a recess 921B having an open upper surface and a cylindrical inner peripheral surface.
  • the first cover 93B is cylindrical and has a recess 930B having a cylindrical inner peripheral surface with an open lower surface.
  • the first cover 93B is provided with a cylindrical accommodating wall 932B at the upper end thereof for accommodating the gas generator 70 of the drive mechanism 7.
  • the first cover 93B is fitted into the first body 92B so that its outer peripheral surface faces the inner peripheral surface of the recess 921B of the first body 92B.
  • the operation pin 8B is arranged in the internal space of the recess 930B of the first cover 93B and in the through hole 920B of the first body 92B.
  • the cap 94B is attached to the first body 92B and the first cover 93B so as to cover the upper surface of the first body 92B and the upper surface of the first cover 93B.
  • An O-ring 62B is arranged between the first body 92B and the cap 94B.
  • the second cover 99B has a plate-shaped plate portion and a cylindrical tubular portion protruding from the lower surface of the plate portion.
  • a circular through hole 990B is formed in the plate portion.
  • the inner peripheral surface of the tubular portion has a conical pedestal shape in which the diameter increases toward the bottom.
  • the second body 98B has an internal space.
  • the internal space of the second body 98B defines a relaxation space S2 that alleviates the pressure rise in the housing 9.
  • the internal space of the second body 98B includes a columnar portion connected to the internal space of the second cover 99B and a bowl-shaped portion.
  • a base portion protruding from the bottom surface is provided in the internal space of the second body 98B.
  • the base portion is a member for preventing further movement of the operation pin 8B when the operation pin 8B (actually, the third electric circuit portion 23) that moves downward by the drive mechanism 7 collides with the operation pin 8B.
  • the height of the base portion is set so that the insulating portion 5B of the operation pin 8B after movement stays between the opened first electric circuit portion 21B and the second electric circuit portion 22B.
  • An O-ring 63B is arranged between the second body 98B and the second cover 99B.
  • the conductive member 2B is arranged so as to be sandwiched between the first body 92B and the second cover 99B. As shown in FIG. 9, the conductive member 2B is a third electric circuit portion (separation portion) that connects the plate-shaped first electric circuit portion 21B and the second electric circuit portion 22B, and the first electric circuit portion 21B and the second electric circuit portion 22B, respectively. ) 23B and.
  • the width of the third electric circuit portion 23B is smaller than the width of the first electric circuit portion 21B and the width of the second electric circuit portion 22B.
  • a partially cylindrical groove 24B is formed between the first electric circuit portion 21B and the third electric circuit portion 23B, and between the second electric circuit portion 22B and the third electric circuit portion 23B.
  • the gas generator 70 is arranged in the space surrounded by the accommodation wall 932B of the first cover 93B.
  • An O-ring 64B is arranged between the gas generator 70 and the first cover 93B.
  • the blocking device 1B includes a conductive portion 4B and an insulating portion 5B.
  • the conductive portion 4B and the insulating portion 5B are a part of the operation pin 8B.
  • the main body of the operating pin 8B is composed of an insulating portion 5B, and the conductive portion 4B is fixed to a member (insulating portion 5B) constituting the operating pin 8B. That is, as shown in FIG. 9, the operation pin 8B includes a conductive portion 4B and an insulating portion 5B.
  • the conductive portion 4B includes a first portion 41B, a second portion 42B, and a third portion 43B.
  • the first portion 41B faces the opened first electric circuit portion 21B.
  • the second portion 42B faces the opened second electric circuit portion 22B.
  • the third portion 43B electrically connects the first portion 41B and the second portion 42B.
  • the first part 41B and the second part 42B are rod-shaped long in the vertical direction.
  • the third portion 43B has a shape in which a long wire rod is alternately bent in opposite directions a plurality of times, and has a plurality of bent portions. That is, the third portion 43B has a current path longer than the linear distance connecting both ends of the third portion 43B. As a result, the electrical resistance of the third portion 43B becomes larger than that in the case where the third portion 43B is linear (see FIGS. 6, 7, etc.). Further, by appropriately setting the length between the bent portions of the third portion 43B, it is possible to appropriately determine the electrical resistance of the third portion 43B. Further, since the third portion 43B has a plurality of bent portions, the third portion 43B having a large electric resistance can be accommodated in the operation pin 8B. As a result, the breaking performance can be improved and the breaking device 1B can be downsized.
  • the insulating portion 5B (member constituting the operation pin 8B) has a columnar shape.
  • An annular groove 51B along the circumferential direction of the insulating portion 5B is formed on the outer edge of the upper end of the insulating portion 5B.
  • the O-ring 65B is fitted in the groove 51B.
  • a fitting recess 52B is formed at the lower end of the insulating portion 5B.
  • the conductive portion 4B is fitted into the fitting recess 52B.
  • the operation pin 8B is arranged in the housing 9B so that the conductive portion 4B faces the third electric circuit portion 23B of the conductive member 2B.
  • the breaking device 1B of this modification also includes the conductive portion 4B and the insulating portion 5B, so that the arc when the first electric circuit portion 21B and the second electric circuit portion 22B are separated from each other can be generated. It is possible to suppress the occurrence. As a result, the blocking device 1B can improve the blocking performance and reduce the size of the blocking device 1B. Further, the conductive portion 4B can be manufactured by bending a wire rod or punching a metal plate, and the manufacturing procedure can be simplified. Further, the number of times of bending and the total length of the conductive portion 4B can be appropriately set, and the degree of freedom in design is increased.
  • the blocking device 1C includes a conductive portion 4C and an insulating portion 5C.
  • the insulating portion 5C is a part of the operating pin 8C.
  • the main body of the operation pin 8C is composed of the insulating portion 5C.
  • the blocking device 1C includes a holding cap (holding portion) 80C for holding the conductive portion 4C.
  • the conductive portion 4C and the holding cap 80C are a part of the operation pin 8C. That is, as shown in FIG. 10, the operation pin 8C includes a conductive portion 4C and an insulating portion 5C.
  • the holding cap 80C and the conductive portion 4C may be regarded as separate members from the operating pin 8C.
  • the conductive portion 4C includes a first portion 41C, a second portion 42C, and a third portion 43C.
  • the first part 41C and the second part 42C are vertically long cylinders.
  • the first portion 41C faces the opened first electric circuit portion 21B.
  • the second portion 42C faces the opened second electric circuit portion 22B.
  • the third part 43C electrically connects the first part 41C and the second part 42C.
  • the third portion 43C has a spiral portion. More specifically, the third portion 43C includes a linear portion connected to the lower end of the first portion 41C, a spiral portion spirally extending from the end of the linear portion, and a second portion extending from the upper end of the spiral portion. It has an L-shaped portion connected to the lower end of 42C. That is, the third portion 43C has a current path longer than the linear distance connecting both ends of the third portion 43C.
  • the insulating portion 5C (member constituting the operation pin 8C) has a shape corresponding to the conductive portion 4C and has a fitting recess 52C into which the conductive portion 4C is fitted.
  • the fitting recess 52C includes a recess having a columnar internal space for accommodating the third portion 43C of the conductive portion 4C, and a first portion 41C and a second portion 42C extending left and right from the opening end of the recess. It has a groove for accommodating it.
  • the conductive portion 4C is housed in the internal space of the insulating portion 5C.
  • the holding cap (holding portion) 80C holds the conductive portion 4C.
  • the holding cap 80C is electrically insulating.
  • the holding cap 80C is housed in the internal space of the insulating portion 5C, and the conductive portion 4C is arranged in the insulating portion 5C.
  • the breaking device 1C of this modified example also has the conductive portion 4C and the insulating portion 5C, so that the generation of an arc can be suppressed.
  • the breaking device 1C can improve the breaking performance and reduce the size of the breaking device 1C.
  • the conductive portion 4C can be formed by bending the wire rod, and the manufacturing procedure can be simplified.
  • FIG. 11 is a cross-sectional view of the main part of the blocking device 1D as viewed from above.
  • FIG. 12 is a cross-sectional view of the main part of the blocking device 1D as viewed from the side, and shows a state before the operation of the operation pin 8D.
  • FIG. 13 is a perspective view of the operation pin 8D.
  • FIG. 14 is a cross-sectional view of the main part of the blocking device 1D as viewed from the side, showing the state of the operating pin 8D after operation.
  • arrows representing up and down, left and right, and front and back are shown in FIGS. 11, 12, and 14, the arrows are shown for the sake of explanation, and are intended to limit the direction in which the blocking device 1D is used. Absent.
  • the blocking device 1D of this modification includes a housing 9D, a drive mechanism 7D including a gas generator 70D, a conductive portion 4D, an insulating portion 5D, an operation pin 8D, a first fixed terminal 210D as a first electric circuit portion 21D, and a second It includes a second fixed terminal 220D as an electric circuit portion 22D, a movable contact 230D as a third electric circuit portion (separation portion) 23D, and a pressure contact spring 14D.
  • the conductive portion 4D and the insulating portion 5D are a part of the operation pin 8D.
  • each of the first fixed terminal 210D and the second fixed terminal 220D is formed in the shape of a rectangular plate long in the left-right direction.
  • Each of the first fixed terminal 210D and the second fixed terminal 220D is formed of a conductive material such as copper.
  • the first fixed terminal 210D and the second fixed terminal 220D are arranged so as to be arranged in the left-right direction.
  • the first fixed terminal 210D has a first fixed contact 11D on the front surface of its tip (right end).
  • the second fixed terminal 220D has a second fixed contact 13D on the front surface of its tip (left end).
  • the movable contact 230D is made of a conductive material such as copper.
  • the movable contact 230D is formed in a plate shape that is long in the left-right direction.
  • the movable contact 230D has a first movable contact 121D on the rear surface of the first end (left end) in the longitudinal direction and a second movable contact 122D on the rear surface of the second end (right end).
  • the first fixed terminal 210D, the second fixed terminal 220D and the movable contact 230D are arranged so that the first movable contact 121D faces the first fixed contact 11D and the second movable contact 122D faces the second fixed contact 13D. Have been placed.
  • the first fixed terminal 210D and the second fixed terminal 220D are electrically connected to an electric circuit outside the breaking device 1D.
  • the pressure contact spring 14D is, for example, a compression coil spring.
  • the pressure contact spring 14D applies a spring force to the movable contact 230D so that the movable contact 230D faces the first fixed terminal 210D and the second fixed terminal 220D. That is, the pressure spring 14D applies a spring force to the movable contact 230D in the direction in which the first movable contact 121D is connected to the first fixed contact 11D and the second movable contact 122D is connected to the second fixed contact 13D. ing.
  • the gas generator 70D is housed in the case 76D.
  • the case 76D is located above the movable contact 230D.
  • the case 76D is formed in a cylindrical shape.
  • An opening for exposing the two pin electrodes 72 of the gas generator 70D is formed on the upper surface of the case 76D.
  • a hole 761D for discharging the gas generated by the gas generator 70D is formed inside the case 76D.
  • a space (pressurizing chamber 75D) is formed below the gas generator 70D.
  • the operation pin 8D is arranged between the case 76D (gas generator 70D) and the movable contact 230D in the vertical direction.
  • the operation pin 8D has a conductive portion 4D and an insulating portion 5D.
  • the insulating portion 5D is a rectangular plate-shaped portion having a length in the left-right direction and a thickness in the vertical direction, and a so-called wedge-shaped portion (a trapezoidal portion in which a right triangle is connected to the lower side of a rectangle in cross-sectional shape). ) And.
  • the lower end of the operation pin 8D is located between the movable contact 230D and the first fixed terminal 210D (second fixed terminal 220D) in the front-rear direction.
  • the conductive portion 4D is provided with a V-shaped cross section so as to straddle the front surface and the rear surface of the insulating portion 5D at the lower end of the insulating portion 5D.
  • the conductive portion 4D is provided near the left end and near the right end at the lower end of the insulating portion 5D. That is, the conductive portion 4D is inserted between the first fixed contact 11D and the first movable contact 121D and between the second fixed contact 13D and the second movable contact 122D when the operating pin 8D moves. It is provided in.
  • the housing 9D is formed in a rectangular box shape having an internal space.
  • the first fixed contact 11D, the second fixed contact 13D, the movable contact 230D, the pressure contact spring 14D, the case 76D, and the operation pin 8D are housed in the internal space of the housing 9D.
  • the operation pin 8D here moves the separation unit 23D relative to at least one (here, both) of the first electric path portion 21D and the second electric path portion 22D, thereby causing the first electric path.
  • the portion 21D and the second electric circuit portion 22D are separated from each other.
  • the movable contact 230D (separation) is placed between the opened first fixed terminal 210D (first electric circuit portion 21D) and the second fixed terminal 220D (second electric circuit portion 22D).
  • the conductive portion 4D enters through the portion 23D) and conducts the first electric circuit portion 21D and the second electric circuit portion 22D.
  • the conductive portion 4D is separated from at least one of the first electric circuit portion 21D and the second electric circuit portion 22D, and then between the first electric circuit portion 21D and the separation portion 23D.
  • the insulating portion 5D is inserted between the second electric circuit portion 22D and the separating portion 23D.
  • the first electric circuit portion 21D and the second electric circuit portion 22D are insulated by the insulating portion 5D (see FIG. 14).
  • the operation pin 8D includes the conductive portion 4D and the insulating portion 5D, so that the first electric circuit portion 21D and the second electric circuit portion 22D are separated from each other. It is possible to suppress the generation of an arc at that time.
  • the shutoff device 1D may include two sets of a gas generator 70D and an operation pin 8D.
  • one of the two sets of gas generator 70D and operation pin 8D drives the first movable contact 121D.
  • the other set of gas generators 70D and operating pins 8D drive the second movable contact 122D.
  • the number of pairs of the fixed contact and the movable contact may be one set or three or more sets.
  • the operation pin 8D may move the separation unit 23D relative to at least one of the first electric path portion 21D and the second electric path portion 22D, and may be changed to or in addition to the separation portion 23D.
  • the first electric circuit portion 21D and / or the second electric circuit portion 22D may be moved.
  • first fixed terminal 210D and the first fixed contact 11D may be connected to each other by attaching the first fixed contact 11D, which is different from the first fixed terminal 210D, to the first fixed terminal 210D.
  • the first fixed contact 11D may be configured as a member integrated with the first fixed terminal 210D.
  • the movable contact 230D and the first movable contact 121D may have a first movable contact 121D that is separate from the movable contact 230D and may be attached to the movable contact 230D and coupled to each other.
  • the movable contact 121D may be configured as a member integrated with the movable contact 230D.
  • the relationship between the second fixed terminal 220D and the second fixed contact 13D and the relationship between the movable contact 230D and the second movable contact 122D are the same.
  • the operation pin 8E of the breaking device 1E includes a conductive portion 4E and an insulating portion 5E.
  • the conductive portion 4E and the insulating portion 5E are a part of the operation pin 8E.
  • the main body of the operating pin 8E is composed of an insulating portion 5E, and the conductive portion 4E is fixed to a member (insulating portion 5E) constituting the operating pin 8E. That is, the operation pin 8E of this modification has a conductive portion 4E and an insulating portion 5E.
  • the insulating portion 5E of this modified example has a rectangular plate-shaped portion and a wedge-shaped portion, similarly to the operation pin 8D of the blocking device 1D of the modified example 4.
  • the conductive portion 4E is provided at the lower end of the insulating portion 5E in a V-shaped cross section.
  • the blocking device 1E of this modified example includes a plate-shaped conductive member 2E as shown in FIG.
  • the conductive member 2E includes a first electric circuit portion 21E, a second electric circuit portion 22E, and a third electric circuit portion (separation portion) 23E.
  • the first electric circuit portion 21E and the second electric circuit portion 22E are connected to each other via the third electric circuit portion 23E.
  • the first electric circuit portion 21E, the third electric circuit portion 23E, and the second electric circuit portion 22E are arranged in this order from right to left in FIG.
  • the conductive member 2E has a groove 24E between the first electric circuit portion 21E and the third electric circuit portion 23E, and between the second electric circuit portion 22E and the third electric circuit portion 23E.
  • Each groove 24E is formed on the first surface F1 of the first surface F1 (see FIG. 16) of the conductive member 2E and the second surface F2 (see FIG. 16) opposite to the first surface F1. It is formed.
  • the first surface F1 is a surface facing the operation pin 8E.
  • the depth direction of each groove 24E is along the thickness direction of the conductive member 2E.
  • the length direction of each groove 24E is along the width direction of the conductive member 2E.
  • Each groove 24E has a V-shaped cross section.
  • the groove 24E between the first electric path portion 21E and the third electric path portion 23E is also referred to as a groove 241E
  • the groove 24E between the second electric path portion 22E and the third electric path portion 23E is also referred to as a groove 242E.
  • the operation pin 8E is arranged so that the tip of the wedge-shaped portion faces one groove 24E (241E) of the conductive member 2E and the rectangular plate-shaped portion faces the gas generator 70 (see FIG. 1). Has been done.
  • the operation pin 8E when gas is generated in the gas generator 70, the operation pin 8E is pushed by the pressure of the gas and moves toward the conductive member 2E. The tip of the operation pin 8E is inserted into the groove 241E as it moves, and the conductive member 2E is broken in the groove 241E. As a result, the third electric circuit portion 23E is separated from the first electric circuit portion 21E, and the first electric circuit portion 21E and the second electric circuit portion 22E are separated from each other.
  • the conductive portion 4E is provided at the tip of the operation pin 8E, when the conductive member 2E is broken in the groove 241E, the first electric circuit portion 21E and the third electric circuit portion 23E form the conductive portion 4E. Conducts through (see FIG. 17). That is, the conductive portion 4E is connected in series between the first electric circuit portion 21E and the third electric circuit portion 23E, and the current flows from the first electric circuit portion 21E through the conductive portion 4E to the third electric circuit portion 23E. Flow to. Therefore, the electric resistance between the first terminal 211E and the second terminal 221E is increased by at least the electric resistance of the conductive portion 4E as compared with before the operation pin 8E moves.
  • the electrical resistance between the first terminal 211E and the second terminal 221E is higher when the first electric circuit portion 21E and the second electric circuit portion 22E are conducted via the conductive portion 4E (see FIG. 17).
  • the first electric circuit portion 21E and the second electric circuit portion 22E are larger than before being separated by the movement of the operation pin 8E (see FIG. 16).
  • the conductive member 2E is broken in the groove 242E (the groove 24E to which the operation pin 8E is not inserted) between the second electric path portion 22E and the third electric path portion 23E.
  • the conductive portion 4E separates from the first electric circuit portion 21E, and the insulating portion 5E is separated between the opened first electric circuit portion 21E and the second electric circuit portion 22E. Move to.
  • the first electric circuit portion 21E and the second electric circuit portion 22E are insulated by the insulating portion 5E (see FIG. 18).
  • the breaking device 1E of this modified example also includes the conductive portion 4E and the insulating portion 5E, so that the arc when the first electric circuit portion 21E and the second electric circuit portion 22E are separated from each other can be generated. It is possible to suppress the occurrence.
  • FIG. 19 is a cross-sectional view showing a main part of the blocking device 1F.
  • the same components as those of the blocking device 1 of the basic example are designated by the same reference numerals, and description thereof will be omitted as appropriate.
  • the operation pin 8F of the breaking device 1F of this modified example has an arc extinguishing member 30 in addition to the conductive portion 4F and the insulating portion 5F.
  • the insulating portion 5F is a columnar shape that is long in the vertical direction, and here constitutes the main body of the operating pin 8F.
  • the upper end of the insulating portion 5F faces the gas generator 70 (see FIG. 1).
  • the arc extinguishing member 30 constitutes at least a part of the operation pin 8F. More specifically, the arc extinguishing member 30 constitutes at least a part of the outer peripheral surface of the operation pin 8F. In other words, the outer peripheral surface of the operation pin 8F includes the outer surface of the arc extinguishing member 30.
  • the conductive portion 4F is located at the tip (lower end) of the operation pin 8F.
  • the conductive portion 4F has a disk shape here. Before the operation pin 8F is driven by the gas generator 70, the conductive portion 4F is in contact with the third electric circuit portion 23 of the conductive member 2.
  • the conductive portion 4F, the arc extinguishing member 30, and the insulating portion 5F are arranged in this order from the tip side (lower side) of the operation pin 8F. That is, the arc extinguishing member 30 is located between the conductive portion 4F and the insulating portion 5F.
  • the arc extinguishing member 30 is embedded in, for example, a resin molding member which is the main configuration of the operation pin 8F.
  • the resin molding member includes the insulating portion 5F.
  • the arc extinguishing member 30 may be attached to the resin molding member which is the main configuration of the operation pin 8F.
  • the insulating portion 5F is located on the side opposite to the conductive portion 4F side with respect to the arc extinguishing member 30, and has higher electrical insulation than the arc extinguishing member 30.
  • the arc extinguishing member 30 has an arc extinguishing action.
  • the arc-extinguishing member 30 is, for example, a member formed into a solid or semi-solid state by mixing an epoxy resin and a curing agent with silica sand and curing the epoxy resin. That is, the arc extinguishing member 30 contains silica sand (silica). In the arc extinguishing member 30, silica sand has an arc extinguishing action.
  • the third electric circuit portion (separation portion) 23 is pushed by the operation pin 8F.
  • the conductive member 2 is broken in the groove 24 between the first electric circuit portion 21 and the third electric circuit portion 23 and in the groove 24 between the second electric circuit portion 22 and the third electric circuit portion 23.
  • the conductive portion 4F enters between the opened first electric circuit portion 21 and the second electric circuit portion 22. Therefore, the current flowing through the third electric circuit portion 23 will flow through the conductive portion 4F.
  • the arc extinguishing member 30 moves between the opened first electric path portion 21 and the second electric path portion 22.
  • the silica sand contained in the arc extinguishing member 30
  • the silica sand is exposed to the heat of the arc.
  • the silica sand then absorbs the heat of the arc and melts. That is, the arc extinguishing member 30 has an action of cooling the arc in contact with the arc extinguishing member 30.
  • the arc voltage rises and the arc extinguishing is promoted.
  • silica sand may re-solidify after melting.
  • the product produced by resolidification has an electrical insulating property because it contains silica, and the arc voltage rises when the arc comes into contact with the product.
  • the product can ensure the electrical insulation between the first electric circuit portion 21 and the second electric circuit portion 22 after the arc is cut off.
  • the insulating portion 5F moves between the opened first electric circuit portion 21 and the second electric circuit portion 22.
  • the space between the first electric circuit portion 21 and the second electric circuit portion 22 is insulated by the insulating portion 5F.
  • the breaking device 1F of this modified example also includes the conductive portion 4F and the insulating portion 5F, so that the arc when the first electric circuit portion 21 and the second electric circuit portion 22 are separated from each other can be generated. It is possible to suppress the occurrence. Further, in the blocking device 1F of the present modification, since the operation pin 8F includes the arc extinguishing member 30, it is possible to promote the extinguishing of the generated arc.
  • the arc extinguishing member 30 is not limited to the configuration using silica sand.
  • the arc extinguishing member 30 for example, polyamide (nylon) such as SiC, SiO 2 , alumina, PA6, PA46, PA66, or a material obtained by mixing magnesium hydroxide or magnesium borate with the resin of this polyamide can be used. ..
  • the arc extinguishing member 30 is decomposed by the heat of the arc and the heat generated in the conductive portion 4F to generate an arc extinguishing gas.
  • the arc-extinguishing gas is a gas having an arc-extinguishing action, and contains, for example, at least one of hydrogen, water, carbon dioxide, nitrogen, and the like. The arc-extinguishing gas raises the arc voltage and promotes the extinguishing of the arc.
  • a hydrogen storage alloy may be used as the arc extinguishing member 30.
  • the hydrogen storage alloy used as the arc extinguishing member 30 is heated by the arc and the conductive portion 4F, hydrogen as an arc extinguishing gas is generated.
  • the arc-extinguishing gas raises the arc voltage and promotes the extinguishing of the arc.
  • the arc extinguishing member 30 for example, a member containing silicon or silicon carbide (SiC) may be used.
  • SiC silicon or silicon carbide
  • the silicon or silicon carbide contained in the arc extinguishing member 30 absorbs the heat of the arc and the conductive portion 4F and melts, thereby cooling the arc, so that the arc voltage rises and the arc extinguishing is promoted. ..
  • the arc extinguishing member 30 may contain ceramic. Since ceramic has higher arc resistance than materials such as resin, it is possible to improve the arc resistance of the arc extinguishing member 30 by using ceramic.
  • FIG. 20 is a cross-sectional view showing a main part of the blocking device 1G.
  • the same components as those of the blocking device 1 of the basic example are designated by the same reference numerals, and the description thereof will be omitted as appropriate.
  • the operation pin 8G of the blocking device 1G of this modified example has a conductive portion 4G and an insulating portion 5G.
  • the insulating portion 5G is a columnar shape that is long in the vertical direction. The upper end of the insulating portion 5G faces the gas generator 70 (see FIG. 1).
  • the conductive portion 4G is located at the lower end of the operation pin 8G.
  • the conductive portion 4G has a disk shape here.
  • the conductive part 4G of this modification contains a hydrogen storage alloy.
  • the hydrogen storage alloy When heated by an arc, the hydrogen storage alloy produces hydrogen as an arc extinguishing gas.
  • the arc-extinguishing gas raises the arc voltage and promotes the extinguishing of the arc. That is, the operation pin 8G includes an arc extinguishing member 30 having an arc extinguishing action.
  • the hydrogen storage alloy has conductivity, but has a higher resistivity than the material of the conductive member 2.
  • the material and shape of the conductive portion 4G are selected so that the electrical resistance of the conductive portion 4G is larger than the electrical resistance of the third electric circuit portion (separation portion) 23 of the conductive member 2.
  • the breaking device 1G of this modified example also includes the conductive portion 4G and the insulating portion 5G, so that the arc when the first electric circuit portion 21 and the second electric circuit portion 22 are separated from each other can be generated. It is possible to suppress the occurrence. Further, in the blocking device 1G of the present modification, since the conductive portion 4G functions as the arc extinguishing member 30, it is possible to promote the extinguishing of the generated arc.
  • FIG. 21 is a cross-sectional view showing a main part of the blocking device 1H.
  • the same components as those of the blocking device 1G of the modification 7 are designated by the same reference numerals, and the description thereof will be omitted as appropriate.
  • the operation pin 8H of the blocking device 1H of this modified example has a plurality of conductive portions 4H and an insulating portion 5H.
  • the insulating portion 5H is a columnar shape that is long in the vertical direction.
  • the upper end of the insulating portion 5H faces the gas generator 70 (see FIG. 1), and the lower end faces the conductive member 2.
  • Each of the plurality of conductive portions 4H is made of a metal plate. More specifically, each of the plurality of conductive portions 4H is made of a magnetic material such as iron. Each of the plurality of conductive portions 4H has a frame shape. The shape of each of the plurality of conductive portions 4G is annular here. The plurality of conductive portions 4H project from the outer peripheral surface of the insulating portion 5H. The plurality of conductive portions 4H are arranged in the moving direction of the operation pin 8H. The electrical resistances of the plurality of conductive portions 4H may be the same or different from each other.
  • the plurality of conductive portions 4H function as an arc grid.
  • the third electric circuit portion (separation portion) 23 is separated from the first electric circuit portion 21 and the second electric circuit portion 22 by being pushed by the operation pin 8H, between the first electric circuit portion 21 and the third electric circuit portion 23, Alternatively, an arc may be generated between the second electric circuit portion 22 and the third electric circuit portion 23.
  • the generated arc is pushed by the operation pin 8H, and as the third electric circuit portion 23 moves downward, the generated arc is between the first electric circuit portion 21 and the third electric circuit portion 23, and between the second electric circuit portion 22 and the third electric circuit portion 23. It will pass through the conductive portion 4H (metal plate) between and.
  • the operation pin 8H includes an arc-extinguishing member 30 having an arc-extinguishing action.
  • a plurality of arc extinguishing members 30 functioning as an arc grid may be provided at the lower end of the insulating portion 5H.
  • the shape of the plurality of arc-extinguishing members 30 provided at the lower ends of the insulating portion 5H is, for example, a rectangular plate. It is preferable that the plurality of arc-extinguishing members 30 provided at the lower ends are arranged in the left-right direction in FIG.
  • the operation pin 8H includes the conductive portion 4H and the insulating portion 5H, so that the first electric circuit portion 21 and the second electric circuit portion 22 are separated from each other. It is possible to suppress the generation of an arc at that time. Further, even in the blocking device 1H of the present modification, since the conductive portion 4H functions as the arc extinguishing member 30, it is possible to promote the extinguishing of the generated arc.
  • the housing 9I has a space (internal space) inside. As shown in FIG. 22, the housing 9I has a first accommodating portion 91I and a second accommodating portion 97I.
  • the first accommodating portion 91I has an accommodating space for accommodating a part of the operation pin 8I before movement.
  • the second accommodating portion 97I has a space (relaxation space S2) inside thereof.
  • the first accommodating portion 91I includes a first body 92I, a first cover 93I, and a cap 94I.
  • the first body 92I has a circular cross section and has a columnar shape having through holes 920I extending in the vertical direction, that is, a cylindrical shape. On the lower surface of the first body 92I, recesses into which the conductive member 2 is fitted are formed on the left and right sides of the through hole 920I.
  • the first cover 93I has a rectangular box shape.
  • the first cover 93I has a through hole 930I having a circular cross section and extending in the vertical direction in the center thereof.
  • the inner diameter of the through hole 930I is equal to the outer diameter of the first body 92I.
  • the first body 92I is arranged in the through hole 930I. Further, recesses for passing the conductive member 2 are formed at the left and right positions on the lower surface of the first cover 93I.
  • the cap 94I is put on the upper surfaces of the first body 92I and the first cover 93I.
  • the cap 94I includes a base portion 95I and a covering portion 96I.
  • the base portion 95I and the covering portion 96I may be integrated or separate.
  • the base 95I has a through hole 950I including a recess 951I and a storage recess 952I, and a recess 953I in which the O-ring 62 is arranged.
  • the recess 951I is cylindrical and is connected to the through hole 920I of the first body 92I with the base 95I attached to the first body 92I.
  • the operation pin 8I is arranged in the space composed of the through hole 920I and the recess 951I.
  • the gas generator 70 is arranged in the space in the accommodation recess 952I.
  • the covering portion 96I is put on the base portion 95I so as to cover the upper surface of the base portion 95I. Since the shapes of the base portion 95I and the cover portion 96I are the same as those of the base portion 95 and the cover portion 96 of the blocking device 1 of the basic example, detailed description thereof will be omitted.
  • the second accommodating portion 97I includes a second body 98I and a second cover 99I.
  • the second body 98I has a rectangular box shape.
  • the second body 98I has a recess 981I on its upper surface (the surface closer to the operation pin 8I).
  • the recess 981I has a first recess 982I having a cylindrical inner surface and a second recess 983I recessed downward from the bottom surface (lower surface) of the first recess 982I.
  • the boundary between the side surface and the bottom surface of the first recess 982I is curved.
  • the second recess 983I has a cylindrical inner surface having an inner diameter smaller than the inner diameter of the first recess 982I, and the boundary portion between the inner bottom surface and the inner surface thereof is curved.
  • the second cover 99I covers the second body 98I from above.
  • the second cover 99I has a cylindrical shape having a cylindrical outer surface.
  • the second cover 99I has a through hole 990I having a circular cross section in the center thereof.
  • the outer shape of the second cover 99I is a shape that fits into the first recess 982I of the second body 98I.
  • the bottom surface of the second cover 99I has a conical pedestal shape in which one end is connected to the through hole 990I and is separated from the through hole 990I as it goes downward.
  • the relaxation space S2 is formed so as to be surrounded by the second recess 983I of the second body 98I and the bottom surface of the second cover 99I.
  • the conductive member 2 is arranged between the first body 92I and the second cover 99I.
  • the third electric circuit portion 23 and the boundary portion 240 are housed inside the housing 9I.
  • the conductive member 2 is arranged so that the third electric circuit portion 23 faces the lower surface of the operation pin 8I. Further, in the conductive member 2, the first terminal 211 of the first electric circuit portion 21 and the second terminal 221 of the second electric circuit portion 22 are exposed to the outside of the housing 9.
  • the blocking device 1I includes an insulating portion 5I and an operating pin I including a plurality of conductive portions.
  • the insulating portion 5I and the plurality of conductive portions are a part of the operating pin 8I. That is, the operation pin 8I includes an insulating portion 5I and a plurality of conductive portions.
  • the operation pin 8I is arranged between the gas generator 70 and the third electric circuit portion (separation portion) 23.
  • the insulating part 5I has electrical insulation.
  • the insulating portion 5I contains, for example, a resin as a material.
  • the insulating portion 5I (member constituting the operation pin 8I) is a long columnar shape in the vertical direction.
  • the diameter of the insulating portion 5I is substantially equal to the diameter of the through hole 920I and the diameter of the through hole 990I.
  • the diameter of the insulating portion 5I is smaller than the outer diameter of the groove 24 of the conductive member 2 and larger than the inner diameter of the groove 24.
  • the diameter of the insulating portion 5I may be substantially equal to the diameter outside the groove 24.
  • the insulating portion 5I is arranged in the housing 9I so that the first surface (upper surface) in the height direction faces the gas generator 70 and the second surface (lower surface) faces the conductive member 2.
  • the insulating portion 5I is arranged in the housing 9I so that the first end (upper end) is located in the recess 951I and the second end (lower end) is located in the through hole 920I.
  • a ring-shaped groove 51I along the circumferential direction of the insulating portion 5I is formed on the outer edge of the upper end of the insulating portion 5I (member constituting the operation pin 8I).
  • the O-ring 65 is fitted into the groove 51I.
  • the operating pin 8I is held by the housing 9I inside the recess 951 due to the frictional force between the inner surface of the groove 51I and the inner surface of the recess 951I and the O-ring 65.
  • the plurality of conductive portions include at least the first conductive portion 401 (conductive portion 4I) and the second conductive portion 402.
  • the first conductive portion 401 and the second conductive portion 402 are aligned in the moving direction (vertical direction) in which the operation pin 8I moves. Before the operation pin 8I is moved, the first conductive portion 401 is closer to the conductive member 2 than the second conductive portion 402.
  • the plurality of conductive portions further include a third conductive portion 403, a fourth conductive portion 404, and a fifth conductive portion 405.
  • the first conductive portion 401 to the fifth conductive portion 405 are arranged in this order from the side closer to the conductive member 2 (from the lower side) in the moving direction of the operation pin 8I.
  • Each of the first conductive portion 401 to the fifth conductive portion 405 is a long columnar shape (pin shape) on the left and right.
  • the length (dimension in the left-right direction) of each of the first conductive portion 401 to the fifth conductive portion 405 is substantially equal to the diameter of the insulating portion 5I.
  • Each of the first conductive portion 401 to the fifth conductive portion 405 faces the first portion (the rightmost end surface in FIG. 22) facing the separated first electric circuit portion 21 and the separated second electric circuit portion 22. It has a second portion (the leftmost end face in FIG. 22) and a third portion that connects the first portion and the second portion.
  • a plurality of through holes into which a plurality of conductive portions are inserted are penetrated to the left and right in the lower portion of the insulating portion 5I (member constituting the operation pin 8I). That is, the insulating portion 5I is formed with first through holes 501 to fifth through holes 505 into which the first conductive portions 401 to 405 are inserted, respectively. The lower end of the first through hole 501 is cut out, and the inner surface of the first through hole 501 is connected to the lower surface of the insulating portion 5I. In other words, the first through hole 501 is a recess formed on the lower surface of the insulating portion 5I.
  • a part of the insulating portion 5I is interposed between the first conductive portion 401 and the second conductive portion 402. That is, the operation pin 8I includes an intervening portion 53 that is located between the first conductive portion 401 and the second conductive portion 402 and insulates between the first conductive portion 401 and the second conductive portion 402.
  • the operation pin 8I of the blocking device 1I of this modification the second conductive portion 402 and the third conductive portion 403, the third conductive portion 403 and the fourth conductive portion 404, and the fourth conductive portion
  • a part of the insulating portion 5I is also interposed between the 404 and the fifth conductive portion 405.
  • the distance between the first conductive portion 401 and the second conductive portion 402 in the moving direction of the operating pin 8I is equal to or less than the thickness of the conductive member 2 (the dimension of the conductive member 2 in the moving direction of the operating pin 8I).
  • the distance between the first conductive portion 401 and the second conductive portion 402 in the moving direction of the operation pin 8I is smaller than the thickness of the conductive member 2 here.
  • the materials and shapes of the first conductive portion 401 to the fifth conductive portion 405 are selected so that, for example, the electrical resistance of the conductive portion at the operating pin 8I gradually increases in the moving direction of the operating pin 8I. That is, as for the material and shape of the first conductive portion 401 to the fifth conductive portion 405, for example, the electric resistance of the first conductive portion 401 is equal to or higher than the electric resistance of the third electric path portion 23, and the electric resistance of the second conductive portion 402 is The electric resistance of the first conductive part 401 or more, the electric resistance of the third conductive part 403 is equal to or higher than the electric resistance of the second conductive part 402, the electric resistance of the fourth conductive part 404 is equal to or higher than the electric resistance of the third conductive part 403, the fifth. It is selected so that the electric resistance of the conductive portion 405 is equal to or higher than the electric resistance of the fourth conductive portion 404.
  • the electrical resistance of the first conductive portion 401 is the first electric circuit portion 21 in the first conductive portion 401 when the first conductive portion 401 is located between the first electric circuit portion 21 and the second electric circuit portion 22. It is an electric resistance between the portion facing the second electric circuit portion 22 and the portion facing the second electric circuit portion 22. The same applies to the electrical resistance of the second conductive portion 402 to the fifth conductive portion 405.
  • the electric resistances of the third electric circuit portion 23 and the first conductive portion 401 to the fifth conductive portion 405 are different from each other.
  • the materials and shapes of the first conductive portion 401 to the fifth conductive portion 405 are the third electric circuit portion 23, the first conductive portion 401, the second conductive portion 402, the third conductive portion 403, the fourth conductive portion 404, and the first.
  • the 5 conductive portions 405 are selected so that the electrical resistance increases in this order.
  • the material of the first conductive portion 401 is a low resistance conductor.
  • the material of the second conductive portion 402 is a conductor having a relatively high resistance.
  • the material of the third conductive portion 403 is a semiconductor having low resistance (however, the resistance is higher than that of the material of the second conductive portion 402).
  • the material of the fourth conductive portion 404 is a high resistance semiconductor.
  • the material of the fifth conductive portion 405 is a semiconductor that is close to an insulator (higher resistance than the material of the fourth conductive portion 404).
  • the electrical resistance of the conductive portion that finally moves between the first electric circuit portion 21 and the second electric circuit portion 22 when the operation pin 8I moves is first determined by the first electric circuit portion. It is preferably larger than the electrical resistance of the conductive portion that moves between the 21 and the second electric circuit portion 22.
  • the conductive portion that first moves between the first electric circuit portion 21 and the second electric circuit portion 22 when the operation pin 8I moves is the conductive portion closest to the conductive member 2 before the operation pin 8I moves.
  • it is the first conductive portion 401.
  • the conductive portion that finally moves between the first electric circuit portion 21 and the second electric circuit portion 22 is the conductive portion that is farthest from the conductive member 2 before the operation pin 8I moves.
  • the materials and shapes of the first conductive portion 401 to the fifth conductive portion 405 are selected so that the heat resistance of the first conductive portion 401 to the fifth conductive portion 405 is high, the heat capacity is large, and the heat transfer property is high. It is preferable to be done.
  • the materials and shapes of the first conductive portion 401 to the fifth conductive portion 405 are selected so that, for example, the first conductive portion 401 to the fifth conductive portion 405 do not melt during the operation of the blocking device 1I.
  • the first electric path portion 21 and the second electric path portion 22 are connected to each other via the third electric path portion 23. Is electrically connected. Therefore, the conductive member 2 functions as a conducting wire, and the first electric circuit portion 21, the second electric circuit portion 22, and the third electric circuit portion 23 are electrically connected to the first terminal 211 and the second terminal 221. The current supplied from flows.
  • the heat generating element 73 When the control unit of the electric vehicle or the like energizes between the two pin electrodes 72 of the gas generator 70, the heat generating element 73 generates heat, and the heat generated by the heat generating element 73 ignites the fuel 74 and burns the fuel 74. Generates gas.
  • the gas increases the pressure of the space containing the fuel 74 in the case 71, breaks the wall (lower wall) constituting this space, and is introduced into the pressurizing chamber 75 through the broken portion to be introduced into the pressurizing chamber 75. Increase the pressure inside. Due to the pressure of the gas in the pressurizing chamber 75, a force in the direction of pushing the third electric circuit portion 23 (downward) acts on the operation pin 8I.
  • the operation pin 8I is driven against the frictional force of the O-ring 65, and the lower surface of the operation pin 8I pushes the third electric circuit portion 23.
  • the conductive member 2 has a groove in the boundary portion 240 (see FIG. 23) between the first electric circuit portion 21 and the third electric circuit portion 23. It is broken at 24 (see FIG. 23) and at the groove 24 of the boundary portion 240 between the second electric circuit portion 22 and the third electric circuit portion 23.
  • the third electric circuit portion (separation portion) 23 is separated from the first electric circuit portion 21 and the second electric circuit portion 22, and the first electric circuit portion 21 and the second electric circuit portion 22 are separated from each other.
  • the third electric circuit portion 23 separated from the first electric circuit portion 21 and the second electric circuit portion 22 is pushed by the operation pin 8 and enters the relaxation space S2 below.
  • the operation pin 8I has a first conductive portion 401 at its lower end (tip in the traveling direction). Therefore, when the operation pin 8I moves, the first electric circuit portion 21 and the second electric circuit portion 22 are separated, and then the first electric circuit portion 21 and the second electric circuit portion 22 are separated from each other. 1
  • the conductive portion 401 enters. Then, one end (right end in FIG. 25) of the first conductive portion 401 comes into contact (opposite) with the opened first electric circuit portion 21, and the other end (left end in FIG. 25) of the first conductive portion 401 is separated. Contact (opposite) with the second electric circuit portion 22. Therefore, the current flowing through the third electric circuit portion 23 will flow through the first conductive portion 401.
  • the electric resistance of the first conductive part 401 is larger than the electric resistance of the third electric circuit part 23. Therefore, the electrical resistance between the first terminal 211 and the second terminal 221 is higher when the first electric circuit portion 21 and the second electric circuit portion 22 are conducted via the conductive portion 4 (see FIG. 25). This is larger than the case where the first electric circuit portion 21 and the second electric circuit portion 22 conduct with each other via the third electric circuit portion (separation portion) 23 (see FIG. 24). In other words, the electrical resistance between the first terminal 211 and the second terminal 221 is when the first electric circuit portion 21 and the second electric circuit portion 22 conduct with each other via the first conductive portion 401 (see FIG. 25).
  • the current flowing between the first electric circuit portion 21 and the second electric circuit portion 22 is the one when the first electric circuit portion 21 and the second electric circuit portion 22 are connected via the first conductive portion 401. Is smaller than when it is connected via the third electric circuit portion 23.
  • the operation pin 8I When the operation pin 8I is further moved, the first electric circuit portion 21 and the second electric circuit which are separated before the first conductive portion 401 is separated from the separated first electric circuit portion 21 and the second electric circuit portion 22.
  • the second conductive portion 402 enters between the portion 22 and the portion 22. Then, as shown in FIG. 26, one end of the second conductive portion 402 (the right end of FIG. 26) comes into contact (opposite) with the opened first electric circuit portion 21, and the other end of the second conductive portion 402 (FIG. 26). (Left end) comes into contact with (opposites) the opened second electric circuit portion 22. Therefore, the current flowing through the first conductive portion 401 will flow through the second conductive portion 402.
  • the operation pin 8I is driven by the gas generator 70 and moves to conduct the first electric circuit portion 21 and the second electric circuit portion 22 via the first conductive portion 401, and then the first electric circuit portion.
  • the 21 and the second electric circuit portion 22 are made conductive via the second conductive portion 402.
  • the electrical resistance of the second conductive portion 402 is different from the electrical resistance of the first conductive portion 401. Therefore, the electrical resistance between the first terminal 211 and the second terminal 221 is different when the first electric circuit portion 21 and the second electric circuit portion 22 are conducted via the second conductive portion 402 (see FIG. 26). The case where the first electric circuit portion 21 and the second electric circuit portion 22 conduct with each other via the first conductive portion 401 (see FIG. 25) is different from each other. More specifically, the electrical resistance of the second conductive portion 402 is larger than the electrical resistance of the first conductive portion 401.
  • the electrical resistance between the first terminal 211 and the second terminal 221 is in the case where the first electric circuit portion 21 and the second electric circuit portion 22 are conducted via the second conductive portion 402 (see FIG. 26). However, it is larger than the case where the first electric circuit portion 21 and the second electric circuit portion 22 conduct with each other via the first conductive portion 401 (see FIG. 25). As a result, the current flowing between the first electric circuit portion 21 and the second electric circuit portion 22 is the one when the first electric circuit portion 21 and the second electric circuit portion 22 are connected via the second conductive portion 402. However, it is smaller than when it is connected via the first conductive portion 401.
  • the operation pin 8I When the operation pin 8I is further moved, the first electric circuit portion 21 and the second electric circuit portion that are separated before the second conductive portion 402 is separated from the separated first electric circuit portion 21 and the second electric circuit portion 22.
  • the third conductive portion 403 is inserted between the portion 22 and the portion 22. Then, as shown in FIG. 27, one end of the third conductive portion 403 (the right end of FIG. 27) comes into contact with (opposite) the opened first electric circuit portion 21, and the other end of the third conductive portion 403 (FIG. 27). (Left end) comes into contact with (opposites) the opened second electric circuit portion 22. Therefore, the current flowing through the second conductive portion 402 will flow through the third conductive portion 403.
  • the operation pin 8I is driven by the gas generator 70 and moves to conduct the first electric circuit portion 21 and the second electric circuit portion 22 via the second conductive portion 402, and then the first electric circuit portion.
  • the 21 and the second electric circuit portion 22 are made conductive via the third conductive portion 403.
  • the electrical resistance of the third conductive portion 403 is different from the electrical resistance of the second conductive portion 402. More specifically, the electrical resistance of the third conductive portion 403 is larger than the electrical resistance of the second conductive portion 402. Therefore, the electrical resistance between the first terminal 211 and the second terminal 221 is in the case where the first electric circuit portion 21 and the second electric circuit portion 22 conduct with each other via the third conductive portion 403 (see FIG. 27). However, it is larger than the case where the first electric circuit portion 21 and the second electric circuit portion 22 conduct with each other via the second conductive portion 402 (see FIG. 26). As a result, the current flowing between the first electric circuit portion 21 and the second electric circuit portion 22 is the one when the first electric circuit portion 21 and the second electric circuit portion 22 are connected via the third conductive portion 403. Is smaller than when connected via the second conductive portion 402.
  • the first conductive portion 401, the second conductive portion 402, and the third conductive portion 403 are connected in this order.
  • the current flowing between the first electric circuit portion 21 and the second electric circuit portion 22 can be gradually reduced.
  • the first increase amount is different from the second increase amount.
  • the first increase amount is based on the electrical resistance when the first electric circuit portion 21 and the second electric circuit portion 22 are conducted through the first conductive portion 401, and the first electric circuit portion 21 and the first electric circuit portion 21 and the second through the second conductive portion 402. 2 This is the amount of increase in electrical resistance when conducting with the electric circuit portion 22.
  • the second increase amount is derived from the electrical resistance when the first electric circuit portion 21 and the second electric circuit portion 22 are conducted via the second conductive portion 402, and the first electric circuit portion 21 and the second increase amount via the third conductive portion 403. 2 This is the amount of increase in electrical resistance when conducting with the electric circuit portion 22.
  • the fourth conductive portion 404 enters between the opened first electric circuit portion 21 and the second electric circuit portion 22, and then the fifth conductive portion 405 enters. As a result, the current flowing between the first electric circuit portion 21 and the second electric circuit portion 22 is further reduced.
  • the distance traveled by the operation pin 8I exceeds a predetermined distance (a distance corresponding to the sum of the thickness of the third electric circuit portion 23 and the dimension between the upper end and the lower end of the plurality of conductive portions)
  • a plurality of distances are obtained.
  • the conductive portion separates from the first electric circuit portion 21.
  • a predetermined distance a distance corresponding to the total of the thickness of the third electric circuit portion 23 and the dimension between the upper end and the lower end of the plurality of conductive portions
  • a plurality of distances are provided.
  • the conductive portion separates from the second electric circuit portion 22.
  • the insulating portion 5I of the operation pin 8I moves between the opened first electric circuit portion 21 and the second electric circuit portion 22.
  • the first electric circuit portion 21 and the second electric circuit portion 22 are insulated by the insulating portion 5I (see FIG. 28). That is, in the insulating portion 5I, the first conductive portion (first conductive portion 401 to fifth conductive portion 405) is separated from at least one of the first electric circuit portion 21 and the second electric circuit portion 22. Insulate between the electric circuit portion 21 and the second electric circuit portion 22.
  • the first electric circuit portion 21 and the second electric circuit portion 22 are conducted through the first conductive portion 401 and then through the second conductive portion 402. Later, it will be insulated. That is, the current flowing between the first electric circuit portion 21 and the second electric circuit portion 22 is reduced in magnitude by flowing through the first conductive portion 401, and by flowing through the second conductive portion 402. After its size is further reduced, it is blocked by the insulating portion 5I. As a result, the magnitude of the current at the time of interruption by the insulating portion 5I becomes smaller than that in the case where the second conductive portion 402 is not provided.
  • the blocking device 1I of the present modification it is possible to suppress the generation of an arc when insulating the first electric circuit portion 21 and the second electric circuit portion 22. Further, by suppressing the generation of the arc, the energy of the generated arc can be reduced. Therefore, it is possible to reduce the volume of the relaxation space S2 for confining the arc energy inside. Further, it is possible to reduce the thickness of the wall of the housing 9I for confining the energy of the arc inside. As a result, the breaking performance can be improved and the breaking device 1I can be downsized.
  • the first electric circuit portion 21 and the second electric circuit portion 22 are conducted through the second conductive portion 402 and then through the third conductive portion 403. , Insulated by the insulating portion 5I.
  • the current flowing between the first electric circuit portion 21 and the second electric circuit portion 22 is cut off by the insulating portion 5I after its magnitude is further reduced by flowing through the third conductive portion 403. ..
  • the magnitude of the current at the time of being cut off by the insulating portion 5I is further reduced, and it is possible to suppress the generation of an arc when insulating the first electric circuit portion 21 and the second electric circuit portion 22. ..
  • the operation pin 8J of the breaking device 1J of this modification includes a plurality of conductive portions (first conductive portion 401J (conductive portion 4J) to fifth conductive portion 405J) and an insulating portion 5J. I have.
  • the diameter of the first conductive portion 401J to the fifth conductive portion 405J of the blocking device 1J of this modified example is larger than the diameter of the first conductive portion 401 to the fifth conductive portion 405 of the blocking device 1I of the modified example 9.
  • the vertical dimension of the intervening portion 53J between the first conductive portion 401J and the second conductive portion 402J is the vertical dimension of the conductive member 2 at the boundary portion 240 (the thickness of the conductive member 2 and the groove 24). Difference from depth) is almost equal to. Therefore, when the operation pin 8J moves, the first conductive portion 401J is separated from the separated first electric circuit portion 21 and the second electric circuit portion 22 before the first conductive portion 401J is separated from the separated first electric circuit portion 21.
  • the second conductive portion 402J easily enters between the second electric circuit portion 22 and the second electric circuit portion 22.
  • the blocking device 1J of this modified example since a plurality of conductive portions (first conductive portion 401J to fifth conductive portion 405J) and an insulating portion 5J are provided, the first electric circuit portion 21 and the second electric circuit portion 22 are provided. It is possible to suppress the generation of an arc when the circuit is opened.
  • the housing 9K includes a first body 92K, a first cover 93K, a cap 94K, and a second body 98K.
  • the first body 92K has a box shape having a through hole 920K having a circular cross section and a recess 921K having an open upper surface and a cylindrical inner peripheral surface.
  • the first cover 93K has a concave portion 930K which is cylindrical and has a cylindrical inner peripheral surface having an open lower surface.
  • the first cover 93K is provided with a cylindrical accommodating wall 932K at its upper end for accommodating the gas generator 70 of the drive mechanism 7.
  • the first cover 93K is fitted into the first body 92K so that its outer peripheral surface faces the inner peripheral surface of the recess 921K of the first body 92K.
  • the operation pin 8K is arranged in the internal space of the recess 930K of the first cover 93K and the through hole 920K of the first body 92K.
  • the cap 94K is attached to the first body 92K and the first cover 93K so as to cover the upper surface of the first body 92K and the upper surface of the first cover 93K.
  • An O-ring 62K is arranged between the first body 92K and the cap 94K.
  • the second body 98K has a recess 980K having a circular cross section in the center of the upper surface thereof.
  • the diameter of the recess 980K is substantially the same as the diameter of the through hole 920K.
  • the conductive member 2K is arranged so as to be sandwiched between the first body 92K and the second cover 99K. As shown in FIG. 31, the conductive member 2K is a third electric circuit portion (separation portion) that connects the plate-shaped first electric circuit portion 21K and the second electric circuit portion 22K, and the first electric circuit portion 21K and the second electric circuit portion 22K, respectively. ) 23K and. The width of the third electric circuit portion 23K is smaller than the width of the first electric circuit portion 21K and the width of the second electric circuit portion 22K.
  • a partially cylindrical groove 24K is formed between the first electric circuit portion 21K and the third electric circuit portion 23K, and between the second electric circuit portion 22K and the third electric circuit portion 23K.
  • the gas generator 70 is arranged in a space surrounded by a storage wall 932K of the first cover 93K.
  • An O-ring 64K is arranged between the gas generator 70 and the first cover 93K.
  • the blocking device 1K includes an operating pin 8K including a plurality of conductive portions and an insulating portion 5K.
  • the insulating portion 5K is a part of the operating pin 8K.
  • the main body of the operation pin 8K is composed of an insulating portion 5K.
  • the blocking device 1K includes a holding cap (holding portion) 80K for holding a plurality of conductive portions.
  • the plurality of conductive portions and the holding cap 80K are a part of the operating pin 8K. That is, as shown in FIG. 31, the operation pin 8K includes a plurality of conductive portions and an insulating portion 5K.
  • the plurality of conductive portions include a first conductive portion 401K (conductive portion 4K) and a second conductive portion 402K.
  • the first conductive portion 401K and the second conductive portion 402K are aligned in the moving direction (vertical direction) in which the operation pin 8K moves.
  • the holding cap 80K and the plurality of conductive portions may be regarded as separate members from the operating pin 8K.
  • the insulating portion 5K (member constituting the operation pin 8K) is cylindrical.
  • An annular groove 51K along the circumferential direction of the insulating portion 5K is formed on the outer edge of the upper end of the insulating portion 5K.
  • An O-ring 65K is fitted in the groove 51K.
  • a columnar recess is formed at the lower end of the insulating portion 5K.
  • the main body of the holding cap 80K (described later) is fitted in the recess.
  • the first conductive portion 401K is a long columnar (pin-shaped) to the left and right.
  • the second conductive portion 402K includes a first portion 412K, a second portion 422K, and a third portion 432K.
  • the first part 412K and the second part 422K are long cylindrical (pin-shaped) to the left and right.
  • the first portion 412K faces the opened first electric circuit portion 21K.
  • the second portion 422K faces the opened second electric circuit portion 22K.
  • the third part 432K electrically connects the first part 412K and the second part 422K.
  • the third portion 432K has a plurality of bent portions. More specifically, the third portion 432K includes a linear portion connected to the left end of the first portion 412K and extending upward, and a curved portion extending leftward from the upper end of the linear portion and including an inverted S-shaped portion. It has a linear portion extending downward from the left end of the curved portion and connecting to the second portion 422K. That is, the third portion 432K has a current path longer than the linear distance connecting both ends of the third portion 432K.
  • the holding cap 80K is electrically insulating.
  • the holding cap 80K has a columnar main body portion and a flange portion.
  • the holding cap 80K has a first through hole 501K into which the first conductive portion 401K is inserted and a second through hole 502K into which the second conductive portion 402K is inserted.
  • the first through hole 501K is formed in the collar portion of the holding cap 80K.
  • the second through hole 502K is formed in the main body of the holding cap 80K.
  • the upper end of the second through hole 502K is notched, and the inner surface of the second through hole 502K is connected to the upper surface of the holding cap 80K.
  • the second through hole 502K is a recess formed on the upper surface of the holding cap 80K.
  • the second conductive portion 402K is arranged in the insulating portion 5K.
  • the materials of the first conductive portion 401K and the second conductive portion 402K may be different.
  • the material of the second conductive portion 402K has a higher specific resistance than the material of the first conductive portion 401K.
  • the diameters of the first conductive portion 401K and the second conductive portion 402K may be different from each other.
  • the width (vertical dimension) of the operation pin 8K in the moving direction of the first conductive portion 401K and the second conductive portion 402K is different from each other.
  • the diameter of the first conductive portion 401K or the second conductive portion 402K does not have to be constant in the path of the conductive portion.
  • the path length of the current flowing between the first terminal 211 and the second terminal 221 is the case where the first electric circuit portion 21K and the second electric circuit portion 22K are conductive via the second conductive portion 402K, and the first. It is different in the case where the first electric circuit portion 21K and the second electric circuit portion 22K are electrically connected via the conductive portion 401K.
  • the path length of the current flowing between the first terminal 211 and the second terminal 221 is better when the first electric circuit portion 21K and the second electric circuit portion 22K are conductive via the second conductive portion 402K. It is longer than the case where the first electric circuit portion 21K and the second electric circuit portion 22K are electrically connected via the first conductive portion 401K.
  • the vertical dimension of the intervening portion 53K between the first conductive portion 401K and the second conductive portion 402K at the position facing the opened first electric circuit portion 21K is determined. It is substantially equal to the thickness of the conductive member 2. That is, when the operation pin 8K is driven by the gas generator 70 and moves, the end of the first conductive portion 401K faces the first electric circuit portion 21K, and then the end of the first conductive portion 401K becomes the first electric circuit portion 21K. The end of the second conductive portion 402K faces the first electric circuit portion 21K.
  • the areas of the end of the first conductive portion 401K and the end of the second conductive portion 402K on the side facing the first electric circuit portion 21K may be different.
  • the blocking device 1K of this modified example since a plurality of conductive portions (first conductive portion 401K and second conductive portion 402K) and an insulating portion 5K are provided, the first electric circuit portion 21K and the second electric circuit portion 22K are provided. It is possible to suppress the generation of an arc when the circuit is opened.
  • the breaking device 1L of this modified example includes an operation pin 8L having a shape different from that of the breaking device 1 of the basic example.
  • the same components as those of the blocking device 1 of the basic example are designated by the same reference numerals, and description thereof will be omitted as appropriate.
  • the operation pins 8L of the breaking device 1L of this modified example include a tip portion 81L, an intermediate portion 82L (conductive portion 4L), an arc extinguishing member 30, and an insulating portion 83L (insulating portion 5L). ,have.
  • the tip portion 81L, the intermediate portion 82L, the arc extinguishing member 30, and the insulating portion 83L are arranged in this order from the tip side of the operation pin 8L.
  • the tip portion 81L is formed of, for example, tungsten.
  • the intermediate portion 82L is formed of, for example, a semiconductor such as silicon.
  • the tip portion 81L has a larger electrical resistance than the intermediate portion 82L.
  • the insulating portion 83L is formed of, for example, a synthetic resin as a material.
  • the insulating portion 83L has electrical insulation.
  • the intermediate portion 82L is arranged between the tip portion 81L and the arc extinguishing member 30, and has a smaller electrical resistance than the tip portion 81L. Further, the insulating portion 83L is located on the side opposite to the tip portion 81L side with respect to the arc extinguishing member 30, and has higher electrical insulation than the arc extinguishing member 30.
  • the operating pin 8L When the operating pin 8L is driven by the pressure of the gas generated by the gas generator 70 (see FIG. 1), it is pushed by the operating pin 8L, so that the first electric circuit portion 21 and the second electric circuit portion 22 to the third electric circuit portion 23 is separated. Then, between the first electric path portion 21 and the second electric path portion 22, the tip portion 81L, the intermediate portion 82L, the arc extinguishing member 30, and the insulating portion 83L of the operation pin 8L are inserted in this order. In the state where the operation pin 8L is fully advanced, the insulating portion 83L is arranged between the first electric circuit portion 21 and the second electric circuit portion 22.
  • the tip portion 81L having a relatively large electric resistance comes into contact with the arc first, and the intermediate portion 82L having a relatively small electric resistance comes later. It touches the arc. Therefore, the energy of the arc discharge can be suppressed and the arc current can be gradually reduced as compared with the case where the intermediate portion 82L first comes into contact with the arc. After the arc current is gradually reduced, the arc extinguishing member 30 cuts off the arc, and then the insulating portion 83L electrically insulates between the first electric circuit portion 21 and the second electric circuit portion 22. By forming the operation pin 8L in such a structure, it is possible to improve the blocking performance of the electric circuit including the conductive member 2.
  • the shapes of the operation pins 8, 8A to 8C, 8F to 8L are not limited to the columnar shape, and may be any polygonal columnar shape. Good.
  • the grooves 24, 24B, 24E, 24K of the conductive members 2, 2B, 2E, 2K preferably have a shape that follows the shapes of the operation pins 8, 8A to 8C, 8E to 8L.
  • the shape of the operation pin 8D is not limited to the shape shown in the figure.
  • the conductive portions 4, 4A to 4L and / or the insulating portions 5, 5A to 5L may not be a part of the operation pins 8, 8A to 8L (the portion for separating the separation portion), and may be separate members. ..
  • one end (lower end) of the operation pins 8, 8A to 8C, 8E to 8L is connected to the third electric circuit portions 23, 23B, 23E, 23K of the conductive members 2, 2B, 2E, 2K. It may or may not be in contact.
  • the grooves 24, 24B, 24E, 24K of the conductive members 2, 2B, 2E, 2K are formed on the second surface F2 in place of / in addition to the first surface F1 of the conductive members 2, 2B, 2E, 2K. You may be.
  • the boundary portion 240 does not have to be defined by the grooves 24, 24B, 24E, 24K, and is defined by, for example, one or a plurality of holes penetrating in the thickness direction of the conductive members 2, 2B, 2E, 2K. You may.
  • the boundary portion 240 of the conductive members 2, 2B, 2E, and 2K may be formed of a material different from the other portions.
  • the breaking devices 1, 1A to 1L may be provided with a permanent magnet for extending the generated arc.
  • the permanent magnet may be arranged in the internal space of the housings 9, 9B, 9D, 9I, or may be embedded in the housings 9, 9B, 9D, 9I, for example.
  • the blocking devices 1, 1A to 1C and 1E to 1L may include an arc extinguishing body arranged in the relaxation space S2.
  • the blocking device 1D may include an arc extinguishing body arranged in the internal space of the housing 9D.
  • the arc-extinguishing body is a member having an arc-extinguishing action.
  • the arc extinguishing body is a hydrogen storage alloy, a polyamide (nylon) such as SiC, SiO2, alumina, PA6, PA46, PA66, a material obtained by mixing magnesium hydroxide or magnesium borate with the resin of this polyamide, silicon or silicon carbide (SiC). ), Ceramic, wool-like metal (metal fiber), or the like.
  • the second portions 42, 42A to 42C of the conductive portions 4, 4A to 4C do not have to have the same dimensions and shapes as the first portions 41, 41A to 41C.
  • the second portions 42, 42A to 42C may have different heights from the first portions 41, 41A to 41C.
  • the shape of the plurality of conductive portions is not limited to the pin shape, and may be, for example, a plate shape.
  • the intervening portion (53, 53J, 53K) may be an arc extinguishing member.
  • the housings 9 and 9I of the blocking devices 1, 1A, 1I and 1L may have the same base as the housing 9B of the blocking devices 1B and 1C.
  • the breaking devices 1, 1A to 1C, 1E to 1L are not limited to the configuration in which the operating pins 8, 8A to 8C, 8E to 8L push the conductive members 2, 2B, 2E, and 2K to break, and for example, via another member.
  • the conductive members 2, 2B, 2E and 2K may be broken.
  • the electrical resistances of the first conductive portions 401 and 401J to the fifth conductive portions 405 and 405J do not have to increase in this order.
  • the electric resistance of the second conductive portion 402 may be smaller than the electric resistance of the first conductive portion 401.
  • the conductive portions 4, 4A to 4L may be provided with a thermistor whose resistance value changes as the temperature rises.
  • the conductive portions 4, 4A to 4L may include, for example, a PTC (positive temperature coefficient) element whose resistance value increases as the temperature rises.
  • the conductive portions 4, 4A to 4L move between the first electric circuit portions 21,21B, 21D, 21E, 21K and the second electric circuit portions 22, 22B, 22D, 22E, 22K, and the conductive portions 4, 4A
  • a current flows through ⁇ 4L the temperature of the conductive parts 4, 4A ⁇ 4L rises.
  • the blocking device (1,1A to 1L) of one aspect of the present disclosure includes a housing (9,9B, 9D, 9I, 9K) having an internal space and a housing (9,9B, 9D, 9I, 9K).
  • , 22E, 22K are provided with a separation part (22,22B, 22D, 22E, 22K) for electrically connecting to each other, and a conductive part (4,4A to 4L), which moves in the internal space and is the first electric path.
  • the separation unit (22, 22B, 22D, 22E, 22K) is located in the first direction (lower in FIG. 1) from the operation pins (8, 8A to 8L), and the operation pins (8, 8A to 8L) are driven.
  • the separation part (22,22B, 22D, 22E, 22K) is moved to the first electric path part by the operation pin (8,8A to 8L).
  • the first conductive section (4, 4A to 4L) becomes the first electric circuit section (21).
  • the first electric circuit part (21, 21B, 21D, 21E, 21K) and the second electric circuit part (22,) are compared with the case where the operation pin does not have the conductive part (4,4A to 4L). 22B, 22D, 22E, 22K)
  • the magnitude of the current flowing through the first electric circuit section (21, 21B, 21D, 21E, 21K) and the second electric circuit section (22, 22B, 22D, 22E, 22K) when insulating It is possible to reduce the size. It is possible to suppress the generation of an arc when insulating the first electric circuit portion (21,21B, 21D, 21E, 21K) and the second electric circuit portion (22, 22B, 22D, 22E, 22K). Further, by suppressing the generation of the arc, it becomes possible to miniaturize the housing (9, 9B, 9D, 9I, 9K) for confining the energy of the arc.
  • the operating pins (4,4A-4L) have a first insulating portion (5,5A-5L), and the first conductive portion (4,4A-4L) is the first.
  • the operation pins (4, 4A to 4L) are the first.
  • the first electric circuit portion (21,21B, 21D, 21E, 21K) and the second electric circuit portion (22, 22B, 22D, 22E, 22K) are first. They are insulated from each other by insulating portions (5, 5A to 5L).
  • the first electric circuit part (21,21B, 21D, 21E, 21K) and the second electric circuit part (22, 22B, 22D, 22E, 22K) are provided by the first insulating part (5, 5A to 5L). And can be insulated, and the generation of arc can be suppressed.
  • the conductive portion (4,4A, 4B, 4D to 4J, 4L) has an operating pin (8,8A, 8B). , 8D to 8J, 8L) are fixed to the members.
  • the conductive portion (4,4A, 4B, 4D to 4J, 4L) can be held by the operating pins (8,8A, 8B, 8D to 8J, 8L).
  • the first electric circuit portion (21,21B, 21D, 21E, 21K) is the first terminal (211) electrically connected to an external circuit. , 211E), and the second electric circuit section (22, 22B, 22D, 22E, 22K) has a second terminal (221,221E) electrically connected to an external circuit, and a first terminal (211). , 211E) and the second terminal (221,221E), the first electric circuit part (21,21B, 21D, 21E, 21K) has the second electric circuit part (22, 22B, 22D, 22E, 22K).
  • the first electric circuit portion (21,21B, 21D, 21E, 21K) and the second electric circuit portion (22, 22B, 22D, 22E, 22K) are insulated, the first electric circuit portion (21, 21B, 21D, 21E, 21K) and the second electric circuit portion (22, 22B, 22D, 22E, 22K) can be reduced in magnitude of the current flowing through them. Therefore, it is possible to suppress the generation of an arc when insulating the first electric circuit portion (21,21B, 21D, 21E, 21K) and the second electric circuit portion (22, 22B, 22D, 22E, 22K). ..
  • the first electric circuit portion (21,21B, 21D, 21E, 21K) is a first terminal (211) electrically connected to an external circuit. , 211E), and the second electric circuit section (22, 22B, 22D, 22E, 22K) has a second terminal (221,221E) electrically connected to an external circuit, and a first terminal (211). , 211E) and the second terminal (221,221E), the first electric circuit part (21,21B, 21D, 21E, 21K) has the second electric circuit part (22, 22B, 22D, 22E, 22K).
  • the first electric circuit part (21, 21B, 21D, 21E, 21K) is connected to the second electric circuit part (22, 22B, 22D, 22D,) when it is connected to the conductive part (4,4A to 4L). 22E, 22K) is smaller than when connected via a separator.
  • the first electric circuit portion (21,21B, 21D, 21E, 21K) and the second electric circuit portion (22, 22B, 22D, 22E, 22K) are insulated, the first electric circuit portion (21, 21B, 21D, 21E, 21K) and the second electric circuit portion (22, 22B, 22D, 22E, 22K) can be reduced in magnitude of the current flowing through them. Therefore, it is possible to suppress the generation of an arc when insulating the first electric circuit portion (21,21B, 21D, 21E, 21K) and the second electric circuit portion (22, 22B, 22D, 22E, 22K). ..
  • a driving unit (7,7D) is further provided, and the driving unit (7,7D) is a gas generator (70) that generates gas by combustion. , 70D), and the operation pins (8,8A to 8L) are moved in conjunction with the pressure of the gas generated by the gas generator (70,70D).
  • the operation pins (8,8A to 8L) move in conjunction with the pressure of the gas generated by the gas generator (70,70D), the gas generator (70,70D) is not used.
  • the operation pins (8.8A to 8L) can be moved at a higher speed than the above. As a result, the arc can be rapidly extended, the duration of the generated arc can be shortened, and the cutoff performance of the electric path can be improved.
  • Another aspect of the blocking device (1,1A to 1C, 1E to 1L) of the present disclosure includes a first electric circuit portion (21,21B, 21E, 21K) and a second electric circuit portion (22, 22B, 22E, 22K). And a conductive member (2,2B, 2E, 2K) including a separation portion is further provided, and the operation pins (8,8A to 8C, 8E to 8L) break the conductive member (2,2B, 2E, 2K).
  • the first electric circuit portion (21,21B, 21E, 21K) and the second electric circuit portion (22, 22B, 22E, 22K) are separated from each other.
  • the movement of the operation pins (8,8A to 8C, 8E to 8L) and the first electric circuit part (21,21B, 21E, 21K) and the second electric circuit part (22,22B, 22E, 22K) It can be easily linked with the electrical disconnection of.
  • the operating pin (8D) is relative to at least one of the first electrical circuit section (21D) and the second electric circuit section (22D).
  • the first electric circuit portion (21D) and the second electric circuit portion (22D) are separated from each other by moving them in a targeted manner.
  • the movement of the operation pin (8D) and the electrical disconnection of the first electric circuit portion (21D) and the second electric circuit portion (22D) can be easily linked.
  • the conductive portions (4,4A to 4C) are the first portion (41,41A to 41C) and the second portion (42,42A to). 42C), a third portion (43,43A to 43C) connecting the first portion (41,41A to 41C) and the second portion (42,42A to 42C), and a conductive portion (4,4A).
  • the first part (41,41A to 41C) is the first electric circuit part (21, 21B)
  • the second part (42,42A to 42C) is in contact with the second electric circuit part (22,22B)
  • the electrical resistance of the third part (43,43A to 43C) is the first part (41,41A). It is larger than the electric resistance of ⁇ 41C) and the electric resistance of the second part (42, 42A to 42C).
  • the operating pins (8I to 8K) have a second conductive portion (401, 401J, 401K) electrically insulated from the first conductive portion (401, 401J, 401K).
  • 402, 402J, 402K) are further provided, and the first conductive portion (401, 401J, 401K) is located in the first direction (lower in FIG. 27) from the second conductive portion (402, 402J, 402K).
  • the first conductive section (401, 401J, 401K) and the second conductive section are electrically connected by the first conductive section (401, 401J, 401K)
  • the first conductive section (401, 401J, 401K) becomes the first. It moves in the direction of 1 (downward in FIG. 27), and the second conductive portion (402, 402J, 402K) moves between the first electric passage portion (21,21K) and the second electric passage portion (22,22K).
  • the first electric circuit portion (21,21K) and the second electric circuit portion (22,22K) are electrically connected.
  • the path is blocked after the size is reduced and the size is further reduced by flowing through the second conductive portion (402, 402J, 402K).
  • an arc is generated when the first electric circuit portion (21,21K) and the second electric circuit portion (22,22K) are insulated, as compared with the case where the second conductive portion (402, 402J, 402K) is not provided. It becomes possible to suppress.
  • the operating pins (8I to 8K) have an insulating portion (5I to 5K), and the second conductive portion (402, 402J, 402K) is the first.
  • the operation pins (8I to 8K) are further moved in the first direction (downward in FIG. 27).
  • the first electric circuit portion (21,21K) and the second electric circuit portion (22,22K) are insulated from each other by an insulating portion (5I to 5K).
  • the insulating portion (5I to 5K) makes it possible to insulate the first electric circuit portion (21,21K) and the second electric circuit portion (22,22K), thereby suppressing the generation of an arc. Is possible.
  • the electrical resistance between the first electric circuit section (21,21K) and the second electric circuit section (22,22K) is the first conductive section (401K).
  • 401J, 401K electrically connects the first electric circuit section (21,21K) and the second electric circuit section (22,22K)
  • the second conductive section (402, 402J, 402K) is the first electric circuit section. It differs depending on whether the unit (21,21K) and the second electric circuit unit (22,22K) are electrically connected.
  • the first electric circuit portion (21,21K) and the second electric circuit portion (22,22K) are insulated by, for example, the insulating portion (5I to 5K), the first electric circuit portion (21,21K) and It is possible to reduce the magnitude of the current flowing through the second electric circuit portion (22, 22K). Therefore, it is possible to suppress the generation of an arc when insulating the first electric circuit portion (21,21K) and the second electric circuit portion (22,22K).
  • the electrical resistance between the first electric circuit section (21,21K) and the second electric circuit section (22,22K) is the second conductive section (402).
  • 402J, 402K electrically connects the first electric circuit section (21,21K) and the second electric circuit section (22,22K)
  • the first conductive section (401, 401J, 401K) is the first. It is larger than when the first electric circuit portion (21,21K) and the second electric circuit portion (22,22K) are electrically connected.
  • the path is blocked after the size is reduced and the size is further reduced by flowing through the second conductive portion (402, 402J, 402K).
  • an arc is generated when the first electric circuit portion (21,21K) and the second electric circuit portion (22,22K) are insulated, as compared with the case where the second conductive portion (402, 402J, 402K) is not provided. It becomes possible to suppress.
  • the operating pins (8I, 8J) are electrically connected to the first conductive portion (401, 401J) and the second conductive portion (402, 402J).
  • An insulated third conductive portion (403,403J) is further provided, and the second conductive portion (402, 402J) is located in the first direction (lower in FIG. 27) from the third conductive portion (403,403J).
  • the second conductive portion (402, 402J) electrically connects the first electric circuit portion (21) and the second electric path portion (22), the second conductive portion (402, 402J) is in the first direction (402, 402J).
  • the magnitude of the current flowing through the first electric circuit portion (21) and the second electric circuit portion (22) when insulating the first electric circuit portion (21) and the second electric circuit portion (22) is determined. It can be made smaller. Therefore, it is possible to suppress the generation of an arc when insulating the first electric circuit portion (21) and the second electric circuit portion (22).
  • the electric resistance between the first electric circuit portion (21) and the second electric circuit portion (22) is determined by the third conductive portion (403, 403J).
  • the second conductive portion (402, 402J) is the first electric circuit portion (21) and the second electric circuit portion (22). 22) is larger than when electrically connected to.
  • the magnitude of the current flowing between the first electric circuit portion (21) and the second electric circuit portion (22) is reduced by flowing through the second conductive portion (402, 402J).
  • the path is blocked after its size is further reduced by flowing through the third conductive section (403, 403J).
  • the arc when the insulating portion (5I, 5J) insulates the first electric circuit portion (21) and the second electric circuit portion (22) is compared with the case where the third conductive portion (403, 403J) is not provided. It is possible to suppress the occurrence.
  • the first conductive portion (401, 401J) electrically connects the first electric circuit portion (21) and the second electric circuit portion (22).
  • the electrical resistance between the first electric circuit portion (21) and the second electric circuit portion (22) is R1
  • the second conductive portion (402, 402J) is the first electric circuit portion (21) and the second electric circuit portion (22).
  • the electrical resistance between the first electric circuit portion (21) and the second electric circuit portion (22) is R2
  • the third conductive portion (403, 403J) is the first electric circuit portion (21).
  • the degree of freedom in designing the operating pins (8I, 8J) is increased.
  • the length of the second conductive portion (402K) along the line is different.
  • the electric resistance of the first conductive part (401K) and the electric resistance of the second conductive part (402K) can be made different.
  • the path length of the current flowing between the section (21K) and the second electric circuit section (22K) is such that the first conductive section (401K) electrically connects the first electric circuit section (21K) and the second electric circuit section (22K). It is longer than the path length of the current flowing between the first electric circuit portion (21K) and the second electric circuit portion (22K) when connected to.
  • the electric resistance of the first conductive part (401K) and the electric resistance of the second conductive part (402K) can be made different.
  • the operating pins (8F to 8H, 8L) include an arc-extinguishing member (30) having an arc-extinguishing action.
  • the resistance value of the first conductive portion (4,4A to 4L) changes as the temperature rises.
  • a conductive portion (4,4A to 4L) is provided between the first electric circuit portion (21,21B, 21D, 21E, 21K) and the second electric circuit portion (22, 22B, 22D, 22E, 22K). Changes and a current flows through the conductive parts (4,4A to 4L), the temperature of the conductive parts (4,4A to 4L) changes. As a result, the electrical resistance of the conductive portion (4,4A to 4L) changes, and the current flowing through the conductive portion (4,4A to 4L) changes. Therefore, it is possible to suppress the generation of an arc when insulating the first electric circuit portion (21,21B, 21D, 21E, 21K) and the second electric circuit portion (22, 22B, 22D, 22E, 22K). Become.

Abstract

A breaker device comprising: a case having an internal space; a first electrical path provided in the case; a second electrical path provided in the case; a separation section arranged in the internal space in the case and electrically connecting the first electrical path and the second electrical path to each other; an operation pin having a first conductive section provided therein, moving the internal space, and separating the separation section from at least either the first electrical path or the second electrical path; and a drive unit that operates the operation pin. The separation section is positioned further in a first direction than the operation pin and, when the operation pin is moved in the first direction by the drive unit, the separation section is separated from the first electrical path or the second electrical path by the operation pin. After the separation section is separated from the first electrical path or the second electrical path, the first conductive section moves to between the first electrical path and the second electrical path and electrically connects the first electrical path and the second electrical path.

Description

遮断装置Breaker
　本開示は遮断装置に関し、より詳細には、電路を遮断する遮断装置に関する。 The present disclosure relates to a breaking device, and more specifically, to a breaking device that cuts off an electric circuit.
　特許文献１記載の回路遮断器は、電気回路に接続されるように設計された少なくとも１つの導電体と、ハウジングと、マトリクスと、パンチと、火工品を用いたアクチュエータと、を備えている。アクチュエータは、点火されたときにパンチを第１の位置から第２の位置に移動させるように設計されている。パンチ及びマトリクスは、パンチが第１の位置から第２の位置に移動するときに、少なくとも１つの導電体を破断して、少なくとも２つの別個の部分にする。 The circuit breaker described in Patent Document 1 includes at least one conductor designed to be connected to an electric circuit, a housing, a matrix, a punch, and an actuator using a pyrotechnic. .. The actuator is designed to move the punch from a first position to a second position when ignited. The punch and matrix break at least one conductor into at least two separate parts as the punch moves from the first position to the second position.
特表２０１７－５０７４６９号公報Special Table 2017-507469
　特許文献１に記載されている回路遮断器では、導電体に大電流が流れているときに導電体を破断すると、破断した箇所でアークが発生することがある。このとき発生するアークのエネルギーは非常に大きくなり得る。 In the circuit breaker described in Patent Document 1, if the conductor is broken while a large current is flowing through the conductor, an arc may be generated at the broken part. The energy of the arc generated at this time can be very large.
　本開示は、アークの発生を抑制することが可能な遮断装置を提供することを目的とする。 An object of the present disclosure is to provide a breaking device capable of suppressing the generation of an arc.
　本開示の一態様に係る遮断装置は、内部空間を有する筐体と、前記筐体に設けられた第１電路部と、前記筐体に設けられた第２電路部と、前記筐体の前記内部空間に配置され、前記第１電路部と前記第２電路部とを互いに電気的に接続させる分離部と、第１導電部が設けられ、前記内部空間を移動し、前記第１電路部と前記第２電路部との少なくとも一方から前記分離部を分離させる動作ピンと、前記動作ピンを移動させる駆動部と、を備え、前記分離部は、前記動作ピンより第１の方向に位置し、前記動作ピンが前記駆動部によって前記第１の方向に移動すると、前記分離部は、前記動作ピンによって前記第１電路部または前記第２電路部から分離され、前記分離部が前記第１電路部または前記第２電路部から分離された後、前記第１導電部は前記第１電路部と前記第２電路部との間に移動して前記第１電路部と前記第２電路部とを電気的に接続させる。 The blocking device according to one aspect of the present disclosure includes a housing having an internal space, a first electric circuit portion provided in the housing, a second electric circuit portion provided in the housing, and the housing. A separation portion, which is arranged in the internal space and electrically connects the first electric circuit portion and the second electric circuit portion to each other, and a first conductive portion are provided, and the first electric circuit portion and the first electric circuit portion move in the internal space. It includes an operation pin that separates the separation unit from at least one of the second electric circuit unit, and a drive unit that moves the operation pin. The separation unit is located in a first direction from the operation pin, and is said to be the same. When the operation pin is moved in the first direction by the drive unit, the separation unit is separated from the first electric circuit unit or the second electric circuit unit by the operation pin, and the separation unit is the first electric circuit unit or After being separated from the second electric circuit portion, the first conductive portion moves between the first electric circuit portion and the second electric circuit portion, and electrically connects the first electric circuit portion and the second electric circuit portion. To connect to.
　本開示の遮断装置は、アークの発生を抑制することが可能となるという利点がある。 The blocking device of the present disclosure has an advantage that it is possible to suppress the generation of an arc.
図１は、一実施形態の遮断装置の断面斜視図である。FIG. 1 is a cross-sectional perspective view of the blocking device of one embodiment. 図２は、同上の遮断装置の斜視図である。FIG. 2 is a perspective view of the breaking device of the same. 図３は、同上の遮断装置の断面図である。FIG. 3 is a cross-sectional view of the breaking device of the same. 図４は、同上の遮断装置の断面図である。FIG. 4 is a cross-sectional view of the breaking device of the same. 図５は、同上の遮断装置の断面図である。FIG. 5 is a cross-sectional view of the breaking device of the same. 図６は、同上の遮断装置の動作ピンを含む要部の分解斜視図である。FIG. 6 is an exploded perspective view of a main part including an operation pin of the breaking device of the same as above. 図７は、変形例１の遮断装置の動作ピンを含む要部の分解斜視図である。FIG. 7 is an exploded perspective view of a main part including an operation pin of the breaking device of the first modification. 図８は、変形例２の遮断装置の断面図である。FIG. 8 is a cross-sectional view of the blocking device of the second modification. 図９は、同上の遮断装置の動作ピンを含む要部の分解斜視図である。FIG. 9 is an exploded perspective view of a main part including an operation pin of the breaking device of the same as above. 図１０は、変形例３の遮断装置の動作ピンを含む要部の分解斜視図である。FIG. 10 is an exploded perspective view of a main part including an operation pin of the breaking device of the modified example 3. 図１１は、変形例４の遮断装置の要部の上方から見た断面図である。FIG. 11 is a cross-sectional view of the main part of the blocking device of the modified example 4 as viewed from above. 図１２は、同上の遮断装置の要部の側方から見た断面図である。FIG. 12 is a cross-sectional view of the main part of the breaking device as seen from the side. 図１３は、同上の遮断装置の動作ピンの斜視図である。FIG. 13 is a perspective view of the operation pin of the breaking device of the same. 図１４は、同上の遮断装置の要部の側方から見た断面図である。FIG. 14 is a cross-sectional view of the main part of the breaking device as seen from the side. 図１５は、変形例５の遮断装置の動作ピンの斜視図である。FIG. 15 is a perspective view of the operation pin of the breaking device of the modified example 5. 図１６は、同上の遮断装置の要部を示す側面図である。FIG. 16 is a side view showing a main part of the above-mentioned breaking device. 図１７は、同上の遮断装置の要部を示す側面図である。FIG. 17 is a side view showing a main part of the above-mentioned breaking device. 図１８は、同上の遮断装置の要部を示す側面図である。FIG. 18 is a side view showing a main part of the above-mentioned breaking device. 図１９は、変形例６の遮断装置の要部の側方から見た断面図である。FIG. 19 is a cross-sectional view of the main part of the blocking device of the modified example 6 as viewed from the side. 図２０は、変形例７の遮断装置の要部の側方から見た断面図である。FIG. 20 is a cross-sectional view of the main part of the blocking device of the modified example 7 as viewed from the side. 図２１は、変形例８の遮断装置の要部の側方から見た断面図である。FIG. 21 is a cross-sectional view of the main part of the blocking device of the modified example 8 as viewed from the side. 図２２は、変形例９の遮断装置の断面斜視図である。FIG. 22 is a cross-sectional perspective view of the blocking device of the modified example 9. 図２３は、同上の遮断装置の動作ピンを含む要部の分解斜視図である。FIG. 23 is an exploded perspective view of a main part including the operation pin of the breaking device of the same as above. 図２４は、同上の遮断装置の断面図である。FIG. 24 is a cross-sectional view of the breaking device of the same. 図２５は、同上の遮断装置の断面図である。FIG. 25 is a cross-sectional view of the breaking device of the same. 図２６は、同上の遮断装置の断面図である。FIG. 26 is a cross-sectional view of the breaking device of the same. 図２７は、同上の遮断装置の断面図である。FIG. 27 is a cross-sectional view of the breaking device of the same. 図２８は、同上の遮断装置の断面図である。FIG. 28 is a cross-sectional view of the breaking device of the same. 図２９は、変形例１０の遮断装置の要部の側方から見た断面図である。FIG. 29 is a cross-sectional view of the main part of the blocking device of the modified example 10 as viewed from the side. 図３０は、変形例１１の遮断装置の断面図である。FIG. 30 is a cross-sectional view of the blocking device of the modified example 11. 図３１は、同上の遮断装置の動作ピンを含む要部の分解斜視図である。FIG. 31 is an exploded perspective view of a main part including an operation pin of the above-mentioned breaking device. 図３２は、変形例１２の遮断装置の要部の側方から見た断面図である。FIG. 32 is a cross-sectional view of the main part of the blocking device of the modified example 12 as viewed from the side.
　以下、本開示の実施形態に係る遮断装置について、図面を参照して説明する。ただし、下記の各実施形態は、本開示の様々な実施形態の一部に過ぎない。下記の各実施形態は、本開示の目的を達成できれば、設計等に応じて種々の変更が可能である。また、下記の各実施形態において説明する各図は、模式的な図であり、図中の各構成要素の大きさ及び厚さそれぞれの比が必ずしも実際の寸法比を反映しているとは限らない。 Hereinafter, the blocking device according to the embodiment of the present disclosure will be described with reference to the drawings. However, each of the following embodiments is only a part of the various embodiments of the present disclosure. Each of the following embodiments can be changed in various ways depending on the design and the like as long as the object of the present disclosure can be achieved. Further, each figure described in each of the following embodiments is a schematic view, and the ratio of the size and the thickness of each component in the figure does not necessarily reflect the actual dimensional ratio. Absent.
　（１）実施形態
　（１．１）概要
　本実施形態の遮断装置１は、図１に示すように、第１電路部２１と、第２電路部２２と、駆動機構７と、動作ピン８と、を備えている。また、遮断装置１は、第３電路部（分離部）２３と、筐体９と、を備えている。 (1) Embodiment (1.1) Outline As shown in FIG. 1, the cutoff device 1 of the present embodiment includes a first electric circuit portion 21, a second electric circuit portion 22, a drive mechanism 7, and an operation pin 8. , Is equipped. Further, the cutoff device 1 includes a third electric circuit portion (separation portion) 23 and a housing 9.
　第１電路部２１と第２電路部２２とは、互いに電気的に接続されている。第１電路部２１と第２電路部２２とは、第３電路部２３を介して、電気的に接続されている。ここでは、第１電路部２１及び第２電路部２２は、第３電路部２３とともに、一つの導電部材２を構成している。第３電路部２３は、導電部材２において第１電路部２１と第２電路部２２との間をつなぐ部分である。要するに、導電部材２は、第１電路部２１及び第２電路部２２を含む。また、導電部材２は、第３電路部２３を含む。図１に示すように、第３電路部２３は、筐体９の内部空間に設けられている。 The first electric circuit portion 21 and the second electric circuit portion 22 are electrically connected to each other. The first electric circuit portion 21 and the second electric circuit portion 22 are electrically connected to each other via the third electric circuit portion 23. Here, the first electric circuit portion 21 and the second electric circuit portion 22 together with the third electric circuit portion 23 constitute one conductive member 2. The third electric circuit portion 23 is a portion of the conductive member 2 that connects the first electric circuit portion 21 and the second electric circuit portion 22. In short, the conductive member 2 includes a first electric circuit portion 21 and a second electric circuit portion 22. Further, the conductive member 2 includes a third electric circuit portion 23. As shown in FIG. 1, the third electric circuit portion 23 is provided in the internal space of the housing 9.
　駆動機構７は、動作ピン８（図３参照）を移動させる。 The drive mechanism 7 moves the operation pin 8 (see FIG. 3).
　動作ピン８は、駆動機構７によって駆動されて移動する。動作ピン８は、第１電路部２１と第２電路部２２とを開離させる。ここでの動作ピン８は、図４、図５に示すように、導電部材２を破断させることにより、第１電路部２１と第２電路部２２とを開離させる。ここでは、動作ピン８は、駆動機構７によって駆動されることで移動して、第３電路部２３を直接押し、これにより第３電路部２３を第１電路部２１及び第２電路部２２から切り離す。すなわち、動作ピン８は、筐体９の内部空間を移動することで、第１電路部２１と第２電路部２２との少なくとも一方（ここでは両方）から、第３電路部（分離部）２３を分離させる。 The operation pin 8 is driven by the drive mechanism 7 and moves. The operation pin 8 separates the first electric circuit portion 21 and the second electric circuit portion 22. As shown in FIGS. 4 and 5, the operation pin 8 here separates the first electric circuit portion 21 and the second electric circuit portion 22 by breaking the conductive member 2. Here, the operation pin 8 is driven by the drive mechanism 7 to move and directly pushes the third electric circuit portion 23, whereby the third electric circuit portion 23 is pushed from the first electric circuit portion 21 and the second electric circuit portion 22. Separate. That is, the operation pin 8 moves in the internal space of the housing 9 from at least one (here, both) of the first electric circuit portion 21 and the second electric circuit portion 22 to the third electric circuit portion (separation portion) 23. To separate.
　遮断装置１は、導電部４と絶縁部５とを備えている。導電部４は、動作ピン８の移動方向（図４、５の上下方向）における動作ピン８の後端（図１の上端）と第３電路部（分離部）２３との間に配置され、動作ピン８に連動して移動する。 The blocking device 1 includes a conductive portion 4 and an insulating portion 5. The conductive portion 4 is arranged between the rear end (upper end of FIG. 1) of the operation pin 8 and the third electric circuit portion (separation portion) 23 in the moving direction of the operation pin 8 (vertical direction of FIGS. 4 and 5). It moves in conjunction with the operation pin 8.
　ここでは、導電部４及び絶縁部５は動作ピン８の一部である。すなわち、動作ピン８は、導電部４と絶縁部５とを有している。 Here, the conductive portion 4 and the insulating portion 5 are a part of the operation pin 8. That is, the operation pin 8 has a conductive portion 4 and an insulating portion 5.
　図４に示すように、動作ピン８が移動することで、導電部４は、開離した第１電路部２１と第２電路部２２との間に入り込む。その結果、導電部４は、第１電路部２１と第２電路部２２とを電気的に接続する（導通させる）。 As shown in FIG. 4, by moving the operation pin 8, the conductive portion 4 enters between the opened first electric circuit portion 21 and the second electric circuit portion 22. As a result, the conductive portion 4 electrically connects (conducts) the first electric circuit portion 21 and the second electric circuit portion 22.
　図５に示すように、動作ピン８が移動することで、導電部４が第１電路部２１と第２電路部２２とのうちの少なくとも一方から離れると、絶縁部５は、開離した第１電路部２１と第２電路部２２との間に入り込む。その結果、絶縁部５は、第１電路部２１と第２電路部２２との間を絶縁する。 As shown in FIG. 5, when the conductive portion 4 is separated from at least one of the first electric circuit portion 21 and the second electric circuit portion 22 by the movement of the operation pin 8, the insulating portion 5 is opened. It enters between the first electric circuit portion 21 and the second electric circuit portion 22. As a result, the insulating portion 5 insulates between the first electric circuit portion 21 and the second electric circuit portion 22.
　本実施形態の遮断装置１によれば、第１電路部２１と第２電路部２２とが開離されてから、導電部４によって、第１電路部２１と第２電路部２２とが（一時的に）導通される。そして、遮断装置１では、導電部４によって第１電路部２１と第２電路部２２とが導通した後、絶縁部５によって第１電路部２１と第２電路部２２とが絶縁される。つまり、第１電路部２１と第２電路部２２とは、開離されると、一旦導電部４を介して導通した後に、（ここでは絶縁部５によって）絶縁される。これにより、動作ピン８が導電部４を備えていない場合に比べて、（ここでは絶縁部５によって）第１電路部２１と第２電路部２２とを絶縁する際に導電部材２に流れる電流の大きさを、小さくすることが可能となる。そのため、第１電路部２１と第２電路部２２とを絶縁する際のアークの発生を、抑制することが可能となる。なお、アークの発生を抑制するとは、アークを発生させなくすることに限らず、発生したアークが持続する時間を短くすること、または発生するアークのエネルギーを小さくすることも含み得る。 According to the blocking device 1 of the present embodiment, after the first electric circuit portion 21 and the second electric circuit portion 22 are separated from each other, the first electric circuit portion 21 and the second electric circuit portion 22 are temporarily separated by the conductive portion 4. ) Conducted. Then, in the blocking device 1, after the first electric circuit portion 21 and the second electric circuit portion 22 are electrically connected by the conductive portion 4, the first electric circuit portion 21 and the second electric circuit portion 22 are insulated by the insulating portion 5. That is, when the first electric circuit portion 21 and the second electric circuit portion 22 are separated from each other, they are once conducted through the conductive portion 4 and then insulated (here, by the insulating portion 5). As a result, as compared with the case where the operating pin 8 does not have the conductive portion 4, the current flowing through the conductive member 2 when insulating the first electric circuit portion 21 and the second electric circuit portion 22 (here, by the insulating portion 5). It is possible to reduce the size of. Therefore, it is possible to suppress the generation of an arc when insulating the first electric circuit portion 21 and the second electric circuit portion 22. It should be noted that suppressing the generation of an arc is not limited to not generating the arc, but may also include shortening the duration of the generated arc or reducing the energy of the generated arc.
　（１．２）構成
　本実施形態の遮断装置１について、図１～図６を参照して、より詳細に説明する。 (1.2) Configuration The blocking device 1 of the present embodiment will be described in more detail with reference to FIGS. 1 to 6.
　上述のように、遮断装置１は、第１電路部２１、第２電路部２２及び第３電路部２３（分離部）を含む導電部材２と、導電部４と絶縁部５を含む動作ピン８と、駆動機構７と、を備えている。本実施形態では、導電部４及び絶縁部５は動作ピン８の一部である。また、遮断装置１は、図１に示すように筐体９を備えている。 As described above, the blocking device 1 includes a conductive member 2 including a first electric circuit portion 21, a second electric circuit portion 22, and a third electric circuit portion 23 (separation portion), and an operation pin 8 including a conductive portion 4 and an insulating portion 5. And a drive mechanism 7. In this embodiment, the conductive portion 4 and the insulating portion 5 are a part of the operation pin 8. Further, the blocking device 1 includes a housing 9 as shown in FIG.
　遮断装置１は、例えば、電動車両等に備えられる。遮断装置１は、例えば、電動車両の電源とモータとを接続する電気回路に設けられ、電源からモータへの電流の供給の有無を切り替える。遮断装置１における駆動機構７の動作は、例えば、電動車両に設けられている制御部（ＥＣＵ：Electronic Control Unit等）によって制御される。 The blocking device 1 is provided in, for example, an electric vehicle. The cutoff device 1 is provided in, for example, an electric circuit that connects a power source of an electric vehicle and a motor, and switches whether or not a current is supplied from the power source to the motor. The operation of the drive mechanism 7 in the shutoff device 1 is controlled by, for example, a control unit (ECU: Electronic Control Unit or the like) provided in the electric vehicle.
　以下では、説明の便宜上、動作ピン８の移動方向であって動作ピン８と導電部材２とが対向する方向（図３の上下方向）を上下方向と呼び、動作ピン８から見て導電部材２側を下側、導電部材２から見て動作ピン８側を上側と呼ぶ。また、導電部材２の長手方向であって第１電路部２１と第２電路部２２とが並ぶ方向（図３の左右方向）を左右方向と呼ぶ。また、上下方向及び左右方向の両方と直交する方向（図３の紙面に垂直な方向）を前後方向と呼ぶ。なお、これらの方向は、遮断装置１の構造を説明するための便宜的なものであり、遮断装置１を使用する場合の遮断装置１の向き等を規定するものではない。 Hereinafter, for convenience of explanation, the moving direction of the operating pin 8 and the direction in which the operating pin 8 and the conductive member 2 face each other (vertical direction in FIG. 3) is referred to as a vertical direction, and the conductive member 2 is viewed from the operating pin 8. The side is called the lower side, and the operation pin 8 side when viewed from the conductive member 2 is called the upper side. Further, the longitudinal direction of the conductive member 2 in which the first electric circuit portion 21 and the second electric circuit portion 22 are lined up (horizontal direction in FIG. 3) is referred to as a left-right direction. Further, a direction orthogonal to both the vertical direction and the horizontal direction (direction perpendicular to the paper surface in FIG. 3) is referred to as a front-back direction. It should be noted that these directions are for convenience of explaining the structure of the breaking device 1, and do not specify the orientation of the breaking device 1 when the breaking device 1 is used.
　導電部材２は、上下方向に厚さを有する板状である。導電部材２は、例えば、銅により形成されている。上述のように、導電部材２は、第１電路部２１と、第２電路部２２と、第３電路部２３と、を備えている。第１電路部２１と第２電路部２２とは、第３電路部２３を介してつながっており、互いに電気的に接続されている。第３電路部２３は、第１電路部２１と第２電路部２２との間に設けられている。第１電路部２１、第２電路部２２及び第３電路部２３は、一体に形成されている。導電部材２の長手方向において、第１電路部２１と、第３電路部２３と、第２電路部２２とが、この順に並んでいる。 The conductive member 2 has a plate shape having a thickness in the vertical direction. The conductive member 2 is made of, for example, copper. As described above, the conductive member 2 includes a first electric circuit portion 21, a second electric circuit portion 22, and a third electric circuit portion 23. The first electric circuit portion 21 and the second electric circuit portion 22 are connected to each other via the third electric circuit portion 23, and are electrically connected to each other. The third electric circuit portion 23 is provided between the first electric circuit portion 21 and the second electric circuit portion 22. The first electric circuit portion 21, the second electric circuit portion 22, and the third electric circuit portion 23 are integrally formed. In the longitudinal direction of the conductive member 2, the first electric circuit portion 21, the third electric circuit portion 23, and the second electric circuit portion 22 are arranged in this order.
　図６に示すように、第１電路部２１は、矩形板状の部分と、矩形板状の部分の側面から突出する突出部分とを有する。突出部分の突出端面は、凹面状である。第２電路部２２は、矩形板状の部分と、矩形板状の部分の側面から突出する突出部分とを有する。突出部分の突出端面は、凹面状である。 As shown in FIG. 6, the first electric circuit portion 21 has a rectangular plate-shaped portion and a protruding portion protruding from the side surface of the rectangular plate-shaped portion. The protruding end face of the protruding portion is concave. The second electric circuit portion 22 has a rectangular plate-shaped portion and a protruding portion protruding from the side surface of the rectangular plate-shaped portion. The protruding end face of the protruding portion is concave.
　図１に示すように、第１電路部２１は、第１端子２１１を有している。第２電路部２２は、第２端子２２１を有している。第１端子２１１及び第２端子２２１は、電動車両の電源とモータとを接続する電気回路の両端に電気的に接続される。第１端子２１１及び第２端子２２１の各々は例えば貫通孔を有している。第１端子２１１及び第２端子２２１の各々は、貫通孔にねじを通し、このねじを電気回路の端子に結合することで、電気回路に対して電気的に接続され得る。 As shown in FIG. 1, the first electric circuit portion 21 has a first terminal 211. The second electric circuit portion 22 has a second terminal 221. The first terminal 211 and the second terminal 221 are electrically connected to both ends of an electric circuit that connects the power supply of the electric vehicle and the motor. Each of the first terminal 211 and the second terminal 221 has, for example, a through hole. Each of the first terminal 211 and the second terminal 221 can be electrically connected to the electric circuit by passing a screw through the through hole and connecting the screw to the terminal of the electric circuit.
　図６に示すように、第３電路部２３は、第１電路部２１及び第２電路部２２よりも幅（前後方向の寸法）が狭い板状である。すなわち、導電部材２は、上面視略Ｈ字状である。 As shown in FIG. 6, the third electric circuit portion 23 has a plate shape having a width (dimension in the front-rear direction) narrower than that of the first electric circuit portion 21 and the second electric circuit portion 22. That is, the conductive member 2 has a substantially H shape when viewed from above.
　導電部材２は、第１電路部２１と第３電路部２３との間、及び第２電路部２２と第３電路部２３との間に、溝２４を有している。溝２４は、導電部材２の第１の面Ｆ１（図３参照）及び第１の面Ｆ１とは反対側の第２の面Ｆ２（図３参照）とのうち、第１の面Ｆ１に形成されている。第１の面Ｆ１は、動作ピン８と対向する面であり、第２の面Ｆ２は、緩和空間Ｓ２と対向する面である。各溝２４の深さ方向は、導電部材２の厚さ方向に沿っている。２つの溝２４の各々は、部分円筒状である。２つの溝２４は、同心状に形成されている。２つの溝２４は、外側（中心から遠い側）の径が互いに等しく、内側（中心に近い側）の径も互いに等しい。 The conductive member 2 has a groove 24 between the first electric circuit portion 21 and the third electric circuit portion 23, and between the second electric circuit portion 22 and the third electric circuit portion 23. The groove 24 is formed on the first surface F1 of the first surface F1 (see FIG. 3) of the conductive member 2 and the second surface F2 (see FIG. 3) opposite to the first surface F1. Has been done. The first surface F1 is a surface facing the operation pin 8, and the second surface F2 is a surface facing the relaxation space S2. The depth direction of each groove 24 is along the thickness direction of the conductive member 2. Each of the two grooves 24 is partially cylindrical. The two grooves 24 are formed concentrically. The two grooves 24 have the same diameter on the outside (the side far from the center) and the same diameter on the inside (the side near the center).
　２つの溝２４が、第１電路部２１と第３電路部２３との境界部分２４０、及び第２電路部２２と第３電路部２３との境界部分２４０を規定する。境界部分２４０の破断強度は、第１電路部２１及び第２電路部２２の破断強度以下である。また、境界部分２４０の破断強度は、第３電路部２３の破断強度以下である。 The two grooves 24 define the boundary portion 240 between the first electric circuit portion 21 and the third electric circuit portion 23, and the boundary portion 240 between the second electric circuit portion 22 and the third electric circuit portion 23. The breaking strength of the boundary portion 240 is equal to or less than the breaking strength of the first electric path portion 21 and the second electric path portion 22. Further, the breaking strength of the boundary portion 240 is equal to or less than the breaking strength of the third electric circuit portion 23.
　なお、本実施の形態では、第１電路部２１と第３電路部２３との間に境界部分２４０、第２電路部２２と第３電路部２３との間に境界部分２４０が設けられているが、境界部分２４０は、第１電路部２１または第２電路部２２または第３電路部２３の一部であると考えてもよい。 In the present embodiment, a boundary portion 240 is provided between the first electric circuit portion 21 and the third electric circuit portion 23, and a boundary portion 240 is provided between the second electric circuit portion 22 and the third electric circuit portion 23. However, the boundary portion 240 may be considered to be a part of the first electric circuit portion 21, the second electric circuit portion 22, or the third electric circuit portion 23.
　筐体９は、例えば、樹脂により形成されている。筐体９は、その内部に空間（内部空間）を有している。図１～図３に示すように、筐体９は、第１収容部９１と、第２収容部９７と、を有している。第１収容部９１は、その内部に、移動前の動作ピン８の一部を収容する収容空間Ｓ１を有する。第２収容部９７は、その内部に空間（緩和空間Ｓ２）を有する。 The housing 9 is made of, for example, resin. The housing 9 has a space (internal space) inside. As shown in FIGS. 1 to 3, the housing 9 has a first accommodating portion 91 and a second accommodating portion 97. The first accommodating portion 91 has an accommodating space S1 for accommodating a part of the operation pin 8 before movement. The second accommodating portion 97 has a space (relaxation space S2) inside thereof.
　第１収容部９１は、第１ボディ９２と、第１カバー９３と、キャップ９４と、を備えている。 The first accommodating portion 91 includes a first body 92, a first cover 93, and a cap 94.
　第１ボディ９２は、矩形板状のプレート部９２１と、筒状部９２２と、を有している。プレート部９２１は、その中央に、断面円形状の貫通孔９２０を有している。筒状部９２２は、プレート部９２１の一面（上面）に設けられている。筒状部９２２の外径は、プレート部９２１に収まる大きさである。筒状部９２２の外面は、円筒面状である。筒状部９２２の内面は、一端（下端）が貫通孔９２０に繋がっており、プレート部９２１から離れて上方に向かうにつれて徐々に径が大きくなる円錐台面状である。 The first body 92 has a rectangular plate-shaped plate portion 921 and a tubular portion 922. The plate portion 921 has a through hole 920 having a circular cross section in the center thereof. The tubular portion 922 is provided on one surface (upper surface) of the plate portion 921. The outer diameter of the tubular portion 922 is a size that fits in the plate portion 921. The outer surface of the tubular portion 922 has a cylindrical surface shape. The inner surface of the tubular portion 922 has a conical pedestal shape in which one end (lower end) is connected to the through hole 920 and the diameter gradually increases toward the upper side away from the plate portion 921.
　第１カバー９３は、下面が開口した矩形の箱状である。第１カバー９３は、第１ボディ９２を上側から覆う。第１カバー９３は、その中央に、断面円形状であって上下方向に延びる貫通孔９３０を有している。第１カバー９３は、その下面に凹所９３１を有している。凹所９３１は、円筒面状の内面を有する第１凹所９３２と、第１凹所９３２の底面（上面）から上方にお椀状に凹んだ第２凹所９３３と、を有している。第１凹所９３２は、筒状部９２２が嵌まる形状である。また、凹所９３１は、第１カバー９３の下面における第１凹所９３２の周囲に、第１凹所９３２とつながったリング状の第３凹所９３４を有している。 The first cover 93 has a rectangular box shape with an open lower surface. The first cover 93 covers the first body 92 from above. The first cover 93 has a through hole 930 having a circular cross section and extending in the vertical direction at the center thereof. The first cover 93 has a recess 931 on its lower surface. The recess 931 has a first recess 932 having a cylindrical inner surface and a second recess 933 recessed upward from the bottom surface (upper surface) of the first recess 932 in a bowl shape. The first recess 932 has a shape in which the tubular portion 922 fits. Further, the recess 931 has a ring-shaped third recess 934 connected to the first recess 932 around the first recess 932 on the lower surface of the first cover 93.
　第１カバー９３が第１ボディ９２に被せられた状態で、第１ボディ９２の筒状部９２２の内面と第１カバー９３の第２凹所９３３の内面とで囲まれるように、収容空間Ｓ１が形成される。第１カバー９３の第３凹所９３４には、第１ボディ９２のプレート部９２１の上面との間に挟まれるように、オーリング６１が配置される。これにより、第１ボディ９２と第１カバー９３との間の隙間が密閉され、収容空間Ｓ１の気密性を確保できる。 With the first cover 93 covered on the first body 92, the accommodation space S1 is surrounded by the inner surface of the tubular portion 922 of the first body 92 and the inner surface of the second recess 933 of the first cover 93. Is formed. An O-ring 61 is arranged in the third recess 934 of the first cover 93 so as to be sandwiched between the third recess 934 and the upper surface of the plate portion 921 of the first body 92. As a result, the gap between the first body 92 and the first cover 93 is sealed, and the airtightness of the accommodation space S1 can be ensured.
　キャップ９４は、第１カバー９３の上面に被せられる。キャップ９４は、台部９５と覆い部９６とを備えている。台部９５と覆い部９６とは、一体でもよいし別体でもよい。 The cap 94 is put on the upper surface of the first cover 93. The cap 94 includes a base portion 95 and a covering portion 96. The base portion 95 and the covering portion 96 may be integrated or separate.
　台部９５は、直方体状の部分と、その上にのせられた円柱状の部分と、を含む形状を有している。台部９５の中央には、貫通孔９５０が上下に貫通している。貫通孔９５０は、台部９５の下面の中央に上方に凹むように形成された円柱状の凹所９５１と、台部９５の上面に形成された収容凹所９５２と、を含んでいる。凹所９５１の底面（上面）と収容凹所９５２の底面（下面）とは、つながっている。凹所９５１の断面形状（上下方向と直交する面内における形状）は、第１カバー９３の貫通孔９３０の断面形状と、同じである。 The base portion 95 has a shape including a rectangular parallelepiped portion and a columnar portion placed on the rectangular parallelepiped portion. Through holes 950 penetrate vertically in the center of the base 95. The through hole 950 includes a columnar recess 951 formed in the center of the lower surface of the base 95 so as to be recessed upward, and a storage recess 952 formed on the upper surface of the base 95. The bottom surface (upper surface) of the recess 951 and the bottom surface (lower surface) of the accommodation recess 952 are connected to each other. The cross-sectional shape of the recess 951 (the shape in the plane orthogonal to the vertical direction) is the same as the cross-sectional shape of the through hole 930 of the first cover 93.
　台部９５が第１カバー９３に取り付けられた状態で、台部９５の凹所９５１と第１カバー９３の貫通孔９３０とはつながっている。つまり、キャップ９４の凹所９５１は、第１カバー９３の貫通孔９３０、収容空間Ｓ１、及び第１ボディ９２の貫通孔９２０とつながっている。 With the base 95 attached to the first cover 93, the recess 951 of the base 95 and the through hole 930 of the first cover 93 are connected. That is, the recess 951 of the cap 94 is connected to the through hole 930 of the first cover 93, the accommodation space S1, and the through hole 920 of the first body 92.
　また、台部９５の下面には、リング状の凹所９５３が設けられており、凹所９５３にはオーリング６２が配置される。 Further, a ring-shaped recess 953 is provided on the lower surface of the base 95, and an O-ring 62 is arranged in the recess 953.
　キャップ９４の台部９５の凹所９５１、第１カバー９３の貫通孔９３０、収容空間Ｓ１、及び第１ボディ９２の貫通孔９２０から構成される空間に、動作ピン８が配置される。また、キャップ９４の収容凹所９５２内の空間に、ガス発生器７０が配置される。 The operation pin 8 is arranged in a space composed of the recess 951 of the base 95 of the cap 94, the through hole 930 of the first cover 93, the accommodation space S1, and the through hole 920 of the first body 92. Further, the gas generator 70 is arranged in the space inside the accommodation recess 952 of the cap 94.
　覆い部９６は、下面が開口した有底円筒状である。覆い部９６の上壁の中央には、ガス発生器７０の上面を露出するための貫通孔が形成されている。覆い部９６は、台部９５の上面を覆うように台部９５に被せられる。 The covering portion 96 has a bottomed cylindrical shape with an open lower surface. A through hole for exposing the upper surface of the gas generator 70 is formed in the center of the upper wall of the covering portion 96. The covering portion 96 covers the base portion 95 so as to cover the upper surface of the base portion 95.
　第２収容部９７は、第２ボディ９８と、第２カバー９９と、を備えている。 The second accommodating portion 97 includes a second body 98 and a second cover 99.
　第２ボディ９８は、矩形の箱状である。第２ボディ９８は、その上面（動作ピン８に近い側の面）に凹所９８１を有している。凹所９８１は、円筒状の内面を有する第１凹所９８２と、第１凹所９８２の底面（下面）から下方に凹んだ第２凹所９８３と、を有している。第２凹所９８３は、第１凹所９８２の内径よりも小さな内径を有する円筒状の内側面を有しており、その内底面と内側面との間の境界部分が湾曲している。また、凹所９８１は、第２ボディ９８の上面における第１凹所９８２の周囲に、第１凹所９８２とつながったリング状の第３凹所９８４を有している。 The second body 98 has a rectangular box shape. The second body 98 has a recess 981 on its upper surface (the surface closer to the operation pin 8). The recess 981 has a first recess 982 having a cylindrical inner surface and a second recess 983 recessed downward from the bottom surface (lower surface) of the first recess 982. The second recess 983 has a cylindrical inner surface having an inner diameter smaller than the inner diameter of the first recess 982, and the boundary portion between the inner bottom surface and the inner surface thereof is curved. Further, the recess 981 has a ring-shaped third recess 984 connected to the first recess 982 around the first recess 982 on the upper surface of the second body 98.
　第２カバー９９は、第２ボディ９８を上側から覆う。第２カバー９９は、第１ボディ９２と上下対称な形状を有している。第２カバー９９は、矩形板状のプレート部９９１と、円筒面状の外面を有する筒状部９９２と、を有している。プレート部９９１は、その中央に、断面円形状の貫通孔９９０を有している。筒状部９９２は、プレート部９９１の一面（下面）に設けられている。筒状部９９２の外径は、プレート部９９１に収まる大きさである。また、筒状部９９２の外形は、第１凹所９８２に嵌まる形状である。筒状部９９２の内面は、一端が貫通孔９９０に繋がっており、プレート部９９１から離れて下方に向かうにつれて徐々に径が大きくなる円錐台面状である。 The second cover 99 covers the second body 98 from above. The second cover 99 has a shape that is vertically symmetrical with the first body 92. The second cover 99 has a rectangular plate-shaped plate portion 991 and a cylindrical portion 992 having a cylindrical surface-shaped outer surface. The plate portion 991 has a through hole 990 having a circular cross section in the center thereof. The tubular portion 992 is provided on one surface (lower surface) of the plate portion 991. The outer diameter of the tubular portion 992 is a size that fits in the plate portion 991. The outer shape of the tubular portion 992 is a shape that fits into the first recess 982. The inner surface of the tubular portion 992 has a conical pedestal shape in which one end is connected to the through hole 990 and the diameter gradually increases toward the downward direction away from the plate portion 991.
　第２カバー９９が第２ボディ９８に被せられた状態で、第２ボディ９８の第２凹所９８３と第２カバー９９の筒状部９９３の内面とで囲まれるように、緩和空間Ｓ２が形成される。第２ボディ９８の第３凹所９８４には、第２カバー９９のプレート部９９１の上面との間に挟まれるように、オーリング６３が配置される。これにより、第２ボディ９８と第２カバー９９と間の隙間が密閉され、緩和空間Ｓ２の気密性を確保できる。 The relaxation space S2 is formed so as to be surrounded by the second recess 983 of the second body 98 and the inner surface of the tubular portion 993 of the second cover 99 in a state where the second cover 99 is covered with the second body 98. Will be done. An O-ring 63 is arranged in the third recess 984 of the second body 98 so as to be sandwiched between the third recess 984 and the upper surface of the plate portion 991 of the second cover 99. As a result, the gap between the second body 98 and the second cover 99 is sealed, and the airtightness of the relaxation space S2 can be ensured.
　第１ボディ９２と第２カバー９９との間に、導電部材２が配置されている。より詳細には、第１ボディ９２の下面に凹所が形成されており、導電部材２はこの凹所に嵌められている。導電部材２において、第３電路部２３及び境界部分２４０は筐体９の内部に収容されている。導電部材２は、第３電路部２３が動作ピン８の下面と対向するように配置されている。また、導電部材２において、第１電路部２１の第１端子２１１及び第２電路部２２の第２端子２２１は、筐体９の外部へ露出している。 The conductive member 2 is arranged between the first body 92 and the second cover 99. More specifically, a recess is formed on the lower surface of the first body 92, and the conductive member 2 is fitted in this recess. In the conductive member 2, the third electric circuit portion 23 and the boundary portion 240 are housed inside the housing 9. The conductive member 2 is arranged so that the third electric circuit portion 23 faces the lower surface of the operation pin 8. Further, in the conductive member 2, the first terminal 211 of the first electric circuit portion 21 and the second terminal 221 of the second electric circuit portion 22 are exposed to the outside of the housing 9.
　駆動機構７は、ガス発生器７０を備えている。駆動機構７は、ガス発生器７０で発生したガスの圧力に連動して、動作ピン８を移動させる。ガス発生器７０は、筐体９の収容凹所９５２に配置される。図１に示すように、ガス発生器７０は、燃料７４と、ケース７１と、通電用の２つのピン電極７２と、発熱素子７３と、を備えている。 The drive mechanism 7 includes a gas generator 70. The drive mechanism 7 moves the operation pin 8 in conjunction with the pressure of the gas generated by the gas generator 70. The gas generator 70 is arranged in the accommodation recess 952 of the housing 9. As shown in FIG. 1, the gas generator 70 includes a fuel 74, a case 71, two pin electrodes 72 for energization, and a heat generating element 73.
　ケース７１は、中空の円柱状である。遮断装置１は、ケース７１の外周面と収容凹所９５２の内面との間に介在するオーリング６４を更に備えている。ケース７１は、内部空間を構成する下側の壁に、例えば十字溝が形成されており、この溝が形成された部分が他の部分よりも破断しやすくなっている。燃料７４は、ケース７１の内部空間に収容されている。燃料７４は、温度が上昇すると燃焼してガスを発生させる。燃料７４は、例えば、ニトロセルロース、アジ化鉛、黒色火薬、グリシジルアジドポリマ等の火薬である。 Case 71 is a hollow columnar shape. The blocking device 1 further includes an O-ring 64 interposed between the outer peripheral surface of the case 71 and the inner surface of the accommodating recess 952. In the case 71, for example, a cross groove is formed on the lower wall constituting the internal space, and the portion where the groove is formed is more likely to break than the other portions. The fuel 74 is housed in the internal space of the case 71. The fuel 74 burns to generate gas when the temperature rises. The fuel 74 is, for example, explosives such as nitrocellulose, lead azide, black powder, and glycidyl azidopolymer.
　２つのピン電極７２は、ケース７１に保持されている。２つのピン電極７２の各々の第１端は、筐体９の外部に露出している。２つのピン電極７２の各々の第２端は、発熱素子７３に接続されている。つまり、発熱素子７３は、２つのピン電極７２の間に接続されている。発熱素子７３は、ケース７１内において燃料７４が収容された内部空間に配置されている。発熱素子７３は、通電されることにより熱を発生する。発熱素子７３は、例えばニクロム線、鉄とクロムとアルミの合金線である。 The two pin electrodes 72 are held in the case 71. The first end of each of the two pin electrodes 72 is exposed to the outside of the housing 9. The second end of each of the two pin electrodes 72 is connected to the heat generating element 73. That is, the heat generating element 73 is connected between the two pin electrodes 72. The heat generating element 73 is arranged in the internal space in which the fuel 74 is housed in the case 71. The heat generating element 73 generates heat when it is energized. The heat generating element 73 is, for example, a nichrome wire or an alloy wire of iron, chromium and aluminum.
　ガス発生器７０は、燃料７４を燃焼させることによりガスを発生させる。より詳細には、ガス発生器７０は、２つのピン電極７２の間が通電されると発熱素子７３が発熱して、発熱素子７３の周りの燃料７４の温度を上昇させる。これにより燃料７４が燃焼して、ガスが発生する。 The gas generator 70 generates gas by burning the fuel 74. More specifically, in the gas generator 70, when the space between the two pin electrodes 72 is energized, the heat generating element 73 generates heat, and the temperature of the fuel 74 around the heat generating element 73 is raised. As a result, the fuel 74 is burned and gas is generated.
　図３に示すように、動作ピン８は、ガス発生器７０と第３電路部２３との間に配置されている。動作ピン８は、導電部４と、絶縁部５と、を備えている。ここでは、動作ピン８の主体が絶縁部５によって構成されており、導電部４は動作ピン８を構成する部材（絶縁部５）に固定されている。 As shown in FIG. 3, the operation pin 8 is arranged between the gas generator 70 and the third electric circuit portion 23. The operation pin 8 includes a conductive portion 4 and an insulating portion 5. Here, the main body of the operating pin 8 is composed of the insulating portion 5, and the conductive portion 4 is fixed to the member (insulating portion 5) constituting the operating pin 8.
　絶縁部５は、電気絶縁性を有している。絶縁部５は、例えば、材料として樹脂を含む。 The insulating part 5 has electrical insulation. The insulating portion 5 contains, for example, a resin as a material.
　絶縁部５（動作ピン８を構成する部材）は、上下に長い円柱状である。絶縁部５の径は、貫通孔９２０の径及び貫通孔９３０の径と略等しい。絶縁部５の径は、溝２４の外側の径よりも小さく、溝２４の内側の径よりも大きい。ただし、絶縁部５の径は、溝２４の外側の径と略等しくてもよい。絶縁部５は、高さ方向の第１面（上面）がガス発生器７０に対向し、第２面（下面）が導電部材２に対向するように、筐体９内に配置されている。詳しくは、絶縁部５は、第１端（上端）が凹所９５１及び貫通孔９３０内に位置し、第２端（下端）が貫通孔９２０内に位置するように、筐体９内に配置されている。 The insulating portion 5 (member constituting the operation pin 8) has a long columnar shape in the vertical direction. The diameter of the insulating portion 5 is substantially equal to the diameter of the through hole 920 and the diameter of the through hole 930. The diameter of the insulating portion 5 is smaller than the outer diameter of the groove 24 and larger than the inner diameter of the groove 24. However, the diameter of the insulating portion 5 may be substantially equal to the diameter outside the groove 24. The insulating portion 5 is arranged in the housing 9 so that the first surface (upper surface) in the height direction faces the gas generator 70 and the second surface (lower surface) faces the conductive member 2. Specifically, the insulating portion 5 is arranged in the housing 9 so that the first end (upper end) is located in the recess 951 and the through hole 930 and the second end (lower end) is located in the through hole 920. Has been done.
　絶縁部５（動作ピン８を構成する部材）の上端の外縁には、絶縁部５の周方向に沿った円環形の溝５１が形成されている。遮断装置１は、溝５１に嵌め込まれているオーリング６５を更に備えている。オーリング６５の外縁は、凹所９５１の内面に接している。溝５１の内面及び凹所９５１の内面と、オーリング６５との間の摩擦力により、動作ピン８が凹所９５１の内側において筐体９に保持されている。筐体９内には、絶縁部５の第１面（上面）、ガス発生器７０の下面、及び貫通孔９５０の内面に囲まれるように、気密な空間（加圧室７５）が形成されている。図６に示すように、絶縁部５の下端には、導電部４に対応する形状を有して導電部４が嵌め込まれる嵌合凹所５２が形成されている。 A ring-shaped groove 51 along the circumferential direction of the insulating portion 5 is formed on the outer edge of the upper end of the insulating portion 5 (member constituting the operation pin 8). The blocking device 1 further includes an O-ring 65 fitted in the groove 51. The outer edge of the O-ring 65 is in contact with the inner surface of the recess 951. The operation pin 8 is held in the housing 9 inside the recess 951 by the frictional force between the inner surface of the groove 51 and the inner surface of the recess 951 and the O-ring 65. An airtight space (pressurizing chamber 75) is formed in the housing 9 so as to be surrounded by the first surface (upper surface) of the insulating portion 5, the lower surface of the gas generator 70, and the inner surface of the through hole 950. There is. As shown in FIG. 6, a fitting recess 52 having a shape corresponding to the conductive portion 4 and into which the conductive portion 4 is fitted is formed at the lower end of the insulating portion 5.
　導電部４は、金属製である。導電部４の材料は、例えば、ステンレス、タングステン、ニクロム合金、鉄とクロムとアルミニウムとの合金等である。導電部４の材料となる金属は、導電部４の電気抵抗値、耐熱性、熱容量、伝熱性等を考慮して選定される。また、導電部４の形状は、導電部４の電気抵抗、耐熱性、熱容量、伝熱性等を考慮して選定される。 The conductive portion 4 is made of metal. The material of the conductive portion 4 is, for example, stainless steel, tungsten, a nichrome alloy, an alloy of iron, chromium, and aluminum. The metal used as the material of the conductive portion 4 is selected in consideration of the electric resistance value, heat resistance, heat capacity, heat transfer property, etc. of the conductive portion 4. The shape of the conductive portion 4 is selected in consideration of the electrical resistance, heat resistance, heat capacity, heat transfer property, etc. of the conductive portion 4.
　導電部４の材料及び形状は、導電部４の電気抵抗が第３電路部２３の電気抵抗以上となるように選定される。導電部４の材料及び形状は、導電部４の電気抵抗が第３電路部２３の電気抵抗よりも大きくなるように選定されることが望ましい。導電部４の電気抵抗とは、導電部４が第１電路部２１と第２電路部２２との間に位置している場合において、導電部４における第１電路部２１と対向する部分と第２電路部２２と対向する部分との間の電気抵抗である。第３電路部２３の電気抵抗とは、第３電路部２３が第１電路部２１及び第２電路部２２との間に接続されている場合において、第３電路部２３における第１電路部２１との接続部分と第２電路部２２との接続部分との間の電気抵抗である。 The material and shape of the conductive portion 4 are selected so that the electric resistance of the conductive portion 4 is equal to or higher than the electric resistance of the third electric circuit portion 23. It is desirable that the material and shape of the conductive portion 4 be selected so that the electric resistance of the conductive portion 4 is larger than the electric resistance of the third electric circuit portion 23. The electrical resistance of the conductive portion 4 means that when the conductive portion 4 is located between the first electric circuit portion 21 and the second electric circuit portion 22, the portion of the conductive portion 4 facing the first electric circuit portion 21 and the second one. 2 This is the electrical resistance between the electric circuit portion 22 and the opposite portion. The electrical resistance of the third electric circuit portion 23 is the first electric circuit portion 21 in the third electric circuit portion 23 when the third electric circuit portion 23 is connected between the first electric circuit portion 21 and the second electric circuit portion 22. It is an electric resistance between the connecting portion with and the connecting portion with the second electric circuit portion 22.
　また、導電部４の材料及び形状は、導電部４の耐熱性が高くなり、熱容量が大きくなり、伝熱性が高くなるように選定されることが好ましい。導電部４の材料及び形状は、例えば、遮断装置１の動作時に導電部４が溶断しないように選定される。 Further, the material and shape of the conductive portion 4 are preferably selected so that the heat resistance of the conductive portion 4 is high, the heat capacity is large, and the heat transfer property is high. The material and shape of the conductive portion 4 are selected so that the conductive portion 4 does not melt during the operation of the blocking device 1, for example.
　図６に示すように、導電部４は、第１部分４１と、第２部分４２と、第３部分４３と、を備えている。導電部４は、上面視で略Ｈ字状の形状を有している。 As shown in FIG. 6, the conductive portion 4 includes a first portion 41, a second portion 42, and a third portion 43. The conductive portion 4 has a substantially H-shaped shape when viewed from above.
　第１部分４１は、絶縁部５（動作ピン８を構成する部材）の中心と同じ中心を有する部分円筒状である。第１部分４１の外径は、絶縁部５の外径と略等しい。第１部分４１の外径は、溝２４の外側の径よりも小さく、内側の径よりも大きい。第１部分４１の内径は、溝２４の内側の径よりも小さい。第１部分４１は、所定の高さ（上下方向の寸法）を有している。第１部分４１の高さは、導電部材２の厚さ（上下方向の寸法）よりも大きい。第１部分４１の高さは、第１ボディ９２のプレート部９２１の厚さ（上下方向の寸法）よりも大きく、第１ボディ９２の高さ（上下方向の寸法）よりも小さい。特に限定されないが、第１部分４１の上下方向の寸法は、例えば１０ｍｍ程度である。 The first portion 41 has a partial cylindrical shape having the same center as the center of the insulating portion 5 (members constituting the operation pin 8). The outer diameter of the first portion 41 is substantially equal to the outer diameter of the insulating portion 5. The outer diameter of the first portion 41 is smaller than the outer diameter of the groove 24 and larger than the inner diameter. The inner diameter of the first portion 41 is smaller than the inner diameter of the groove 24. The first portion 41 has a predetermined height (vertical dimension). The height of the first portion 41 is larger than the thickness (vertical dimension) of the conductive member 2. The height of the first portion 41 is larger than the thickness of the plate portion 921 of the first body 92 (vertical dimension) and smaller than the height of the first body 92 (vertical dimension). Although not particularly limited, the vertical dimension of the first portion 41 is, for example, about 10 mm.
　第２部分４２は、第１部分４１と同一の寸法及び形状を有しており、絶縁部５の中心に対して、第１部分４１と点対称な位置にある。第１部分４１は、導電部材２の一方（右側）の溝２４と対向する。第２部分４２は、導電部材２の他方（左側）の溝２４と対向する。 The second portion 42 has the same dimensions and shape as the first portion 41, and is at a position point-symmetrical to the center of the insulating portion 5 with respect to the first portion 41. The first portion 41 faces the groove 24 on one side (right side) of the conductive member 2. The second portion 42 faces the groove 24 on the other side (left side) of the conductive member 2.
　第３部分４３は、第１部分４１と第２部分４２とを電気的に接続する。第３部分４３は、第１部分４１及び第２部分４２よりも電気抵抗が大きい。第３部分４３は、第１部分４１と第２部分４２とをつなぐ矩形の棒状である。ただし、第３部分４３は、第１部分４１との接続部位が第１部分４１に向かって徐々に幅が広くなり、第２部分４２との接続部位が第２部分４２に向かって徐々に幅が広くなっている。第３部分４３の上下方向の寸法は、第１部分４１の上下方向の寸法及び第２部分４２の上下方向の寸法よりも小さい。また、第３部分４３の前後方向の寸法は、第１部分４１の前後方向の寸法及び第２部分４２の前後方向の寸法よりも小さい。つまり、第３部分４３における左右方向と直交する断面の面積は、第１部分４１及び第２部分４２のそれよりも小さい。第３部分４３は、単位長さ当りの電気抵抗が、第１部分４１及び第２部分よりも大きい。 The third part 43 electrically connects the first part 41 and the second part 42. The third portion 43 has a higher electrical resistance than the first portion 41 and the second portion 42. The third portion 43 has a rectangular rod shape connecting the first portion 41 and the second portion 42. However, in the third portion 43, the connecting portion with the first portion 41 gradually widens toward the first portion 41, and the connecting portion with the second portion 42 gradually widens toward the second portion 42. Is getting wider. The vertical dimension of the third portion 43 is smaller than the vertical dimension of the first portion 41 and the vertical dimension of the second portion 42. Further, the dimensions of the third portion 43 in the front-rear direction are smaller than the dimensions of the first portion 41 in the front-rear direction and the dimensions of the second portion 42 in the front-rear direction. That is, the area of the cross section of the third portion 43 orthogonal to the left-right direction is smaller than that of the first portion 41 and the second portion 42. The third portion 43 has a higher electrical resistance per unit length than the first portion 41 and the second portion.
　導電部４は、絶縁部５の下端に設けられている嵌合凹所５２に嵌め込まれることで、絶縁部５（動作ピン８を構成する部材）に結合されている。図３に示すように、動作ピン８は、その外周縁が導電部材２の溝２４（境界部分２４０）と対向するように、筐体９内に配置されている。動作ピン８は、ここでは、導電部４が導電部材２と接触するように筐体９内に配置されている。 The conductive portion 4 is coupled to the insulating portion 5 (a member constituting the operation pin 8) by being fitted into the fitting recess 52 provided at the lower end of the insulating portion 5. As shown in FIG. 3, the operation pin 8 is arranged in the housing 9 so that its outer peripheral edge faces the groove 24 (boundary portion 240) of the conductive member 2. Here, the operation pin 8 is arranged in the housing 9 so that the conductive portion 4 comes into contact with the conductive member 2.
　（１．３）動作
　次に、遮断装置１の動作について、図３～図５を参照して説明する。 (1.3) Operation Next, the operation of the blocking device 1 will be described with reference to FIGS. 3 to 5.
　ガス発生器７０のピン電極７２が通電されず駆動機構７が駆動されていない場合、図３に示すように、第１電路部２１と第２電路部２２とは、第３電路部２３を介して電気的に接続されている。そのため、導電部材２は導線として機能し、第１電路部２１、第２電路部２２及び第３電路部２３には、第１端子２１１及び第２端子２２１に電気的に接続されている電気回路から供給される電流が流れる。 When the pin electrode 72 of the gas generator 70 is not energized and the drive mechanism 7 is not driven, as shown in FIG. 3, the first electric path portion 21 and the second electric path portion 22 are connected to each other via the third electric path portion 23. Is electrically connected. Therefore, the conductive member 2 functions as a conducting wire, and the first electric circuit portion 21, the second electric circuit portion 22, and the third electric circuit portion 23 are electrically connected to the first terminal 211 and the second terminal 221. The current supplied from flows.
　電動車両の制御部等が、２つのピン電極７２間に通電すると、駆動機構７が駆動されて、ピン電極７２に接続されている発熱素子７３が発熱する。この発熱素子７３で発生した熱によって燃料７４が点火され、燃料７４が燃焼してガスを発生する。ガスは、ケース７１において燃料７４を収容する空間の圧力を上昇させて、この空間を構成する壁（下壁）を破断し、この破断した部分を通して加圧室７５に導入されて加圧室７５内の圧力を上昇させる。加圧室７５内のガスの圧力により、動作ピン８には、第３電路部２３を押す向き（下向き）の力が作用する。なお、本実施の形態では、下向きの方向を第１の方向と表す場合がある。 When the control unit of the electric vehicle or the like energizes between the two pin electrodes 72, the drive mechanism 7 is driven and the heat generating element 73 connected to the pin electrodes 72 generates heat. The fuel 74 is ignited by the heat generated by the heat generating element 73, and the fuel 74 burns to generate gas. The gas increases the pressure of the space containing the fuel 74 in the case 71, breaks the wall (lower wall) constituting this space, and is introduced into the pressurizing chamber 75 through the broken portion to be introduced into the pressurizing chamber 75. Increase the pressure inside. Due to the pressure of the gas in the pressurizing chamber 75, a force in the direction of pushing the third electric circuit portion 23 (downward) acts on the operation pin 8. In the present embodiment, the downward direction may be represented as the first direction.
　動作ピン８は、オーリング６５の摩擦力に抗して駆動され、動作ピン８の下面が第３電路部２３を押す。第３電路部２３が動作ピン８に押されることにより、図４に示すように、導電部材２は、第１電路部２１と第３電路部２３との境界部分２４０の溝２４、及び第２電路部２２と第３電路部２３との境界部分２４０の溝２４において破断される。これにより、第３電路部（分離部）２３が第１電路部２１及び第２電路部２２から切り離され、第１電路部２１と第２電路部２２とが開離される。第１電路部２１及び第２電路部２２から切り離された第３電路部２３は、動作ピン８に押されて下方の緩和空間Ｓ２に入る。 The operation pin 8 is driven against the frictional force of the O-ring 65, and the lower surface of the operation pin 8 pushes the third electric circuit portion 23. When the third electric circuit portion 23 is pushed by the operation pin 8, as shown in FIG. 4, the conductive member 2 has the groove 24 of the boundary portion 240 between the first electric circuit portion 21 and the third electric circuit portion 23, and the second electric circuit portion 23. It is broken in the groove 24 of the boundary portion 240 between the electric circuit portion 22 and the third electric circuit portion 23. As a result, the third electric circuit portion (separation portion) 23 is separated from the first electric circuit portion 21 and the second electric circuit portion 22, and the first electric circuit portion 21 and the second electric circuit portion 22 are separated from each other. The third electric circuit portion 23 separated from the first electric circuit portion 21 and the second electric circuit portion 22 is pushed by the operation pin 8 and enters the relaxation space S2 below.
　ここで、動作ピン８は、その下端（進行方向の先端）に導電部４を有している。そのため、動作ピン８が移動することで、第１電路部２１と第２電路部２２とが開離された後、開離された第１電路部２１と第２電路部２２との間に導電部４が入り込む。そして、導電部４の第１部分４１が開離した第１電路部２１と接触（対向）し、第２部分４２が開離した第２電路部２２と接触（対向）する。そのため、第３電路部２３を流れていた電流は、導電部４を流れることとなる。 Here, the operation pin 8 has a conductive portion 4 at its lower end (tip in the traveling direction). Therefore, when the operation pin 8 moves, the first electric circuit portion 21 and the second electric circuit portion 22 are separated from each other, and then the conductor is conducted between the opened first electric circuit portion 21 and the second electric circuit portion 22. Part 4 enters. Then, the first portion 41 of the conductive portion 4 contacts (opposes) the separated first electric circuit portion 21, and the second portion 42 contacts (opposes) the separated second electric circuit portion 22. Therefore, the current flowing through the third electric circuit portion 23 will flow through the conductive portion 4.
　既に述べたように、本実施形態の遮断装置１では、導電部４の電気抵抗は、第３電路部２３の電気抵抗よりも大きい。そのため、第１端子２１１と第２端子２２１との間の電気抵抗は、第１電路部２１と第２電路部２２とが導電部４を介して導通する場合（図４参照）の方が、第１電路部２１と第２電路部２２とが第３電路部（分離部）２３を介して導通する場合（図３参照）よりも大きい。言い換えれば、第１端子２１１と第２端子２２１との間の電気抵抗は、第１電路部２１と第２電路部２２とが導電部４を介して導通する場合（図４参照）の方が、第１電路部２１と第２電路部２２とが動作ピン８の移動により開離される前（図３参照）よりも大きい。これにより、第１電路部２１と第２電路部２２との間に流れる電流は、第１電路部２１と第２電路部２２とが導電部４を介して接続されているとき（図４参照）の方が、第３電路部（分離部）２３を介して接続されているとき（図３参照）よりも小さくなる。つまり、第１端子２１１と第２端子２２１との間に流れる電流は、第１電路部２１と第２電路部２２とが導電部４を介して導通する場合（図４参照）の方が、第１電路部２１と第２電路部２２とが動作ピン８の移動により開離される前（図３参照）よりも小さくなる。 As already described, in the blocking device 1 of the present embodiment, the electric resistance of the conductive portion 4 is larger than the electric resistance of the third electric circuit portion 23. Therefore, the electrical resistance between the first terminal 211 and the second terminal 221 is higher when the first electric circuit portion 21 and the second electric circuit portion 22 are conducted via the conductive portion 4 (see FIG. 4). This is larger than the case where the first electric circuit portion 21 and the second electric circuit portion 22 conduct with each other via the third electric circuit portion (separation portion) 23 (see FIG. 3). In other words, the electrical resistance between the first terminal 211 and the second terminal 221 is better when the first electric circuit portion 21 and the second electric circuit portion 22 are conducted via the conductive portion 4 (see FIG. 4). , The first electric circuit portion 21 and the second electric circuit portion 22 are larger than before being separated by the movement of the operation pin 8 (see FIG. 3). As a result, the current flowing between the first electric circuit portion 21 and the second electric circuit portion 22 is when the first electric circuit portion 21 and the second electric circuit portion 22 are connected via the conductive portion 4 (see FIG. 4). ) Is smaller than when it is connected via the third electric circuit portion (separation portion) 23 (see FIG. 3). That is, the current flowing between the first terminal 211 and the second terminal 221 is better when the first electric circuit portion 21 and the second electric circuit portion 22 are conducted via the conductive portion 4 (see FIG. 4). The first electric circuit portion 21 and the second electric circuit portion 22 are smaller than before being separated by the movement of the operation pin 8 (see FIG. 3).
　そして、動作ピン８が進んだ距離が所定距離（第３電路部２３の厚さと第１部分４１の高さとの合計に相当する距離）を超えると、導電部４の第１部分４１が第１電路部２１から離れる。また、動作ピン８が進んだ距離が所定距離（第３電路部２３の厚さと第２部分４２の高さとの合計に相当する距離）を超えると、導電部４の第２部分４２が第２電路部２２から離れる。そして、動作ピン８の絶縁部５が、開離した第１電路部２１と第２電路部２２との間に移動する。これにより、第１電路部２１と第２電路部２２との間が、絶縁部５によって絶縁される（図５参照）。緩和空間Ｓ２の深さ（上下方向の寸法）は、移動後の動作ピン８の絶縁部５が、開離した第１電路部２１と第２電路部２２との間に留まるように設定されている。 Then, when the distance traveled by the operation pin 8 exceeds a predetermined distance (a distance corresponding to the sum of the thickness of the third electric circuit portion 23 and the height of the first portion 41), the first portion 41 of the conductive portion 4 becomes the first. Move away from the electric circuit section 21. Further, when the distance traveled by the operation pin 8 exceeds a predetermined distance (a distance corresponding to the sum of the thickness of the third electric circuit portion 23 and the height of the second portion 42), the second portion 42 of the conductive portion 4 becomes the second. Separate from the electric circuit section 22. Then, the insulating portion 5 of the operation pin 8 moves between the opened first electric circuit portion 21 and the second electric circuit portion 22. As a result, the first electric circuit portion 21 and the second electric circuit portion 22 are insulated by the insulating portion 5 (see FIG. 5). The depth (vertical dimension) of the relaxation space S2 is set so that the insulating portion 5 of the operating pin 8 after movement stays between the opened first electric circuit portion 21 and the second electric circuit portion 22. There is.
　本実施形態の遮断装置１では、第１電路部２１と第２電路部２２とは、一旦導電部４を介して導通された後に、絶縁される。すなわち、第１電路部２１と第２電路部２２との間に流れる電流は、導電部４を通って流れることによってその大きさが小さくなった後に、絶縁部５によって遮断される。これにより、導電部４が無い場合に比べて、遮断される時点での電流の大きさが小さくなる。その結果、本実施形態の遮断装置１によれば、第１電路部２１と第２電路部２２とを絶縁する時に発生するアークを抑制することが可能となる。また、アークの発生が抑制されることにより、発生するアークのエネルギーを小さくすることができる。そのため、アークのエネルギーを内部に閉じ込めるための緩和空間Ｓ２の容積を小さくすることが可能となる。また、アークのエネルギーを内部に閉じ込めるための筐体９の壁の厚さを薄くすることが可能となる。その結果、遮断性能の向上と遮断装置１の小型化が可能となる。 In the blocking device 1 of the present embodiment, the first electric circuit portion 21 and the second electric circuit portion 22 are once conducted through the conductive portion 4 and then insulated. That is, the current flowing between the first electric circuit portion 21 and the second electric circuit portion 22 is cut off by the insulating portion 5 after its magnitude is reduced by flowing through the conductive portion 4. As a result, the magnitude of the current at the time of interruption becomes smaller than that in the case where the conductive portion 4 is not provided. As a result, according to the blocking device 1 of the present embodiment, it is possible to suppress an arc generated when the first electric circuit portion 21 and the second electric circuit portion 22 are insulated. Further, by suppressing the generation of the arc, the energy of the generated arc can be reduced. Therefore, it is possible to reduce the volume of the relaxation space S2 for confining the arc energy inside. Further, it is possible to reduce the thickness of the wall of the housing 9 for confining the energy of the arc inside. As a result, the breaking performance can be improved and the breaking device 1 can be downsized.
　なお、第３電路部２３が第１電路部２１及び第２電路部２２から切り離されると、切り離された電路部間でアークが発生することがある。しかしながら、本実施形態の遮断装置１では、動作ピン８が移動することで、導電部４の第１部分４１が、第３電路部２３から切り離された第１電路部２１の破断面と対向（近接）する。そのため、第１電路部２１と第３電路部２３との間に発生したアークは、第１電路部２１と導電部４の第１部分４１との間に移動する。また、動作ピン８が移動することで、導電部４の第２部分４２が、第３電路部２３から切り離された第２電路部２２の破断面と対向（近接）する。そのため、第２電路部２２と第３電路部２３との間に発生したアークは、第２電路部２２と導電部４の第２部分４２との間に移動する。つまり、第１電路部２１又は第２電路部２２と第３電路部２３との間に発生したアークは、第３電路部２３が移動することで電路部間で引き延ばされるよりも、第１電路部２１又は第２電路部２２と導電部４との間へと移動することとなる。そして、上述のように導電部４を通ることでそのエネルギーが小さくなってから、絶縁部５によって遮断される。これにより、本実施形態の遮断装置１は、第３電路部２３が第１電路部２１及び第２電路部２２から切り離される時に発生するアークを抑制することが可能となる。 If the third electric circuit portion 23 is separated from the first electric circuit portion 21 and the second electric circuit portion 22, an arc may be generated between the separated electric circuit portions. However, in the blocking device 1 of the present embodiment, the movement of the operation pin 8 causes the first portion 41 of the conductive portion 4 to face the fracture surface of the first electric circuit portion 21 separated from the third electric circuit portion 23 ( Proximity). Therefore, the arc generated between the first electric circuit portion 21 and the third electric circuit portion 23 moves between the first electric circuit portion 21 and the first portion 41 of the conductive portion 4. Further, as the operation pin 8 moves, the second portion 42 of the conductive portion 4 faces (closes) the fracture surface of the second electric circuit portion 22 separated from the third electric circuit portion 23. Therefore, the arc generated between the second electric circuit portion 22 and the third electric circuit portion 23 moves between the second electric circuit portion 22 and the second portion 42 of the conductive portion 4. That is, the arc generated between the first electric circuit portion 21 or the second electric circuit portion 22 and the third electric circuit portion 23 is first rather than being extended between the electric circuit portions by the movement of the third electric circuit portion 23. It will move between the electric circuit portion 21 or the second electric circuit portion 22 and the conductive portion 4. Then, as described above, the energy is reduced by passing through the conductive portion 4, and then the energy is cut off by the insulating portion 5. As a result, the cutoff device 1 of the present embodiment can suppress the arc generated when the third electric circuit portion 23 is separated from the first electric circuit portion 21 and the second electric circuit portion 22.
　なお、発生したアークは、導電部４、第１電路部２１、及び第２電路部２２を溶融させ、これらの材料（銅）を気化させ、筐体９内の圧力を上昇させる可能性がある。本実施形態の遮断装置１では、筐体９が緩和空間Ｓ２を備えているため、圧力の上昇の程度を抑えることが可能である。 The generated arc may melt the conductive portion 4, the first electric circuit portion 21, and the second electric circuit portion 22, vaporize these materials (copper), and increase the pressure in the housing 9. .. In the blocking device 1 of the present embodiment, since the housing 9 includes the relaxation space S2, it is possible to suppress the degree of pressure increase.
　（２）変形例
　上述の実施形態は、本開示の様々な実施形態の一つに過ぎない。上述の実施形態は、本開示の目的を達成できれば、設計等に応じて種々の変更が可能である。以下、上述の実施形態の変形例を列挙する。以下に説明する変形例は、適宜組み合わせて適用可能である。なお、以下では、上記実施形態を「基本例」と呼ぶこともある。 (2) Modified Example The above-described embodiment is only one of the various embodiments of the present disclosure. The above-described embodiment can be changed in various ways depending on the design and the like as long as the object of the present disclosure can be achieved. Hereinafter, modifications of the above-described embodiment will be listed. The modifications described below can be applied in combination as appropriate. In the following, the above embodiment may be referred to as a "basic example".
　（２．１）変形例１
　本変形例の遮断装置１Ａについて、図７を参照して説明する。本変形例の遮断装置１Ａにおいて、基本例の遮断装置１と同様の構成については、同一の符号を付して適宜説明を省略する。 (2.1) Modification 1
The blocking device 1A of this modified example will be described with reference to FIG. In the blocking device 1A of the present modification, the same components as those of the blocking device 1 of the basic example are designated by the same reference numerals, and description thereof will be omitted as appropriate.
　図７に示すように、遮断装置１Ａは、導電部４Ａと絶縁部５Ａとを備えている。ここでは、導電部４Ａ及び絶縁部５Ａは動作ピン８Ａの一部である。動作ピン８Ａの主体は絶縁部５Ａによって構成されており、導電部４Ａは動作ピン８Ａを構成する部材（絶縁部５Ａ）に固定されている。すなわち、動作ピン８Ａは、導電部４Ａと絶縁部５Ａとを備えている。 As shown in FIG. 7, the blocking device 1A includes a conductive portion 4A and an insulating portion 5A. Here, the conductive portion 4A and the insulating portion 5A are a part of the operation pin 8A. The main body of the operating pin 8A is composed of an insulating portion 5A, and the conductive portion 4A is fixed to a member (insulating portion 5A) constituting the operating pin 8A. That is, the operation pin 8A includes a conductive portion 4A and an insulating portion 5A.
　導電部４Ａは、第１部分４１Ａと、第２部分４２Ａと、第３部分４３Ａとを備えている。 The conductive portion 4A includes a first portion 41A, a second portion 42A, and a third portion 43A.
　第１部分４１Ａ及び第２部分４２Ａは、上下に長い棒状である。第１部分４１Ａは、開離した第１電路部２１に対向する。第２部分４２Ａは、開離した第２電路部２２に対向する。第３部分４３Ａは、左右に長い棒状である。第３部分４３Ａは、第１部分４１Ａと第２部分４２Ａとを電気的に接続する。第１部分４１Ａ～第３部分４３Ａの前後方向の寸法（幅）は、互いに等しい。導電部４Ａは、第１部分４１Ａ～第３部分４３Ａによって、正面視Ｕ字状（角括弧状）に形成されている。 The first part 41A and the second part 42A are rod-shaped long in the vertical direction. The first portion 41A faces the opened first electric circuit portion 21. The second portion 42A faces the opened second electric circuit portion 22. The third portion 43A has a long rod shape on the left and right. The third portion 43A electrically connects the first portion 41A and the second portion 42A. The dimensions (widths) of the first portion 41A to the third portion 43A in the front-rear direction are equal to each other. The conductive portion 4A is formed in a U-shape (square bracket shape) in front view by the first portion 41A to the third portion 43A.
　絶縁部５Ａ（動作ピン８Ａを構成する部材）は、導電部４Ａに対応する形状を有して導電部４Ａが嵌め込まれる嵌合凹所５２Ａを有している。 The insulating portion 5A (member constituting the operation pin 8A) has a shape corresponding to the conductive portion 4A and has a fitting recess 52A into which the conductive portion 4A is fitted.
　本変形例の遮断装置１Ａでも、遮断装置１と同様、導電部４Ａと絶縁部５Ａとを備えていることにより、アークの発生を抑制することが可能となる。また、例えば、線材を折り曲げることで導電部４Ａを製造することができ、製造手順を簡略化することが可能となる。 Similar to the breaking device 1, the breaking device 1A of this modified example also has the conductive portion 4A and the insulating portion 5A, so that the generation of an arc can be suppressed. Further, for example, the conductive portion 4A can be manufactured by bending the wire rod, and the manufacturing procedure can be simplified.
　（２．２）変形例２
　本変形例の遮断装置１Ｂについて、図８、図９を参照して説明する。変形例の遮断装置１Ｂにおいて、基本例の遮断装置１と同様の構成については、同一の符号を付して適宜説明を省略する。 (2.2) Modification 2
The blocking device 1B of this modification will be described with reference to FIGS. 8 and 9. In the blocking device 1B of the modified example, the same components as those of the blocking device 1 of the basic example are designated by the same reference numerals, and the description thereof will be omitted as appropriate.
　図８に示すように、筐体９Ｂは、第１ボディ９２Ｂと、第１カバー９３Ｂと、キャップ９４Ｂと、第２ボディ９８Ｂと、第２カバー９９Ｂと、を備えている。筐体９Ｂは、その内部に空間（内部空間）を有している。 As shown in FIG. 8, the housing 9B includes a first body 92B, a first cover 93B, a cap 94B, a second body 98B, and a second cover 99B. The housing 9B has a space (internal space) inside.
　第１ボディ９２Ｂは、断面円形状の貫通孔９２０Ｂと、上面が開口し円筒面状の内周面を有する凹所９２１Ｂと、を有する箱状である。第１カバー９３Ｂは、円筒状であって、下面が開口した円筒面状の内周面を有する凹所９３０Ｂを有している。第１カバー９３Ｂは、その上端に、駆動機構７のガス発生器７０を収容するための円筒状の収容壁９３２Ｂを備えている。第１カバー９３Ｂは、その外周面が第１ボディ９２Ｂの凹所９２１Ｂの内周面と対向するように、第１ボディ９２Ｂに嵌め込まれる。第１カバー９３Ｂの凹所９３０Ｂの内部空間、及び第１ボディ９２Ｂの貫通孔９２０Ｂ内に、動作ピン８Ｂが配置される。 The first body 92B has a box shape having a through hole 920B having a circular cross section and a recess 921B having an open upper surface and a cylindrical inner peripheral surface. The first cover 93B is cylindrical and has a recess 930B having a cylindrical inner peripheral surface with an open lower surface. The first cover 93B is provided with a cylindrical accommodating wall 932B at the upper end thereof for accommodating the gas generator 70 of the drive mechanism 7. The first cover 93B is fitted into the first body 92B so that its outer peripheral surface faces the inner peripheral surface of the recess 921B of the first body 92B. The operation pin 8B is arranged in the internal space of the recess 930B of the first cover 93B and in the through hole 920B of the first body 92B.
　キャップ９４Ｂは、第１ボディ９２Ｂの上面と第１カバー９３Ｂの上面とを覆うように、第１ボディ９２Ｂ及び第１カバー９３Ｂに取り付けられる。第１ボディ９２Ｂとキャップ９４Ｂとの間に、オーリング６２Ｂが配置される。 The cap 94B is attached to the first body 92B and the first cover 93B so as to cover the upper surface of the first body 92B and the upper surface of the first cover 93B. An O-ring 62B is arranged between the first body 92B and the cap 94B.
　第２カバー９９Ｂは、板状のプレート部と、プレート部の下面から突出する円筒状の筒状部とを有する。プレート部には、円形の貫通孔９９０Ｂが形成されている。筒状部の内周面は、下方に向かうほど径が大きくなる円錐台面状である。 The second cover 99B has a plate-shaped plate portion and a cylindrical tubular portion protruding from the lower surface of the plate portion. A circular through hole 990B is formed in the plate portion. The inner peripheral surface of the tubular portion has a conical pedestal shape in which the diameter increases toward the bottom.
　第２ボディ９８Ｂは、内部空間を有する。第２ボディ９８Ｂの内部空間は、筐体９内の圧力上昇を緩和する緩和空間Ｓ２を規定する。第２ボディ９８Ｂの内部空間は、第２カバー９９Ｂの内部空間に繋がる円柱状の部分と、お椀状の部分とを含む。第２ボディ９８Ｂの内部空間内には、底面から突出する台部が設けられている。台部は、駆動機構７によって下方に移動する動作ピン８Ｂ（実際には、第３電路部２３）がぶつかることによって、動作ピン８Ｂのそれ以上の移動を阻止するための部材である。台部の高さは、移動後の動作ピン８Ｂの絶縁部５Ｂが、開離した第１電路部２１Ｂと第２電路部２２Ｂとの間に留まる寸法に、設定されている。第２ボディ９８Ｂと第２カバー９９Ｂとの間には、オーリング６３Ｂが配置されている。 The second body 98B has an internal space. The internal space of the second body 98B defines a relaxation space S2 that alleviates the pressure rise in the housing 9. The internal space of the second body 98B includes a columnar portion connected to the internal space of the second cover 99B and a bowl-shaped portion. In the internal space of the second body 98B, a base portion protruding from the bottom surface is provided. The base portion is a member for preventing further movement of the operation pin 8B when the operation pin 8B (actually, the third electric circuit portion 23) that moves downward by the drive mechanism 7 collides with the operation pin 8B. The height of the base portion is set so that the insulating portion 5B of the operation pin 8B after movement stays between the opened first electric circuit portion 21B and the second electric circuit portion 22B. An O-ring 63B is arranged between the second body 98B and the second cover 99B.
　第１ボディ９２Ｂと第２カバー９９Ｂとに挟まれるように、導電部材２Ｂが配置されている。図９に示すように、導電部材２Ｂは、それぞれ板状の第１電路部２１Ｂ及び第２電路部２２Ｂと、第１電路部２１Ｂと第２電路部２２Ｂとをつなぐ第３電路部（分離部）２３Ｂと、を有する。第３電路部２３Ｂの幅は、第１電路部２１Ｂの幅及び第２電路部２２Ｂの幅よりも小さい。第１電路部２１Ｂと第３電路部２３Ｂとの間、及び第２電路部２２Ｂと第３電路部２３Ｂとの間には、部分円筒状の溝２４Ｂが形成されている。 The conductive member 2B is arranged so as to be sandwiched between the first body 92B and the second cover 99B. As shown in FIG. 9, the conductive member 2B is a third electric circuit portion (separation portion) that connects the plate-shaped first electric circuit portion 21B and the second electric circuit portion 22B, and the first electric circuit portion 21B and the second electric circuit portion 22B, respectively. ) 23B and. The width of the third electric circuit portion 23B is smaller than the width of the first electric circuit portion 21B and the width of the second electric circuit portion 22B. A partially cylindrical groove 24B is formed between the first electric circuit portion 21B and the third electric circuit portion 23B, and between the second electric circuit portion 22B and the third electric circuit portion 23B.
　ガス発生器７０は、第１カバー９３Ｂの収容壁９３２Ｂで囲まれた空間内に配置される。ガス発生器７０と第１カバー９３Ｂとの間に、オーリング６４Ｂが配置される。 The gas generator 70 is arranged in the space surrounded by the accommodation wall 932B of the first cover 93B. An O-ring 64B is arranged between the gas generator 70 and the first cover 93B.
　遮断装置１Ｂは、導電部４Ｂと絶縁部５Ｂを備えている。ここでは、導電部４Ｂ及び絶縁部５Ｂは動作ピン８Ｂの一部である。動作ピン８Ｂの主体は絶縁部５Ｂによって構成されており、導電部４Ｂは動作ピン８Ｂを構成する部材（絶縁部５Ｂ）に固定されている。すなわち、動作ピン８Ｂは、図９に示すように、導電部４Ｂと絶縁部５Ｂとを備えている。 The blocking device 1B includes a conductive portion 4B and an insulating portion 5B. Here, the conductive portion 4B and the insulating portion 5B are a part of the operation pin 8B. The main body of the operating pin 8B is composed of an insulating portion 5B, and the conductive portion 4B is fixed to a member (insulating portion 5B) constituting the operating pin 8B. That is, as shown in FIG. 9, the operation pin 8B includes a conductive portion 4B and an insulating portion 5B.
　導電部４Ｂは、第１部分４１Ｂ、第２部分４２Ｂ、及び第３部分４３Ｂを備えている。第１部分４１Ｂは、開離した第１電路部２１Ｂに対向する。第２部分４２Ｂは、開離した第２電路部２２Ｂに対向する。第３部分４３Ｂは、第１部分４１Ｂと第２部分４２Ｂとを電気的に接続する。 The conductive portion 4B includes a first portion 41B, a second portion 42B, and a third portion 43B. The first portion 41B faces the opened first electric circuit portion 21B. The second portion 42B faces the opened second electric circuit portion 22B. The third portion 43B electrically connects the first portion 41B and the second portion 42B.
　第１部分４１Ｂ及び第２部分４２Ｂは、上下に長い棒状である。第３部分４３Ｂは、長尺の線材を複数回反対方向に交互に折り曲げた形状を有しており、複数の屈曲部を有している。すなわち、第３部分４３Ｂは、第３部分４３Ｂの両端を結ぶ直線距離よりも長い電流経路を有している。これにより、第３部分４３Ｂが直線状の場合（図６、図７等参照）と比べて、第３部分４３Ｂの電気抵抗が大きくなる。また、第３部分４３Ｂの屈曲部間の長さを適宜設定することで、第３部分４３Ｂの電気抵抗を適宜決めることが可能となる。また、第３部分４３Ｂが複数の屈曲部を有していることにより、動作ピン８Ｂに大きな電気抵抗の第３部分４３Ｂを収めることができる。これにより、遮断性能の向上と遮断装置１Ｂの小型化が可能となる。 The first part 41B and the second part 42B are rod-shaped long in the vertical direction. The third portion 43B has a shape in which a long wire rod is alternately bent in opposite directions a plurality of times, and has a plurality of bent portions. That is, the third portion 43B has a current path longer than the linear distance connecting both ends of the third portion 43B. As a result, the electrical resistance of the third portion 43B becomes larger than that in the case where the third portion 43B is linear (see FIGS. 6, 7, etc.). Further, by appropriately setting the length between the bent portions of the third portion 43B, it is possible to appropriately determine the electrical resistance of the third portion 43B. Further, since the third portion 43B has a plurality of bent portions, the third portion 43B having a large electric resistance can be accommodated in the operation pin 8B. As a result, the breaking performance can be improved and the breaking device 1B can be downsized.
　絶縁部５Ｂ（動作ピン８Ｂを構成する部材）は、円柱状である。絶縁部５Ｂの上端の外縁には、絶縁部５Ｂの周方向に沿った円環形の溝５１Ｂが形成されている。溝５１Ｂには、オーリング６５Ｂが嵌め込まれる。また、絶縁部５Ｂの下端には、嵌合凹所５２Ｂが形成されている。嵌合凹所５２Ｂには、導電部４Ｂが嵌め込まれる。 The insulating portion 5B (member constituting the operation pin 8B) has a columnar shape. An annular groove 51B along the circumferential direction of the insulating portion 5B is formed on the outer edge of the upper end of the insulating portion 5B. The O-ring 65B is fitted in the groove 51B. Further, a fitting recess 52B is formed at the lower end of the insulating portion 5B. The conductive portion 4B is fitted into the fitting recess 52B.
　図８に示すように、動作ピン８Ｂは、導電部４Ｂが導電部材２Ｂの第３電路部２３Ｂと対向するように、筐体９Ｂ内に配置される。 As shown in FIG. 8, the operation pin 8B is arranged in the housing 9B so that the conductive portion 4B faces the third electric circuit portion 23B of the conductive member 2B.
　本変形例の遮断装置１Ｂでも、遮断装置１と同様、導電部４Ｂと絶縁部５Ｂとを備えていることにより、第１電路部２１Ｂと第２電路部２２Ｂとを開離させる際のアークの発生を抑制することが可能となる。その結果、遮断装置１Ｂは、遮断性能の向上と遮断装置１Ｂの小型化が可能となる。また、導電部４Ｂを、線材の折り曲げまたは金属板の打ち抜きなどにより製造することができ、製造手順を簡略化することが可能となる。また、導電部４Ｂの折り曲げの回数や全長を適宜設定することができ、設計自由度が高くなる。 Similar to the breaking device 1, the breaking device 1B of this modification also includes the conductive portion 4B and the insulating portion 5B, so that the arc when the first electric circuit portion 21B and the second electric circuit portion 22B are separated from each other can be generated. It is possible to suppress the occurrence. As a result, the blocking device 1B can improve the blocking performance and reduce the size of the blocking device 1B. Further, the conductive portion 4B can be manufactured by bending a wire rod or punching a metal plate, and the manufacturing procedure can be simplified. Further, the number of times of bending and the total length of the conductive portion 4B can be appropriately set, and the degree of freedom in design is increased.
　（２．３）変形例３
　本変形例の遮断装置１Ｃについて、図１０を参照して説明する。本変形例の遮断装置１Ｃにおいて、変形例２の遮断装置１Ｂと同様の構成については、同一の符号を付して適宜説明を省略する。 (2.3) Modification 3
The blocking device 1C of this modification will be described with reference to FIG. In the blocking device 1C of the present modification, the same configurations as those of the blocking device 1B of the modification 2 are designated by the same reference numerals, and the description thereof will be omitted as appropriate.
　遮断装置１Ｃは、導電部４Ｃと絶縁部５Ｃを備えている。絶縁部５Ｃは、動作ピン８Ｃの一部である。動作ピン８Ｃの主体は絶縁部５Ｃによって構成されている。また、遮断装置１Ｃは、導電部４Ｃを保持する保持キャップ（保持部）８０Ｃを備えている。ここでは、導電部４Ｃ及び保持キャップ８０Ｃは、動作ピン８Ｃの一部である。すなわち、図１０に示すように、動作ピン８Ｃは、導電部４Ｃと絶縁部５Ｃとを備えている。ただし、保持キャップ８０Ｃ及び導電部４Ｃは、動作ピン８Ｃとは別部材とみなしてもよい。 The blocking device 1C includes a conductive portion 4C and an insulating portion 5C. The insulating portion 5C is a part of the operating pin 8C. The main body of the operation pin 8C is composed of the insulating portion 5C. Further, the blocking device 1C includes a holding cap (holding portion) 80C for holding the conductive portion 4C. Here, the conductive portion 4C and the holding cap 80C are a part of the operation pin 8C. That is, as shown in FIG. 10, the operation pin 8C includes a conductive portion 4C and an insulating portion 5C. However, the holding cap 80C and the conductive portion 4C may be regarded as separate members from the operating pin 8C.
　導電部４Ｃは、第１部分４１Ｃと、第２部分４２Ｃと、第３部分４３Ｃとを備えている。 The conductive portion 4C includes a first portion 41C, a second portion 42C, and a third portion 43C.
　第１部分４１Ｃ及び第２部分４２Ｃは、上下に長い円柱状である。第１部分４１Ｃは、開離した第１電路部２１Ｂに対向する。第２部分４２Ｃは、開離した第２電路部２２Ｂに対向する。 The first part 41C and the second part 42C are vertically long cylinders. The first portion 41C faces the opened first electric circuit portion 21B. The second portion 42C faces the opened second electric circuit portion 22B.
　第３部分４３Ｃは、第１部分４１Ｃと第２部分４２Ｃとを電気的に接続する。第３部分４３Ｃは、螺旋状の部分を有している。より詳細には、第３部分４３Ｃは、第１部分４１Ｃの下端につながる直線状部と、直線状部の端から螺旋状に延びる螺旋状部と、螺旋状部の上端から延びて第２部分４２Ｃの下端につながるＬ字状部と、を有する。すなわち、第３部分４３Ｃは、第３部分４３Ｃの両端を結ぶ直線距離よりも長い電流経路を有している。 The third part 43C electrically connects the first part 41C and the second part 42C. The third portion 43C has a spiral portion. More specifically, the third portion 43C includes a linear portion connected to the lower end of the first portion 41C, a spiral portion spirally extending from the end of the linear portion, and a second portion extending from the upper end of the spiral portion. It has an L-shaped portion connected to the lower end of 42C. That is, the third portion 43C has a current path longer than the linear distance connecting both ends of the third portion 43C.
　絶縁部５Ｃ（動作ピン８Ｃを構成する部材）は、導電部４Ｃに対応する形状を有して導電部４Ｃが嵌め込まれる嵌合凹所５２Ｃを有している。嵌合凹所５２Ｃは、導電部４Ｃの第３部分４３Ｃを収容する円柱状の内部空間を有する凹所と、この凹所の開口端から左右に延びて第１部分４１Ｃ及び第２部分４２Ｃを収容する溝と、を有する。絶縁部５Ｃの内部空間に、導電部４Ｃが収容される。 The insulating portion 5C (member constituting the operation pin 8C) has a shape corresponding to the conductive portion 4C and has a fitting recess 52C into which the conductive portion 4C is fitted. The fitting recess 52C includes a recess having a columnar internal space for accommodating the third portion 43C of the conductive portion 4C, and a first portion 41C and a second portion 42C extending left and right from the opening end of the recess. It has a groove for accommodating it. The conductive portion 4C is housed in the internal space of the insulating portion 5C.
　保持キャップ（保持部）８０Ｃは、導電部４Ｃを保持する。保持キャップ８０Ｃは、電気絶縁性である。保持キャップ８０Ｃは、絶縁部５Ｃの内部空間に収容されて導電部４Ｃを絶縁部５Ｃ内に配置させる。 The holding cap (holding portion) 80C holds the conductive portion 4C. The holding cap 80C is electrically insulating. The holding cap 80C is housed in the internal space of the insulating portion 5C, and the conductive portion 4C is arranged in the insulating portion 5C.
　本変形例の遮断装置１Ｃでも、遮断装置１Ｂと同様、導電部４Ｃと絶縁部５Ｃとを備えていることにより、アークの発生の抑制が可能となる。その結果、遮断装置１Ｃは、遮断性能の向上と遮断装置１Ｃの小型化が可能となる。また、例えば、線材を曲げることで導電部４Ｃを形成することができ、製造手順を簡略化することが可能となる。 Similar to the breaking device 1B, the breaking device 1C of this modified example also has the conductive portion 4C and the insulating portion 5C, so that the generation of an arc can be suppressed. As a result, the breaking device 1C can improve the breaking performance and reduce the size of the breaking device 1C. Further, for example, the conductive portion 4C can be formed by bending the wire rod, and the manufacturing procedure can be simplified.
　（２．４）変形例４
　本変形例の遮断装置１Ｄについて、図１１～図１４を参照して説明する。本変形例の遮断装置１Ｄにおいて、基本例の遮断装置１と同様の構成については、同一の符号を付して説明を省略する。 (2.4) Modification 4
The blocking device 1D of this modification will be described with reference to FIGS. 11 to 14. In the blocking device 1D of the present modification, the same components as those of the blocking device 1 of the basic example are designated by the same reference numerals, and the description thereof will be omitted.
　図１１は、遮断装置１Ｄの要部の上方から見た断面図である。図１２は、遮断装置１Ｄの要部の側方から見た断面図であって、動作ピン８Ｄの動作前の状態を示す。図１３は、動作ピン８Ｄの斜視図である。図１４は、遮断装置１Ｄの要部の側方から見た断面図であって、動作ピン８Ｄの動作後の状態を示す。図１１、図１２、図１４には、上下、左右、前後を表す矢印を図示しているが、この矢印は説明のために図示したものであり、遮断装置１Ｄの使用方向を限定する趣旨ではない。 FIG. 11 is a cross-sectional view of the main part of the blocking device 1D as viewed from above. FIG. 12 is a cross-sectional view of the main part of the blocking device 1D as viewed from the side, and shows a state before the operation of the operation pin 8D. FIG. 13 is a perspective view of the operation pin 8D. FIG. 14 is a cross-sectional view of the main part of the blocking device 1D as viewed from the side, showing the state of the operating pin 8D after operation. Although arrows representing up and down, left and right, and front and back are shown in FIGS. 11, 12, and 14, the arrows are shown for the sake of explanation, and are intended to limit the direction in which the blocking device 1D is used. Absent.
　本変形例の遮断装置１Ｄは、筐体９Ｄ、ガス発生器７０Ｄを含む駆動機構７Ｄ、導電部４Ｄ、絶縁部５Ｄ、動作ピン８Ｄ、第１電路部２１Ｄとしての第１固定端子２１０Ｄ、第２電路部２２Ｄとしての第２固定端子２２０Ｄ、第３電路部（分離部）２３Ｄとしての可動接触子２３０Ｄ、及び接圧ばね１４Ｄを備えている。本変形例では、導電部４Ｄ及び絶縁部５Ｄは動作ピン８Ｄの一部である。 The blocking device 1D of this modification includes a housing 9D, a drive mechanism 7D including a gas generator 70D, a conductive portion 4D, an insulating portion 5D, an operation pin 8D, a first fixed terminal 210D as a first electric circuit portion 21D, and a second It includes a second fixed terminal 220D as an electric circuit portion 22D, a movable contact 230D as a third electric circuit portion (separation portion) 23D, and a pressure contact spring 14D. In this modification, the conductive portion 4D and the insulating portion 5D are a part of the operation pin 8D.
　図１１に示すように、第１固定端子２１０Ｄ及び第２固定端子２２０Ｄの各々は、左右方向に長い矩形の板状に形成されている。第１固定端子２１０Ｄ及び第２固定端子２２０Ｄの各々は、例えば銅等の導電性材料により形成されている。第１固定端子２１０Ｄと第２固定端子２２０Ｄとは、左右方向に並ぶように配置されている。第１固定端子２１０Ｄは、その先端部（右端部）の前面に、第１固定接点１１Ｄを有している。第２固定端子２２０Ｄは、その先端部（左端部）の前面に、第２固定接点１３Ｄを有している。 As shown in FIG. 11, each of the first fixed terminal 210D and the second fixed terminal 220D is formed in the shape of a rectangular plate long in the left-right direction. Each of the first fixed terminal 210D and the second fixed terminal 220D is formed of a conductive material such as copper. The first fixed terminal 210D and the second fixed terminal 220D are arranged so as to be arranged in the left-right direction. The first fixed terminal 210D has a first fixed contact 11D on the front surface of its tip (right end). The second fixed terminal 220D has a second fixed contact 13D on the front surface of its tip (left end).
　可動接触子２３０Ｄは、銅等の導電性材料により形成されている。可動接触子２３０Ｄは、左右方向に長い板状に形成されている。可動接触子２３０Ｄは、長手方向の第１端（左端）の後面に第１可動接点１２１Ｄを有し、第２端（右端）の後面に第２可動接点１２２Ｄを有している。第１可動接点１２１Ｄが第１固定接点１１Ｄと対向し、かつ第２可動接点１２２Ｄが第２固定接点１３Ｄと対向するように、第１固定端子２１０Ｄ、第２固定端子２２０Ｄ及び可動接触子２３０Ｄが配置されている。 The movable contact 230D is made of a conductive material such as copper. The movable contact 230D is formed in a plate shape that is long in the left-right direction. The movable contact 230D has a first movable contact 121D on the rear surface of the first end (left end) in the longitudinal direction and a second movable contact 122D on the rear surface of the second end (right end). The first fixed terminal 210D, the second fixed terminal 220D and the movable contact 230D are arranged so that the first movable contact 121D faces the first fixed contact 11D and the second movable contact 122D faces the second fixed contact 13D. Have been placed.
　第１固定端子２１０Ｄ及び第２固定端子２２０Ｄは、遮断装置１Ｄの外部の電気回路に電気的に接続される。 The first fixed terminal 210D and the second fixed terminal 220D are electrically connected to an electric circuit outside the breaking device 1D.
　接圧ばね１４Ｄは、例えば、圧縮コイルばねである。接圧ばね１４Ｄは、可動接触子２３０Ｄが、第１固定端子２１０Ｄ及び第２固定端子２２０Ｄに向かうように、可動接触子２３０Ｄにばね力を加えている。つまり、接圧ばね１４Ｄは、第１可動接点１２１Ｄが第１固定接点１１Ｄと接続され、第２可動接点１２２Ｄが第２固定接点１３Ｄと接続される向きに、可動接触子２３０Ｄにばね力を加えている。 The pressure contact spring 14D is, for example, a compression coil spring. The pressure contact spring 14D applies a spring force to the movable contact 230D so that the movable contact 230D faces the first fixed terminal 210D and the second fixed terminal 220D. That is, the pressure spring 14D applies a spring force to the movable contact 230D in the direction in which the first movable contact 121D is connected to the first fixed contact 11D and the second movable contact 122D is connected to the second fixed contact 13D. ing.
　図１２に示すように、ガス発生器７０Ｄは、ケース７６Ｄに収容されている。ケース７６Ｄは、可動接触子２３０Ｄの上方に配置されている。ケース７６Ｄは、円筒状に形成されている。ケース７６Ｄの上面には、ガス発生器７０Ｄの２つのピン電極７２を露出させるための開口が形成されている。ケース７６Ｄの下面には、ガス発生器７０Ｄで発生したガスを放出するための孔７６１Ｄが形成されている。ケース７６Ｄの内部においてガス発生器７０Ｄの下方には、空間（加圧室７５Ｄ）が形成されている。 As shown in FIG. 12, the gas generator 70D is housed in the case 76D. The case 76D is located above the movable contact 230D. The case 76D is formed in a cylindrical shape. An opening for exposing the two pin electrodes 72 of the gas generator 70D is formed on the upper surface of the case 76D. On the lower surface of the case 76D, a hole 761D for discharging the gas generated by the gas generator 70D is formed. Inside the case 76D, a space (pressurizing chamber 75D) is formed below the gas generator 70D.
　動作ピン８Ｄは、上下方向において、ケース７６Ｄ（ガス発生器７０Ｄ）と可動接触子２３０Ｄとの間に配置されている。動作ピン８Ｄは、導電部４Ｄと絶縁部５Ｄとを有している。絶縁部５Ｄは、左右方向に長さを有し上下方向に厚さを有する矩形板状の部分と、いわゆる楔型の部分（断面形状が長方形の下側に直角三角形がつながった台形状の部分）と、を有している。動作ピン８Ｄの下端は、前後方向において、可動接触子２３０Ｄと第１固定端子２１０Ｄ（第２固定端子２２０Ｄ）との間に位置している。 The operation pin 8D is arranged between the case 76D (gas generator 70D) and the movable contact 230D in the vertical direction. The operation pin 8D has a conductive portion 4D and an insulating portion 5D. The insulating portion 5D is a rectangular plate-shaped portion having a length in the left-right direction and a thickness in the vertical direction, and a so-called wedge-shaped portion (a trapezoidal portion in which a right triangle is connected to the lower side of a rectangle in cross-sectional shape). ) And. The lower end of the operation pin 8D is located between the movable contact 230D and the first fixed terminal 210D (second fixed terminal 220D) in the front-rear direction.
　図１３に示すように、導電部４Ｄは、絶縁部５Ｄの下端において絶縁部５Ｄの前面及び後面に跨がるように、断面Ｖ字状に設けられている。導電部４Ｄは、絶縁部５Ｄの下端において、左端付近と右端付近とに設けられている。つまり、導電部４Ｄは、動作ピン８Ｄが移動した場合に、第１固定接点１１Ｄと第１可動接点１２１Ｄとの間、及び第２固定接点１３Ｄと第２可動接点１２２Ｄとの間に差し込まれる位置に設けられている。 As shown in FIG. 13, the conductive portion 4D is provided with a V-shaped cross section so as to straddle the front surface and the rear surface of the insulating portion 5D at the lower end of the insulating portion 5D. The conductive portion 4D is provided near the left end and near the right end at the lower end of the insulating portion 5D. That is, the conductive portion 4D is inserted between the first fixed contact 11D and the first movable contact 121D and between the second fixed contact 13D and the second movable contact 122D when the operating pin 8D moves. It is provided in.
　筐体９Ｄは、内部空間を有する矩形箱状に形成されている。筐体９Ｄの内部空間に、第１固定接点１１Ｄ、第２固定接点１３Ｄ、可動接触子２３０Ｄ、接圧ばね１４Ｄ、ケース７６Ｄ、及び動作ピン８Ｄが収容されている。 The housing 9D is formed in a rectangular box shape having an internal space. The first fixed contact 11D, the second fixed contact 13D, the movable contact 230D, the pressure contact spring 14D, the case 76D, and the operation pin 8D are housed in the internal space of the housing 9D.
　本変形例では、ガス発生器７０Ｄでガスが発生すると、加圧室７５Ｄ内の圧力が上昇し、この上昇した圧力によって動作ピン８Ｄが下方に押される。動作ピン８Ｄが下方に移動するにつれて、動作ピン８Ｄの下端が第１可動接点１２１Ｄと第１固定接点１１Ｄとの間（及び第２可動接点１２２Ｄと第２固定接点１３Ｄとの間）に入り込み、可動接触子２３０Ｄを前方（図１２の左向き）に押す。これにより、第１固定端子２１０Ｄ（第１電路部２１Ｄ）及び第２固定端子２２０Ｄ（第２電路部２２Ｄ）から可動接触子２３０Ｄ（分離部２３Ｄ）が分離する。要するに、ここでの動作ピン８Ｄは、第１電路部２１Ｄと第２電路部２２Ｄのうちの少なくとも一方（ここでは両方）に対して、分離部２３Ｄを相対的に移動させることにより、第１電路部２１Ｄと第２電路部２２Ｄとを開離させる。 In this modification, when gas is generated in the gas generator 70D, the pressure in the pressurizing chamber 75D rises, and the rising pressure pushes the operation pin 8D downward. As the operating pin 8D moves downward, the lower end of the operating pin 8D enters between the first movable contact 121D and the first fixed contact 11D (and between the second movable contact 122D and the second fixed contact 13D). Push the movable contact 230D forward (to the left in FIG. 12). As a result, the movable contact 230D (separation section 23D) is separated from the first fixed terminal 210D (first electric circuit section 21D) and the second fixed terminal 220D (second electric path section 22D). In short, the operation pin 8D here moves the separation unit 23D relative to at least one (here, both) of the first electric path portion 21D and the second electric path portion 22D, thereby causing the first electric path. The portion 21D and the second electric circuit portion 22D are separated from each other.
　そして、動作ピン８Ｄが移動することで、開離した第１固定端子２１０Ｄ（第１電路部２１Ｄ）と第２固定端子２２０Ｄ（第２電路部２２Ｄ）との間に、可動接触子２３０Ｄ（分離部２３Ｄ）を介して導電部４Ｄが入り込み、第１電路部２１Ｄと第２電路部２２Ｄとを導通する。 Then, as the operation pin 8D moves, the movable contact 230D (separation) is placed between the opened first fixed terminal 210D (first electric circuit portion 21D) and the second fixed terminal 220D (second electric circuit portion 22D). The conductive portion 4D enters through the portion 23D) and conducts the first electric circuit portion 21D and the second electric circuit portion 22D.
　また、動作ピン８Ｄが移動することで、導電部４Ｄが第１電路部２１Ｄと第２電路部２２Ｄとのうちの少なくとも一方から離れた後、第１電路部２１Ｄと分離部２３Ｄとの間及び第２電路部２２Ｄと分離部２３Ｄとの間に絶縁部５Ｄが入り込む。その結果、第１電路部２１Ｄと第２電路部２２Ｄとの間が絶縁部５Ｄにより絶縁される（図１４参照）。 Further, by moving the operation pin 8D, the conductive portion 4D is separated from at least one of the first electric circuit portion 21D and the second electric circuit portion 22D, and then between the first electric circuit portion 21D and the separation portion 23D. The insulating portion 5D is inserted between the second electric circuit portion 22D and the separating portion 23D. As a result, the first electric circuit portion 21D and the second electric circuit portion 22D are insulated by the insulating portion 5D (see FIG. 14).
　本変形例の遮断装置１Ｄでも、遮断装置１と同様、動作ピン８Ｄが導電部４Ｄと絶縁部５Ｄとを備えていることで、第１電路部２１Ｄと第２電路部２２Ｄとを開離させる際のアークの発生を抑制することが可能となる。 In the breaking device 1D of this modified example, as in the breaking device 1, the operation pin 8D includes the conductive portion 4D and the insulating portion 5D, so that the first electric circuit portion 21D and the second electric circuit portion 22D are separated from each other. It is possible to suppress the generation of an arc at that time.
　なお、遮断装置１Ｄは、ガス発生器７０Ｄ及び動作ピン８Ｄの組を２組備えていてもよい。この場合、２組のうちの一方の組のガス発生器７０Ｄ及び動作ピン８Ｄは、第１可動接点１２１Ｄを駆動する。他方の組のガス発生器７０Ｄ及び動作ピン８Ｄは、第２可動接点１２２Ｄを駆動する。また、遮断装置１Ｄにおいて、固定接点と可動接点との組の数は、１組であってもよいし、３組以上であってもよい。 The shutoff device 1D may include two sets of a gas generator 70D and an operation pin 8D. In this case, one of the two sets of gas generator 70D and operation pin 8D drives the first movable contact 121D. The other set of gas generators 70D and operating pins 8D drive the second movable contact 122D. Further, in the blocking device 1D, the number of pairs of the fixed contact and the movable contact may be one set or three or more sets.
　また、動作ピン８Ｄは、第１電路部２１Ｄと第２電路部２２Ｄとのうちの少なくとも一方に対して分離部２３Ｄを相対的に移動させればよく、分離部２３Ｄに変えて又は加えて、第１電路部２１Ｄ及び／又は第２電路部２２Ｄを移動させてもよい。 Further, the operation pin 8D may move the separation unit 23D relative to at least one of the first electric path portion 21D and the second electric path portion 22D, and may be changed to or in addition to the separation portion 23D. The first electric circuit portion 21D and / or the second electric circuit portion 22D may be moved.
　また、第１固定端子２１０Ｄと第１固定接点１１Ｄとは、第１固定端子２１０Ｄとは別体の第１固定接点１１Ｄが第１固定端子２１０Ｄに取り付けられて互いに結合されていてもよいし、第１固定接点１１Ｄが第１固定端子２１０Ｄと一体の部材として構成されてもよい。同様に、可動接触子２３０Ｄと第１可動接点１２１Ｄとは、可動接触子２３０Ｄとは別体の第１可動接点１２１Ｄが可動接触子２３０Ｄに取り付けられて互いに結合されていてもよいし、第１可動接点１２１Ｄが可動接触子２３０Ｄと一体の部材として構成されてもよい。第２固定端子２２０Ｄと第２固定接点１３Ｄとの関係、可動接触子２３０Ｄと第２可動接点１２２Ｄとの関係も同様である。 Further, the first fixed terminal 210D and the first fixed contact 11D may be connected to each other by attaching the first fixed contact 11D, which is different from the first fixed terminal 210D, to the first fixed terminal 210D. The first fixed contact 11D may be configured as a member integrated with the first fixed terminal 210D. Similarly, the movable contact 230D and the first movable contact 121D may have a first movable contact 121D that is separate from the movable contact 230D and may be attached to the movable contact 230D and coupled to each other. The movable contact 121D may be configured as a member integrated with the movable contact 230D. The relationship between the second fixed terminal 220D and the second fixed contact 13D and the relationship between the movable contact 230D and the second movable contact 122D are the same.
　（２．５）変形例５
　本変形例の遮断装置１Ｅについて、図１５～図１８を参照して説明する。図１６～図１８は、遮断装置１Ｅの要部を示す側面図である。本変形例の遮断装置１Ｅにおいて、基本例の遮断装置１と同様の構成については、同一の符号を付して適宜説明を省略する。 (2.5) Modification 5
The blocking device 1E of this modification will be described with reference to FIGS. 15 to 18. 16 to 18 are side views showing a main part of the blocking device 1E. In the blocking device 1E of the present modification, the same components as those of the blocking device 1 of the basic example are designated by the same reference numerals, and the description thereof will be omitted as appropriate.
　図１５に示すように、遮断装置１Ｅの動作ピン８Ｅは、導電部４Ｅと絶縁部５Ｅとを備えている。ここでは、導電部４Ｅ及び絶縁部５Ｅは動作ピン８Ｅの一部である。動作ピン８Ｅの主体は絶縁部５Ｅによって構成されており、導電部４Ｅは動作ピン８Ｅを構成する部材（絶縁部５Ｅ）に固定されている。すなわち、本変形例の動作ピン８Ｅは、導電部４Ｅと絶縁部５Ｅとを有している。本変形例の絶縁部５Ｅは、変形例４の遮断装置１Ｄの動作ピン８Ｄと同様に、矩形板状の部分と楔型の部分とを有している。導電部４Ｅは、絶縁部５Ｅの下端において断面Ｖ字状に設けられている。 As shown in FIG. 15, the operation pin 8E of the breaking device 1E includes a conductive portion 4E and an insulating portion 5E. Here, the conductive portion 4E and the insulating portion 5E are a part of the operation pin 8E. The main body of the operating pin 8E is composed of an insulating portion 5E, and the conductive portion 4E is fixed to a member (insulating portion 5E) constituting the operating pin 8E. That is, the operation pin 8E of this modification has a conductive portion 4E and an insulating portion 5E. The insulating portion 5E of this modified example has a rectangular plate-shaped portion and a wedge-shaped portion, similarly to the operation pin 8D of the blocking device 1D of the modified example 4. The conductive portion 4E is provided at the lower end of the insulating portion 5E in a V-shaped cross section.
　また、本変形例の遮断装置１Ｅは、図１６に示すような板状の導電部材２Ｅを備えている。導電部材２Ｅは、第１電路部２１Ｅと、第２電路部２２Ｅと、第３電路部（分離部）２３Ｅと、を備えている。図１６に示すように、第１電路部２１Ｅと第２電路部２２Ｅとは、第３電路部２３Ｅを介してつながっている。導電部材２Ｅの長手方向において、第１電路部２１Ｅと、第３電路部２３Ｅと、第２電路部２２Ｅとが、図１６における右から左に、この順に並んでいる。 Further, the blocking device 1E of this modified example includes a plate-shaped conductive member 2E as shown in FIG. The conductive member 2E includes a first electric circuit portion 21E, a second electric circuit portion 22E, and a third electric circuit portion (separation portion) 23E. As shown in FIG. 16, the first electric circuit portion 21E and the second electric circuit portion 22E are connected to each other via the third electric circuit portion 23E. In the longitudinal direction of the conductive member 2E, the first electric circuit portion 21E, the third electric circuit portion 23E, and the second electric circuit portion 22E are arranged in this order from right to left in FIG.
　導電部材２Ｅは、第１電路部２１Ｅと第３電路部２３Ｅとの間、及び第２電路部２２Ｅと第３電路部２３Ｅとの間に、溝２４Ｅを有している。各溝２４Ｅは、導電部材２Ｅの第１の面Ｆ１（図１６参照）及び第１の面Ｆ１とは反対側の第２の面Ｆ２（図１６参照）とのうち、第１の面Ｆ１に形成されている。第１の面Ｆ１は、動作ピン８Ｅと対向する面である。各溝２４Ｅの深さ方向は、導電部材２Ｅの厚さ方向に沿っている。各溝２４Ｅの長さ方向は、導電部材２Ｅの幅方向に沿っている。各溝２４Ｅは、断面Ｖ字状である。以下、第１電路部２１Ｅと第３電路部２３Ｅとの間の溝２４Ｅを溝２４１Ｅ、第２電路部２２Ｅと第３電路部２３Ｅとの間の溝２４Ｅを溝２４２Ｅとも呼ぶ。 The conductive member 2E has a groove 24E between the first electric circuit portion 21E and the third electric circuit portion 23E, and between the second electric circuit portion 22E and the third electric circuit portion 23E. Each groove 24E is formed on the first surface F1 of the first surface F1 (see FIG. 16) of the conductive member 2E and the second surface F2 (see FIG. 16) opposite to the first surface F1. It is formed. The first surface F1 is a surface facing the operation pin 8E. The depth direction of each groove 24E is along the thickness direction of the conductive member 2E. The length direction of each groove 24E is along the width direction of the conductive member 2E. Each groove 24E has a V-shaped cross section. Hereinafter, the groove 24E between the first electric path portion 21E and the third electric path portion 23E is also referred to as a groove 241E, and the groove 24E between the second electric path portion 22E and the third electric path portion 23E is also referred to as a groove 242E.
　動作ピン８Ｅは、楔型の部分の先端が、導電部材２Ｅの一方の溝２４Ｅ（２４１Ｅ）と対向し、矩形板状の部分がガス発生器７０（図１参照）と対向するように、配置されている。 The operation pin 8E is arranged so that the tip of the wedge-shaped portion faces one groove 24E (241E) of the conductive member 2E and the rectangular plate-shaped portion faces the gas generator 70 (see FIG. 1). Has been done.
　本変形例では、ガス発生器７０でガスが発生すると、動作ピン８Ｅがガスの圧力によって押されて、導電部材２Ｅに向かって移動する。動作ピン８Ｅは、移動するにつれてその先端が溝２４１Ｅに差し込まれ、溝２４１Ｅにおいて導電部材２Ｅを破断する。これにより、第３電路部２３Ｅが第１電路部２１Ｅから切り離されて、第１電路部２１Ｅと第２電路部２２Ｅとが開離される。 In this modification, when gas is generated in the gas generator 70, the operation pin 8E is pushed by the pressure of the gas and moves toward the conductive member 2E. The tip of the operation pin 8E is inserted into the groove 241E as it moves, and the conductive member 2E is broken in the groove 241E. As a result, the third electric circuit portion 23E is separated from the first electric circuit portion 21E, and the first electric circuit portion 21E and the second electric circuit portion 22E are separated from each other.
　ここで、動作ピン８Ｅの先端には導電部４Ｅが設けられているので、導電部材２Ｅが溝２４１Ｅにおいて破断された時、第１電路部２１Ｅと第３電路部２３Ｅとは、導電部４Ｅを介して導通する（図１７参照）。すなわち、第１電路部２１Ｅと第３電路部２３Ｅとの間に導電部４Ｅが直列に接続されることとなり、電流は、第１電路部２１Ｅから、導電部４Ｅを通って第３電路部２３Ｅへと流れる。そのため、第１端子２１１Ｅと第２端子２２１Ｅとの間の電気抵抗は、動作ピン８Ｅが移動する前に比べて、少なくとも導電部４Ｅの電気抵抗の分だけ大きくなる。要するに、第１端子２１１Ｅと第２端子２２１Ｅとの間の電気抵抗は、第１電路部２１Ｅと第２電路部２２Ｅとが導電部４Ｅを介して導通する場合（図１７参照）の方が、第１電路部２１Ｅと第２電路部２２Ｅとが動作ピン８Ｅの移動により開離される前（図１６参照）よりも大きい。 Here, since the conductive portion 4E is provided at the tip of the operation pin 8E, when the conductive member 2E is broken in the groove 241E, the first electric circuit portion 21E and the third electric circuit portion 23E form the conductive portion 4E. Conducts through (see FIG. 17). That is, the conductive portion 4E is connected in series between the first electric circuit portion 21E and the third electric circuit portion 23E, and the current flows from the first electric circuit portion 21E through the conductive portion 4E to the third electric circuit portion 23E. Flow to. Therefore, the electric resistance between the first terminal 211E and the second terminal 221E is increased by at least the electric resistance of the conductive portion 4E as compared with before the operation pin 8E moves. In short, the electrical resistance between the first terminal 211E and the second terminal 221E is higher when the first electric circuit portion 21E and the second electric circuit portion 22E are conducted via the conductive portion 4E (see FIG. 17). The first electric circuit portion 21E and the second electric circuit portion 22E are larger than before being separated by the movement of the operation pin 8E (see FIG. 16).
　動作ピン８Ｅは、移動するにつれて、第２電路部２２Ｅと第３電路部２３Ｅとの間の溝２４２Ｅ（動作ピン８Ｅが差し込まれていない方の溝２４Ｅ）において、導電部材２Ｅを破断させる。そして、動作ピン８Ｅが進んだ距離が所定距離を超えると、導電部４Ｅが第１電路部２１Ｅから離れ、絶縁部５Ｅが、開離した第１電路部２１Ｅと第２電路部２２Ｅとの間に移動する。これにより、第１電路部２１Ｅと第２電路部２２Ｅとの間が、絶縁部５Ｅによって絶縁される（図１８参照）。 As the operation pin 8E moves, the conductive member 2E is broken in the groove 242E (the groove 24E to which the operation pin 8E is not inserted) between the second electric path portion 22E and the third electric path portion 23E. When the distance traveled by the operation pin 8E exceeds a predetermined distance, the conductive portion 4E separates from the first electric circuit portion 21E, and the insulating portion 5E is separated between the opened first electric circuit portion 21E and the second electric circuit portion 22E. Move to. As a result, the first electric circuit portion 21E and the second electric circuit portion 22E are insulated by the insulating portion 5E (see FIG. 18).
　本変形例の遮断装置１Ｅも、遮断装置１と同様、導電部４Ｅと絶縁部５Ｅとを備えていることで、第１電路部２１Ｅと第２電路部２２Ｅとを開離させる際のアークの発生を抑制することが可能となる。 Similar to the breaking device 1, the breaking device 1E of this modified example also includes the conductive portion 4E and the insulating portion 5E, so that the arc when the first electric circuit portion 21E and the second electric circuit portion 22E are separated from each other can be generated. It is possible to suppress the occurrence.
　（２．６）変形例６
　本変形例の遮断装置１Ｆについて、図１９を参照して説明する。図１９は、遮断装置１Ｆの要部を示す断面図である。 (2.6) Modification 6
The blocking device 1F of this modification will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 19 is a cross-sectional view showing a main part of the blocking device 1F.
　本変形例の遮断装置１Ｆにおいて、基本例の遮断装置１と同様の構成については、同一の符号を付して適宜説明を省略する。 In the blocking device 1F of this modified example, the same components as those of the blocking device 1 of the basic example are designated by the same reference numerals, and description thereof will be omitted as appropriate.
　図１９に示すように、本変形例の遮断装置１Ｆの動作ピン８Ｆは、導電部４Ｆと、絶縁部５Ｆとに加えて、消弧部材３０を有している。絶縁部５Ｆは、上下方向に長い円柱状であり、ここでは動作ピン８Ｆの主体を構成する。絶縁部５Ｆの上端はガス発生器７０（図１参照）に対向している。 As shown in FIG. 19, the operation pin 8F of the breaking device 1F of this modified example has an arc extinguishing member 30 in addition to the conductive portion 4F and the insulating portion 5F. The insulating portion 5F is a columnar shape that is long in the vertical direction, and here constitutes the main body of the operating pin 8F. The upper end of the insulating portion 5F faces the gas generator 70 (see FIG. 1).
　消弧部材３０は、動作ピン８Ｆの少なくとも一部を構成する。より詳細には、消弧部材３０は、動作ピン８Ｆの外周面の少なくとも一部を構成する。言い換えると、動作ピン８Ｆの外周面は、消弧部材３０の外面を含む。 The arc extinguishing member 30 constitutes at least a part of the operation pin 8F. More specifically, the arc extinguishing member 30 constitutes at least a part of the outer peripheral surface of the operation pin 8F. In other words, the outer peripheral surface of the operation pin 8F includes the outer surface of the arc extinguishing member 30.
　導電部４Ｆは、動作ピン８Ｆの先端（下端）に位置している。導電部４Ｆは、ここでは円板状である。動作ピン８Ｆがガス発生器７０により駆動される前の時点において、導電部４Ｆは、導電部材２の第３電路部２３に接する。 The conductive portion 4F is located at the tip (lower end) of the operation pin 8F. The conductive portion 4F has a disk shape here. Before the operation pin 8F is driven by the gas generator 70, the conductive portion 4F is in contact with the third electric circuit portion 23 of the conductive member 2.
　動作ピン８Ｆの先端側（下側）から順に、導電部４Ｆ、消弧部材３０、絶縁部５Ｆの順に並んでいる。すなわち、消弧部材３０は、導電部４Ｆと絶縁部５Ｆとの間に位置している。消弧部材３０は、例えば、動作ピン８Ｆの主構成である樹脂成型部材に埋め込まれている。ここで、樹脂成型部材は、絶縁部５Ｆを含む。なお、消弧部材３０は、動作ピン８Ｆの主構成である樹脂成型部材に貼り付けられていてもよい。 The conductive portion 4F, the arc extinguishing member 30, and the insulating portion 5F are arranged in this order from the tip side (lower side) of the operation pin 8F. That is, the arc extinguishing member 30 is located between the conductive portion 4F and the insulating portion 5F. The arc extinguishing member 30 is embedded in, for example, a resin molding member which is the main configuration of the operation pin 8F. Here, the resin molding member includes the insulating portion 5F. The arc extinguishing member 30 may be attached to the resin molding member which is the main configuration of the operation pin 8F.
　絶縁部５Ｆは、消弧部材３０を基準として導電部４Ｆ側とは反対側に位置しており、消弧部材３０よりも電気絶縁性が高い。 The insulating portion 5F is located on the side opposite to the conductive portion 4F side with respect to the arc extinguishing member 30, and has higher electrical insulation than the arc extinguishing member 30.
　消弧部材３０は、消弧作用を有する。消弧部材３０は、例えば、珪砂にエポキシ樹脂と硬化剤とが混ぜられて、エポキシ樹脂が硬化することにより固形状又は半固形状に形成された部材である。すなわち、消弧部材３０は、珪砂（シリカ）を含有する。消弧部材３０において、珪砂が消弧作用を有する。 The arc extinguishing member 30 has an arc extinguishing action. The arc-extinguishing member 30 is, for example, a member formed into a solid or semi-solid state by mixing an epoxy resin and a curing agent with silica sand and curing the epoxy resin. That is, the arc extinguishing member 30 contains silica sand (silica). In the arc extinguishing member 30, silica sand has an arc extinguishing action.
　本変形例の遮断装置１Ｆにおいて、動作ピン８Ｆが下方へ移動すると、第３電路部（分離部）２３が動作ピン８Ｆに押される。これにより、導電部材２は、第１電路部２１と第３電路部２３との間の溝２４、及び第２電路部２２と第３電路部２３との間の溝２４において破断される。そして、開離された第１電路部２１と第２電路部２２との間に、導電部４Ｆが入り込む。そのため、第３電路部２３を流れていた電流は、導電部４Ｆを流れることとなる。 In the blocking device 1F of this modified example, when the operation pin 8F moves downward, the third electric circuit portion (separation portion) 23 is pushed by the operation pin 8F. As a result, the conductive member 2 is broken in the groove 24 between the first electric circuit portion 21 and the third electric circuit portion 23 and in the groove 24 between the second electric circuit portion 22 and the third electric circuit portion 23. Then, the conductive portion 4F enters between the opened first electric circuit portion 21 and the second electric circuit portion 22. Therefore, the current flowing through the third electric circuit portion 23 will flow through the conductive portion 4F.
　動作ピン８Ｆが更に下方へ移動し、導電部４Ｆが第１電路部２１及び第２電路部２２から離れると、第１電路部２１と第３電路部２３との間、及び第２電路部２２と第３電路部２３との間でアークが発生することがある。 When the operation pin 8F moves further downward and the conductive portion 4F separates from the first electric circuit portion 21 and the second electric circuit portion 22, it is between the first electric circuit portion 21 and the third electric circuit portion 23, and the second electric circuit portion 22. An arc may be generated between the third electric circuit portion 23 and the third electric circuit portion 23.
　このとき、消弧部材３０は、開離した第１電路部２１と第２電路部２２との間に移動する。消弧部材３０に含まれる珪砂にアークが直接接触又は接近することで、珪砂がアークの熱に晒される。すると、珪砂は、アークの熱を吸収して融解する。つまり、消弧部材３０は、消弧部材３０に接したアークを冷却する作用を有する。アークが冷却されることにより、アーク電圧が上昇し、アークの消弧が促進される。 At this time, the arc extinguishing member 30 moves between the opened first electric path portion 21 and the second electric path portion 22. When the arc comes into direct contact with or approaches the silica sand contained in the arc extinguishing member 30, the silica sand is exposed to the heat of the arc. The silica sand then absorbs the heat of the arc and melts. That is, the arc extinguishing member 30 has an action of cooling the arc in contact with the arc extinguishing member 30. As the arc is cooled, the arc voltage rises and the arc extinguishing is promoted.
　また、珪砂は、融解してから再凝固することがある。再凝固することで生成された生成物は、シリカを含むため電気絶縁性を有し、アークがその生成物に接することで、アーク電圧が上昇する。また、その生成物により、アークが遮断された後において第１電路部２１と第２電路部２２との間の電気絶縁性を確保することができる。 In addition, silica sand may re-solidify after melting. The product produced by resolidification has an electrical insulating property because it contains silica, and the arc voltage rises when the arc comes into contact with the product. In addition, the product can ensure the electrical insulation between the first electric circuit portion 21 and the second electric circuit portion 22 after the arc is cut off.
　動作ピン８Ｆが更に下方へ移動すると、絶縁部５Ｆが、開離した第１電路部２１と第２電路部２２との間に移動する。これにより、第１電路部２１と第２電路部２２との間が、絶縁部５Ｆによって絶縁される。 When the operation pin 8F moves further downward, the insulating portion 5F moves between the opened first electric circuit portion 21 and the second electric circuit portion 22. As a result, the space between the first electric circuit portion 21 and the second electric circuit portion 22 is insulated by the insulating portion 5F.
　本変形例の遮断装置１Ｆでも、遮断装置１と同様、導電部４Ｆと絶縁部５Ｆとを備えていることで、第１電路部２１と第２電路部２２とを開離させる際のアークの発生を抑制することが可能となる。また、本変形例の遮断装置１Ｆでは、動作ピン８Ｆが消弧部材３０を備えていることで、発生したアークの消弧を促進することができる。 Similar to the breaking device 1, the breaking device 1F of this modified example also includes the conductive portion 4F and the insulating portion 5F, so that the arc when the first electric circuit portion 21 and the second electric circuit portion 22 are separated from each other can be generated. It is possible to suppress the occurrence. Further, in the blocking device 1F of the present modification, since the operation pin 8F includes the arc extinguishing member 30, it is possible to promote the extinguishing of the generated arc.
　消弧部材３０は、珪砂を用いた構成に限定されない。消弧部材３０として、例えば、ＳｉＣ、ＳｉＯ２、アルミナ、ＰＡ６、ＰＡ４６、ＰＡ６６等のポリアミド（ナイロン）、又は、このポリアミドの樹脂に水酸化マグネシウム又はホウ酸マグネシウムを混合した材料を用いることができる。この場合、消弧部材３０が、アークの熱及び導電部４Ｆで発生した熱により分解され、消弧ガスが生じる。消弧ガスは、消弧作用のあるガスであって、例えば、水素、水分、二酸化炭素及び窒素等のうち少なくとも１つを含有する。消弧ガスは、アーク電圧を上昇させ、アークの消弧を促す。 The arc extinguishing member 30 is not limited to the configuration using silica sand. As the arc extinguishing member 30, for example, polyamide (nylon) such as SiC, SiO 2 , alumina, PA6, PA46, PA66, or a material obtained by mixing magnesium hydroxide or magnesium borate with the resin of this polyamide can be used. .. In this case, the arc extinguishing member 30 is decomposed by the heat of the arc and the heat generated in the conductive portion 4F to generate an arc extinguishing gas. The arc-extinguishing gas is a gas having an arc-extinguishing action, and contains, for example, at least one of hydrogen, water, carbon dioxide, nitrogen, and the like. The arc-extinguishing gas raises the arc voltage and promotes the extinguishing of the arc.
　あるいは、消弧部材３０として、水素貯蔵合金を用いてもよい。消弧部材３０として用いられる水素貯蔵合金は、アーク及び導電部４Ｆにより熱せられると、消弧ガスとしての水素を生じる。消弧ガスは、アーク電圧を上昇させ、アークの消弧を促す。 Alternatively, a hydrogen storage alloy may be used as the arc extinguishing member 30. When the hydrogen storage alloy used as the arc extinguishing member 30 is heated by the arc and the conductive portion 4F, hydrogen as an arc extinguishing gas is generated. The arc-extinguishing gas raises the arc voltage and promotes the extinguishing of the arc.
　あるいは、消弧部材３０として、例えば、シリコン又は炭化ケイ素（ＳｉＣ）を含む部材を用いてもよい。消弧部材３０に含まれるシリコン又は炭化ケイ素は、アーク及び導電部４Ｆの熱を吸収して融解し、これによりアークが冷却されるので、アーク電圧が上昇し、アークの消弧が促進される。 Alternatively, as the arc extinguishing member 30, for example, a member containing silicon or silicon carbide (SiC) may be used. The silicon or silicon carbide contained in the arc extinguishing member 30 absorbs the heat of the arc and the conductive portion 4F and melts, thereby cooling the arc, so that the arc voltage rises and the arc extinguishing is promoted. ..
　また、消弧部材３０は、セラミックを含有していてもよい。セラミックは、樹脂等の材料と比較して耐アーク性能が高いので、セラミックにより、消弧部材３０の耐アーク性能の向上を図ることができる。 Further, the arc extinguishing member 30 may contain ceramic. Since ceramic has higher arc resistance than materials such as resin, it is possible to improve the arc resistance of the arc extinguishing member 30 by using ceramic.
　（２．７）変形例７
　本変形例の遮断装置１Ｇについて、図２０を参照して説明する。図２０は、遮断装置１Ｇの要部を示す断面図である。本変形例の遮断装置１Ｇにおいて、基本例の遮断装置１と同様の構成については、同一の符号を付して適宜説明を省略する。 (2.7) Modification 7
The blocking device 1G of this modification will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 20 is a cross-sectional view showing a main part of the blocking device 1G. In the blocking device 1G of the present modification, the same components as those of the blocking device 1 of the basic example are designated by the same reference numerals, and the description thereof will be omitted as appropriate.
　図２０に示すように、本変形例の遮断装置１Ｇの動作ピン８Ｇは、導電部４Ｇと絶縁部５Ｇとを有している。絶縁部５Ｇは、上下方向に長い円柱状である。絶縁部５Ｇの上端はガス発生器７０（図１参照）に対向している。 As shown in FIG. 20, the operation pin 8G of the blocking device 1G of this modified example has a conductive portion 4G and an insulating portion 5G. The insulating portion 5G is a columnar shape that is long in the vertical direction. The upper end of the insulating portion 5G faces the gas generator 70 (see FIG. 1).
　導電部４Ｇは、動作ピン８Ｇの下端に位置している。導電部４Ｇは、ここでは円板状である。 The conductive portion 4G is located at the lower end of the operation pin 8G. The conductive portion 4G has a disk shape here.
　本変形例の導電部４Ｇは、水素貯蔵合金を含んでいる。水素貯蔵合金は、アークにより熱せられると、消弧ガスとしての水素を生じる。消弧ガスは、アーク電圧を上昇させ、アークの消弧を促す。すなわち、動作ピン８Ｇは、消弧作用を有する消弧部材３０を備えている。また、水素貯蔵合金は、導電性を有しているが、導電部材２の材料よりも抵抗率が大きい。導電部４Ｇの材料及び形状は、導電部４Ｇの電気抵抗が、導電部材２の第３電路部（分離部）２３の電気抵抗よりも大きくなるように選定される。 The conductive part 4G of this modification contains a hydrogen storage alloy. When heated by an arc, the hydrogen storage alloy produces hydrogen as an arc extinguishing gas. The arc-extinguishing gas raises the arc voltage and promotes the extinguishing of the arc. That is, the operation pin 8G includes an arc extinguishing member 30 having an arc extinguishing action. Further, the hydrogen storage alloy has conductivity, but has a higher resistivity than the material of the conductive member 2. The material and shape of the conductive portion 4G are selected so that the electrical resistance of the conductive portion 4G is larger than the electrical resistance of the third electric circuit portion (separation portion) 23 of the conductive member 2.
　本変形例の遮断装置１Ｇでも、遮断装置１と同様、導電部４Ｇと絶縁部５Ｇとを備えていることで、第１電路部２１と第２電路部２２とを開離させる際のアークの発生を抑制することが可能となる。また、本変形例の遮断装置１Ｇでは、導電部４Ｇが消弧部材３０として機能するため、発生したアークの消弧を促進することができる。 Similar to the breaking device 1, the breaking device 1G of this modified example also includes the conductive portion 4G and the insulating portion 5G, so that the arc when the first electric circuit portion 21 and the second electric circuit portion 22 are separated from each other can be generated. It is possible to suppress the occurrence. Further, in the blocking device 1G of the present modification, since the conductive portion 4G functions as the arc extinguishing member 30, it is possible to promote the extinguishing of the generated arc.
　（２．８）変形例８
　本変形例の遮断装置１Ｈについて、図２１を参照して説明する。図２１は、遮断装置１Ｈの要部を示す断面図である。本変形例の遮断装置１Ｈにおいて、変形例７の遮断装置１Ｇと同様の構成については、同一の符号を付して適宜説明を省略する。 (2.8) Modification 8
The blocking device 1H of this modification will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 21 is a cross-sectional view showing a main part of the blocking device 1H. In the blocking device 1H of the present modification, the same components as those of the blocking device 1G of the modification 7 are designated by the same reference numerals, and the description thereof will be omitted as appropriate.
　図２１に示すように、本変形例の遮断装置１Ｈの動作ピン８Ｈは、複数の導電部４Ｈと絶縁部５Ｈとを有している。絶縁部５Ｈは、上下方向に長い円柱状である。絶縁部５Ｈの上端はガス発生器７０（図１参照）に対向し、下端は導電部材２に対向している。 As shown in FIG. 21, the operation pin 8H of the blocking device 1H of this modified example has a plurality of conductive portions 4H and an insulating portion 5H. The insulating portion 5H is a columnar shape that is long in the vertical direction. The upper end of the insulating portion 5H faces the gas generator 70 (see FIG. 1), and the lower end faces the conductive member 2.
　複数の導電部４Ｈの各々は、金属板からなる。より詳細には、複数の導電部４Ｈの各々は、例えば、鉄等の磁性材料からなる。複数の導電部４Ｈの各々の形状は、枠状である。複数の導電部４Ｇの各々の形状は、ここでは円環状である。複数の導電部４Ｈは、絶縁部５Ｈの外周面から突出している。複数の導電部４Ｈは、動作ピン８Ｈの移動方向に並んでいる。複数の導電部４Ｈの電気抵抗は、同じであってもよいし、互いに異なっていてもよい。 Each of the plurality of conductive portions 4H is made of a metal plate. More specifically, each of the plurality of conductive portions 4H is made of a magnetic material such as iron. Each of the plurality of conductive portions 4H has a frame shape. The shape of each of the plurality of conductive portions 4G is annular here. The plurality of conductive portions 4H project from the outer peripheral surface of the insulating portion 5H. The plurality of conductive portions 4H are arranged in the moving direction of the operation pin 8H. The electrical resistances of the plurality of conductive portions 4H may be the same or different from each other.
　複数の導電部４Ｈは、アークグリッドとして機能する。動作ピン８Ｈに押されることにより、第３電路部（分離部）２３が第１電路部２１及び第２電路部２２から開離すると、第１電路部２１と第３電路部２３との間、又は第２電路部２２と第３電路部２３との間でアークが発生することがある。発生したアークは、動作ピン８Ｈに押されて第３電路部２３が下方へ移動するにつれて、第１電路部２１と第３電路部２３との間及び第２電路部２２と第３電路部２３との間において、導電部４Ｈ（金属板）を通過することになる。アークが導電部４Ｈを通過する際には、アークが導電部４Ｈの第１の面に吸収されて、導電部４Ｈの第１の面とは反対側の第２の面から放電される。第１の面は、図２１における導電部４Ｈの上面及び下面のうち一方であり、第２の面は他方である。アークが第２の面から放電される際に、陰極降下電圧が発生する。そのため、アークが複数の導電部４Ｈを通過する場合は、複数の導電部４Ｈを通過しない場合よりもアーク電圧が上昇し、アークの消弧が促される。このように、動作ピン８Ｈは、消弧作用を有する消弧部材３０を備えている。 The plurality of conductive portions 4H function as an arc grid. When the third electric circuit portion (separation portion) 23 is separated from the first electric circuit portion 21 and the second electric circuit portion 22 by being pushed by the operation pin 8H, between the first electric circuit portion 21 and the third electric circuit portion 23, Alternatively, an arc may be generated between the second electric circuit portion 22 and the third electric circuit portion 23. The generated arc is pushed by the operation pin 8H, and as the third electric circuit portion 23 moves downward, the generated arc is between the first electric circuit portion 21 and the third electric circuit portion 23, and between the second electric circuit portion 22 and the third electric circuit portion 23. It will pass through the conductive portion 4H (metal plate) between and. When the arc passes through the conductive portion 4H, the arc is absorbed by the first surface of the conductive portion 4H and discharged from the second surface opposite to the first surface of the conductive portion 4H. The first surface is one of the upper surface and the lower surface of the conductive portion 4H in FIG. 21, and the second surface is the other. A cathode voltage drop is generated as the arc is discharged from the second surface. Therefore, when the arc passes through the plurality of conductive portions 4H, the arc voltage rises as compared with the case where the arc does not pass through the plurality of conductive portions 4H, and the arc is extinguished. As described above, the operation pin 8H includes an arc-extinguishing member 30 having an arc-extinguishing action.
　なお、絶縁部５Ｈの下端に、アークグリッドとして機能する複数の消弧部材３０（金属板）が、設けられていてもよい。絶縁部５Ｈの下端に設けられる複数の消弧部材３０の形状は、例えば、矩形板状である。下端に設けられる複数の消弧部材３０は、図２１の左右方向に並んでいることが好ましい。 A plurality of arc extinguishing members 30 (metal plates) functioning as an arc grid may be provided at the lower end of the insulating portion 5H. The shape of the plurality of arc-extinguishing members 30 provided at the lower ends of the insulating portion 5H is, for example, a rectangular plate. It is preferable that the plurality of arc-extinguishing members 30 provided at the lower ends are arranged in the left-right direction in FIG.
　本変形例の遮断装置１Ｈでも、遮断装置１Ｇと同様、動作ピン８Ｈが導電部４Ｈと絶縁部５Ｈとを備えていることで、第１電路部２１と第２電路部２２とを開離させる際のアークの発生を抑制することが可能となる。また、本変形例の遮断装置１Ｈでも、導電部４Ｈが消弧部材３０として機能するため、発生したアークの消弧を促進することができる。 In the breaking device 1H of this modified example, as in the breaking device 1G, the operation pin 8H includes the conductive portion 4H and the insulating portion 5H, so that the first electric circuit portion 21 and the second electric circuit portion 22 are separated from each other. It is possible to suppress the generation of an arc at that time. Further, even in the blocking device 1H of the present modification, since the conductive portion 4H functions as the arc extinguishing member 30, it is possible to promote the extinguishing of the generated arc.
　（２．９）変形例９
　本変形例の遮断装置１Ｉについて、図２２～図２８を参照して説明する。本変形例の遮断装置１Ｉにおいて、基本例の遮断装置１と同様の構成については、同一の符号を付して適宜説明を省略する。 (2.9) Modification 9
The blocking device 1I of this modification will be described with reference to FIGS. 22 to 28. In the blocking device 1I of the present modification, the same components as those of the blocking device 1 of the basic example are designated by the same reference numerals, and the description thereof will be omitted as appropriate.
　筐体９Ｉは、その内部に空間（内部空間）を有している。図２２に示すように、筐体９Ｉは、第１収容部９１Ｉと、第２収容部９７Ｉと、を有している。第１収容部９１Ｉは、その内部に、移動前の動作ピン８Ｉの一部を収容する収容空間を有する。第２収容部９７Ｉは、その内部に空間（緩和空間Ｓ２）を有する。 The housing 9I has a space (internal space) inside. As shown in FIG. 22, the housing 9I has a first accommodating portion 91I and a second accommodating portion 97I. The first accommodating portion 91I has an accommodating space for accommodating a part of the operation pin 8I before movement. The second accommodating portion 97I has a space (relaxation space S2) inside thereof.
　第１収容部９１Ｉは、第１ボディ９２Ｉと、第１カバー９３Ｉと、キャップ９４Ｉと、を備えている。 The first accommodating portion 91I includes a first body 92I, a first cover 93I, and a cap 94I.
　第１ボディ９２Ｉは、断面円形状であって上下方向に延びる貫通孔９２０Ｉを有する円柱状、すなわち円筒状である。第１ボディ９２Ｉの下面において貫通孔９２０Ｉの左右には、導電部材２が嵌められる凹所が形成されている。 The first body 92I has a circular cross section and has a columnar shape having through holes 920I extending in the vertical direction, that is, a cylindrical shape. On the lower surface of the first body 92I, recesses into which the conductive member 2 is fitted are formed on the left and right sides of the through hole 920I.
　第１カバー９３Ｉは、矩形の箱状である。第１カバー９３Ｉは、その中央に、断面円形状であって上下方向に延びる貫通孔９３０Ｉを有している。貫通孔９３０Ｉの内径は、第１ボディ９２Ｉの外径と等しい。貫通孔９３０Ｉ内に、第１ボディ９２Ｉが配置される。また、第１カバー９３Ｉの下面において左右の位置には、導電部材２を通すための凹所が形成されている。 The first cover 93I has a rectangular box shape. The first cover 93I has a through hole 930I having a circular cross section and extending in the vertical direction in the center thereof. The inner diameter of the through hole 930I is equal to the outer diameter of the first body 92I. The first body 92I is arranged in the through hole 930I. Further, recesses for passing the conductive member 2 are formed at the left and right positions on the lower surface of the first cover 93I.
　キャップ９４Ｉは、第１ボディ９２Ｉ及び第１カバー９３Ｉの上面に被せられる。キャップ９４Ｉは、台部９５Ｉと覆い部９６Ｉとを備えている。台部９５Ｉと覆い部９６Ｉとは、一体でもよいし別体でもよい。 The cap 94I is put on the upper surfaces of the first body 92I and the first cover 93I. The cap 94I includes a base portion 95I and a covering portion 96I. The base portion 95I and the covering portion 96I may be integrated or separate.
　台部９５Ｉは、凹所９５１Ｉ及び収容凹所９５２Ｉを含む貫通孔９５０Ｉと、オーリング６２が配置される凹所９５３Ｉと、を有している。凹所９５１Ｉは円柱状であって、台部９５Ｉが第１ボディ９２Ｉに取付けられた状態で第１ボディ９２Ｉの貫通孔９２０Ｉとつながっている。貫通孔９２０Ｉ及び凹所９５１Ｉから構成される空間に、動作ピン８Ｉが配置される。また、収容凹所９５２Ｉ内の空間に、ガス発生器７０が配置される。覆い部９６Ｉは、台部９５Ｉの上面を覆うように、台部９５Ｉに被せられる。なお、台部９５Ｉ及び覆い部９６Ｉの形状は、基本例の遮断装置１の台部９５及び覆い部９６と同じであるので、詳しい説明は省略する。 The base 95I has a through hole 950I including a recess 951I and a storage recess 952I, and a recess 953I in which the O-ring 62 is arranged. The recess 951I is cylindrical and is connected to the through hole 920I of the first body 92I with the base 95I attached to the first body 92I. The operation pin 8I is arranged in the space composed of the through hole 920I and the recess 951I. Further, the gas generator 70 is arranged in the space in the accommodation recess 952I. The covering portion 96I is put on the base portion 95I so as to cover the upper surface of the base portion 95I. Since the shapes of the base portion 95I and the cover portion 96I are the same as those of the base portion 95 and the cover portion 96 of the blocking device 1 of the basic example, detailed description thereof will be omitted.
　第２収容部９７Ｉは、第２ボディ９８Ｉと、第２カバー９９Ｉと、を備えている。 The second accommodating portion 97I includes a second body 98I and a second cover 99I.
　第２ボディ９８Ｉは、矩形の箱状である。第２ボディ９８Ｉは、その上面（動作ピン８Ｉに近い側の面）に凹所９８１Ｉを有している。凹所９８１Ｉは、円筒状の内面を有する第１凹所９８２Ｉと、第１凹所９８２Ｉの底面（下面）から下方に凹んだ第２凹所９８３Ｉと、を有している。第１凹所９８２Ｉの側面と底面との境界部分は、湾曲している。第２凹所９８３Ｉは、第１凹所９８２Ｉの内径よりも小さな内径を有する円筒状の内側面を有しており、その内底面と内側面との間の境界部分は湾曲している。 The second body 98I has a rectangular box shape. The second body 98I has a recess 981I on its upper surface (the surface closer to the operation pin 8I). The recess 981I has a first recess 982I having a cylindrical inner surface and a second recess 983I recessed downward from the bottom surface (lower surface) of the first recess 982I. The boundary between the side surface and the bottom surface of the first recess 982I is curved. The second recess 983I has a cylindrical inner surface having an inner diameter smaller than the inner diameter of the first recess 982I, and the boundary portion between the inner bottom surface and the inner surface thereof is curved.
　第２カバー９９Ｉは、第２ボディ９８Ｉを上側から覆う。第２カバー９９Ｉは、円筒面状の外面を有する円筒状である。第２カバー９９Ｉは、その中央に、断面円形状の貫通孔９９０Ｉを有している。第２カバー９９Ｉの外形は、第２ボディ９８Ｉの第１凹所９８２Ｉに嵌まる形状である。第２カバー９９Ｉの底面は、一端が貫通孔９９０Ｉに繋がっており、下方に向かうにつれて貫通孔９９０Ｉから離れる円錐台面状である。 The second cover 99I covers the second body 98I from above. The second cover 99I has a cylindrical shape having a cylindrical outer surface. The second cover 99I has a through hole 990I having a circular cross section in the center thereof. The outer shape of the second cover 99I is a shape that fits into the first recess 982I of the second body 98I. The bottom surface of the second cover 99I has a conical pedestal shape in which one end is connected to the through hole 990I and is separated from the through hole 990I as it goes downward.
　第２カバー９９Ｉが第２ボディ９８Ｉに被せられた状態で、第２ボディ９８Ｉの第２凹所９８３Ｉと第２カバー９９Ｉの底面とで囲まれるように、緩和空間Ｓ２が形成される。 With the second cover 99I covered on the second body 98I, the relaxation space S2 is formed so as to be surrounded by the second recess 983I of the second body 98I and the bottom surface of the second cover 99I.
　第１ボディ９２Ｉと第２カバー９９Ｉとの間に、導電部材２が配置されている。導電部材２において、第３電路部２３及び境界部分２４０は筐体９Ｉの内部に収容されている。導電部材２は、第３電路部２３が動作ピン８Ｉの下面と対向するように配置されている。また、導電部材２において、第１電路部２１の第１端子２１１及び第２電路部２２の第２端子２２１は、筐体９の外部へ露出している。 The conductive member 2 is arranged between the first body 92I and the second cover 99I. In the conductive member 2, the third electric circuit portion 23 and the boundary portion 240 are housed inside the housing 9I. The conductive member 2 is arranged so that the third electric circuit portion 23 faces the lower surface of the operation pin 8I. Further, in the conductive member 2, the first terminal 211 of the first electric circuit portion 21 and the second terminal 221 of the second electric circuit portion 22 are exposed to the outside of the housing 9.
　遮断装置１Ｉは、絶縁部５Ｉと複数の導電部と含む動作ピンＩを備えている。ここでは、絶縁部５Ｉ及び複数の導電部は、動作ピン８Ｉの一部である。すなわち、動作ピン８Ｉは、絶縁部５Ｉと、複数の導電部と、を備えている。動作ピン８Ｉは、ガス発生器７０と第３電路部（分離部）２３との間に配置されている。 The blocking device 1I includes an insulating portion 5I and an operating pin I including a plurality of conductive portions. Here, the insulating portion 5I and the plurality of conductive portions are a part of the operating pin 8I. That is, the operation pin 8I includes an insulating portion 5I and a plurality of conductive portions. The operation pin 8I is arranged between the gas generator 70 and the third electric circuit portion (separation portion) 23.
　絶縁部５Ｉは、電気絶縁性を有している。絶縁部５Ｉは、例えば、材料として樹脂を含む。 The insulating part 5I has electrical insulation. The insulating portion 5I contains, for example, a resin as a material.
　絶縁部５Ｉ（動作ピン８Ｉを構成する部材）は、上下に長い円柱状である。絶縁部５Ｉの径は、貫通孔９２０Ｉの径及び貫通孔９９０Ｉの径と略等しい。絶縁部５Ｉの径は、導電部材２の溝２４の外側の径よりも小さく、溝２４の内側の径よりも大きい。ただし、絶縁部５Ｉの径は、溝２４の外側の径と略等しくてもよい。絶縁部５Ｉは、高さ方向の第１面（上面）がガス発生器７０に対向し、第２面（下面）が導電部材２に対向するように、筐体９Ｉ内に配置されている。詳しくは、絶縁部５Ｉは、第１端（上端）が凹所９５１Ｉ内に位置し、第２端（下端）が貫通孔９２０Ｉ内に位置するように、筐体９Ｉ内に配置されている。 The insulating portion 5I (member constituting the operation pin 8I) is a long columnar shape in the vertical direction. The diameter of the insulating portion 5I is substantially equal to the diameter of the through hole 920I and the diameter of the through hole 990I. The diameter of the insulating portion 5I is smaller than the outer diameter of the groove 24 of the conductive member 2 and larger than the inner diameter of the groove 24. However, the diameter of the insulating portion 5I may be substantially equal to the diameter outside the groove 24. The insulating portion 5I is arranged in the housing 9I so that the first surface (upper surface) in the height direction faces the gas generator 70 and the second surface (lower surface) faces the conductive member 2. Specifically, the insulating portion 5I is arranged in the housing 9I so that the first end (upper end) is located in the recess 951I and the second end (lower end) is located in the through hole 920I.
　絶縁部５Ｉ（動作ピン８Ｉを構成する部材）の上端の外縁には、絶縁部５Ｉの周方向に沿った円環形の溝５１Ｉが形成されている。溝５１Ｉには、オーリング６５が嵌め込まれる。溝５１Ｉの内面及び凹所９５１Ｉの内面と、オーリング６５との間の摩擦力により、動作ピン８Ｉが凹所９５１の内側において筐体９Ｉに保持されている。 A ring-shaped groove 51I along the circumferential direction of the insulating portion 5I is formed on the outer edge of the upper end of the insulating portion 5I (member constituting the operation pin 8I). The O-ring 65 is fitted into the groove 51I. The operating pin 8I is held by the housing 9I inside the recess 951 due to the frictional force between the inner surface of the groove 51I and the inner surface of the recess 951I and the O-ring 65.
　複数の導電部は、少なくとも、第１導電部４０１（導電部４Ｉ）と第２導電部４０２とを含んでいる。第１導電部４０１と第２導電部４０２とは、動作ピン８Ｉが移動する移動方向（上下方向）に並んでいる。動作ピン８Ｉの移動前において、第１導電部４０１の方が、第２導電部４０２よりも、導電部材２に近い。 The plurality of conductive portions include at least the first conductive portion 401 (conductive portion 4I) and the second conductive portion 402. The first conductive portion 401 and the second conductive portion 402 are aligned in the moving direction (vertical direction) in which the operation pin 8I moves. Before the operation pin 8I is moved, the first conductive portion 401 is closer to the conductive member 2 than the second conductive portion 402.
　本変形例の遮断装置１Ｉでは、複数の導電部は、第３導電部４０３、第４導電部４０４、及び第５導電部４０５を更に含んでいる。第１導電部４０１～第５導電部４０５は、動作ピン８Ｉの移動方向におい、導電部材２に近い側から（下側から）この順に並んでいる。 In the blocking device 1I of this modified example, the plurality of conductive portions further include a third conductive portion 403, a fourth conductive portion 404, and a fifth conductive portion 405. The first conductive portion 401 to the fifth conductive portion 405 are arranged in this order from the side closer to the conductive member 2 (from the lower side) in the moving direction of the operation pin 8I.
　第１導電部４０１～第５導電部４０５の各々は、左右に長い円柱状（ピン状）である。第１導電部４０１～第５導電部４０５の各々の長さ（左右方向の寸法）は、絶縁部５Ｉの直径と略等しい。第１導電部４０１～第５導電部４０５の各々は、開離した第１電路部２１に対向する第１部分（図２２における右端の端面）と、開離した第２電路部２２に対向する第２部分（図２２における左端の端面）と、第１部分と第２部分とを接続する第３部分と、を有する。 Each of the first conductive portion 401 to the fifth conductive portion 405 is a long columnar shape (pin shape) on the left and right. The length (dimension in the left-right direction) of each of the first conductive portion 401 to the fifth conductive portion 405 is substantially equal to the diameter of the insulating portion 5I. Each of the first conductive portion 401 to the fifth conductive portion 405 faces the first portion (the rightmost end surface in FIG. 22) facing the separated first electric circuit portion 21 and the separated second electric circuit portion 22. It has a second portion (the leftmost end face in FIG. 22) and a third portion that connects the first portion and the second portion.
　図２３に示すように、絶縁部５Ｉ（動作ピン８Ｉを構成する部材）の下側の部分には、複数の導電部がそれぞれ差し込まれる複数の貫通孔が、左右に貫通している。すなわち、絶縁部５Ｉには、第１導電部４０１～第５導電部４０５がそれぞれ差し込まれる第１貫通孔５０１～第５貫通孔５０５が形成されている。なお、第１貫通孔５０１の下端は切り欠かれており、第１貫通孔５０１の内面は絶縁部５Ｉの下面とつながっている。言い換えれば、第１貫通孔５０１は、絶縁部５Ｉの下面に形成された凹所である。 As shown in FIG. 23, a plurality of through holes into which a plurality of conductive portions are inserted are penetrated to the left and right in the lower portion of the insulating portion 5I (member constituting the operation pin 8I). That is, the insulating portion 5I is formed with first through holes 501 to fifth through holes 505 into which the first conductive portions 401 to 405 are inserted, respectively. The lower end of the first through hole 501 is cut out, and the inner surface of the first through hole 501 is connected to the lower surface of the insulating portion 5I. In other words, the first through hole 501 is a recess formed on the lower surface of the insulating portion 5I.
　第１導電部４０１と第２導電部４０２との間には、絶縁部５Ｉの一部（介在部５３）が介在している。つまり、動作ピン８Ｉは、第１導電部４０１と第２導電部４０２との間に位置して第１導電部４０１と第２導電部４０２との間を絶縁する介在部５３を備えている。なお、本変形例の遮断装置１Ｉの動作ピン８Ｉでは、第２導電部４０２と第３導電部４０３との間、第３導電部４０３と第４導電部４０４との間、及び第４導電部４０４と第５導電部４０５との間にも、絶縁部５Ｉの一部（介在部５３）が介在している。 A part of the insulating portion 5I (intervening portion 53) is interposed between the first conductive portion 401 and the second conductive portion 402. That is, the operation pin 8I includes an intervening portion 53 that is located between the first conductive portion 401 and the second conductive portion 402 and insulates between the first conductive portion 401 and the second conductive portion 402. In the operation pin 8I of the blocking device 1I of this modification, the second conductive portion 402 and the third conductive portion 403, the third conductive portion 403 and the fourth conductive portion 404, and the fourth conductive portion A part of the insulating portion 5I (intervening portion 53) is also interposed between the 404 and the fifth conductive portion 405.
　動作ピン８Ｉの移動方向における第１導電部４０１と第２導電部４０２との間の間隔は、導電部材２の厚さ（動作ピン８Ｉの移動方向における導電部材２の寸法）以下である。動作ピン８Ｉの移動方向における第１導電部４０１と第２導電部４０２との間の間隔は、ここでは導電部材２の厚さよりも小さい。動作ピン８Ｉの移動方向における、第２導電部４０２と第３導電部４０３との間の間隔、第３導電部４０３と第４導電部４０４との間の間隔、及び第４導電部４０４と第５導電部４０５との間の間隔も、同様である。 The distance between the first conductive portion 401 and the second conductive portion 402 in the moving direction of the operating pin 8I is equal to or less than the thickness of the conductive member 2 (the dimension of the conductive member 2 in the moving direction of the operating pin 8I). The distance between the first conductive portion 401 and the second conductive portion 402 in the moving direction of the operation pin 8I is smaller than the thickness of the conductive member 2 here. The distance between the second conductive part 402 and the third conductive part 403, the distance between the third conductive part 403 and the fourth conductive part 404, and the distance between the fourth conductive part 404 and the fourth conductive part 404 in the moving direction of the operation pin 8I. The same applies to the distance between the 5 conductive portions 405.
　第１導電部４０１～第５導電部４０５の材料及び形状は、例えば、動作ピン８Ｉの移動方向において、動作ピン８Ｉにおける導電部の電気抵抗が徐々に大きくなるように、選定される。すなわち、第１導電部４０１～第５導電部４０５の材料及び形状は、例えば、第１導電部４０１の電気抵抗が第３電路部２３の電気抵抗以上となり、第２導電部４０２の電気抵抗が第１導電部４０１の電気抵抗以上、第３導電部４０３の電気抵抗が第２導電部４０２の電気抵抗以上、第４導電部４０４の電気抵抗が第３導電部４０３の電気抵抗以上、第５導電部４０５の電気抵抗が第４導電部４０４の電気抵抗以上、となるように選定される。 The materials and shapes of the first conductive portion 401 to the fifth conductive portion 405 are selected so that, for example, the electrical resistance of the conductive portion at the operating pin 8I gradually increases in the moving direction of the operating pin 8I. That is, as for the material and shape of the first conductive portion 401 to the fifth conductive portion 405, for example, the electric resistance of the first conductive portion 401 is equal to or higher than the electric resistance of the third electric path portion 23, and the electric resistance of the second conductive portion 402 is The electric resistance of the first conductive part 401 or more, the electric resistance of the third conductive part 403 is equal to or higher than the electric resistance of the second conductive part 402, the electric resistance of the fourth conductive part 404 is equal to or higher than the electric resistance of the third conductive part 403, the fifth. It is selected so that the electric resistance of the conductive portion 405 is equal to or higher than the electric resistance of the fourth conductive portion 404.
　第１導電部４０１の電気抵抗とは、第１導電部４０１が第１電路部２１と第２電路部２２との間に位置している場合において、第１導電部４０１における第１電路部２１と対向する部分と第２電路部２２と対向する部分との間の電気抵抗である。第２導電部４０２～第５導電部４０５の電気抵抗も、同様である。 The electrical resistance of the first conductive portion 401 is the first electric circuit portion 21 in the first conductive portion 401 when the first conductive portion 401 is located between the first electric circuit portion 21 and the second electric circuit portion 22. It is an electric resistance between the portion facing the second electric circuit portion 22 and the portion facing the second electric circuit portion 22. The same applies to the electrical resistance of the second conductive portion 402 to the fifth conductive portion 405.
　第３電路部２３及び第１導電部４０１～第５導電部４０５の電気抵抗は、互いに異なっていることが好ましい。特に、第１導電部４０１～第５導電部４０５の材料及び形状は、第３電路部２３、第１導電部４０１、第２導電部４０２、第３導電部４０３、第４導電部４０４、第５導電部４０５の順で、電気抵抗が大きくなるように選定されることが好ましい。一例において、第１導電部４０１の材料は、低抵抗な導体である。第２導電部４０２の材料は、比較的高抵抗な導体である。第３導電部４０３の材料は、低抵抗な半導体（ただし、第２導電部４０２の材料よりも高抵抗）である。第４導電部４０４の材料は、高抵抗な半導体である。第５導電部４０５の材料は、絶縁体に近い（第４導電部４０４の材料よりも高抵抗な）半導体である。 It is preferable that the electric resistances of the third electric circuit portion 23 and the first conductive portion 401 to the fifth conductive portion 405 are different from each other. In particular, the materials and shapes of the first conductive portion 401 to the fifth conductive portion 405 are the third electric circuit portion 23, the first conductive portion 401, the second conductive portion 402, the third conductive portion 403, the fourth conductive portion 404, and the first. It is preferable that the 5 conductive portions 405 are selected so that the electrical resistance increases in this order. In one example, the material of the first conductive portion 401 is a low resistance conductor. The material of the second conductive portion 402 is a conductor having a relatively high resistance. The material of the third conductive portion 403 is a semiconductor having low resistance (however, the resistance is higher than that of the material of the second conductive portion 402). The material of the fourth conductive portion 404 is a high resistance semiconductor. The material of the fifth conductive portion 405 is a semiconductor that is close to an insulator (higher resistance than the material of the fourth conductive portion 404).
　特に、複数の導電部のうちで、動作ピン８Ｉが移動する際に最後に第１電路部２１と第２電路部２２との間に移動する導電部の電気抵抗は、最初に第１電路部２１と第２電路部２２との間に移動する導電部の電気抵抗よりも、大きいことが好ましい。動作ピン８Ｉが移動する際に最初に第１電路部２１と第２電路部２２との間に移動する導電部は、動作ピン８Ｉが移動する前において導電部材２に最も近い導電部であり、本変形例の遮断装置１Ｉで言えば第１導電部４０１である。動作ピン８Ｉが移動する際に最後に第１電路部２１と第２電路部２２との間に移動する導電部は、動作ピン８Ｉが移動する前において導電部材２から最も離れている導電部であり、本変形例の遮断装置１Ｉで言えば第５導電部４０５である。すなわち、本変形例の遮断装置１Ｉで言えば、第５導電部４０５の電気抵抗が、第１導電部４０１の電気抵抗よりも大きいことが好ましい。 In particular, among the plurality of conductive portions, the electrical resistance of the conductive portion that finally moves between the first electric circuit portion 21 and the second electric circuit portion 22 when the operation pin 8I moves is first determined by the first electric circuit portion. It is preferably larger than the electrical resistance of the conductive portion that moves between the 21 and the second electric circuit portion 22. The conductive portion that first moves between the first electric circuit portion 21 and the second electric circuit portion 22 when the operation pin 8I moves is the conductive portion closest to the conductive member 2 before the operation pin 8I moves. Speaking of the blocking device 1I of this modified example, it is the first conductive portion 401. When the operation pin 8I moves, the conductive portion that finally moves between the first electric circuit portion 21 and the second electric circuit portion 22 is the conductive portion that is farthest from the conductive member 2 before the operation pin 8I moves. Yes, in the case of the blocking device 1I of this modified example, it is the fifth conductive portion 405. That is, in the case of the blocking device 1I of the present modification, it is preferable that the electric resistance of the fifth conductive portion 405 is larger than the electric resistance of the first conductive portion 401.
　また、第１導電部４０１～第５導電部４０５の材料及び形状は、第１導電部４０１～第５導電部４０５の耐熱性が高くなり、熱容量が大きくなり、伝熱性が高くなるように選定されることが好ましい。第１導電部４０１～第５導電部４０５の材料及び形状は、例えば、遮断装置１Ｉの動作時に第１導電部４０１～第５導電部４０５が溶断しないように選定される。 Further, the materials and shapes of the first conductive portion 401 to the fifth conductive portion 405 are selected so that the heat resistance of the first conductive portion 401 to the fifth conductive portion 405 is high, the heat capacity is large, and the heat transfer property is high. It is preferable to be done. The materials and shapes of the first conductive portion 401 to the fifth conductive portion 405 are selected so that, for example, the first conductive portion 401 to the fifth conductive portion 405 do not melt during the operation of the blocking device 1I.
　次に、遮断装置１Ｉの動作について、図２４～図２８を参照して説明する。 Next, the operation of the blocking device 1I will be described with reference to FIGS. 24 to 28.
　ガス発生器７０のピン電極７２が通電されず駆動機構７が駆動されていない場合、図２４に示すように、第１電路部２１と第２電路部２２とは、第３電路部２３を介して電気的に接続されている。そのため、導電部材２は導線として機能し、第１電路部２１、第２電路部２２及び第３電路部２３には、第１端子２１１及び第２端子２２１に電気的に接続されている電気回路から供給される電流が流れる。 When the pin electrode 72 of the gas generator 70 is not energized and the drive mechanism 7 is not driven, as shown in FIG. 24, the first electric path portion 21 and the second electric path portion 22 are connected to each other via the third electric path portion 23. Is electrically connected. Therefore, the conductive member 2 functions as a conducting wire, and the first electric circuit portion 21, the second electric circuit portion 22, and the third electric circuit portion 23 are electrically connected to the first terminal 211 and the second terminal 221. The current supplied from flows.
　電動車両の制御部等が、ガス発生器７０の２つのピン電極７２間に通電すると、発熱素子７３が発熱し、この発熱素子７３で発生した熱によって燃料７４が点火され、燃料７４が燃焼してガスを発生する。ガスは、ケース７１において燃料７４を収容する空間の圧力を上昇させて、この空間を構成する壁（下壁）を破断し、この破断した部分を通して加圧室７５に導入されて加圧室７５内の圧力を上昇させる。加圧室７５内のガスの圧力により、動作ピン８Ｉには、第３電路部２３を押す向き（下向き）の力が作用する。 When the control unit of the electric vehicle or the like energizes between the two pin electrodes 72 of the gas generator 70, the heat generating element 73 generates heat, and the heat generated by the heat generating element 73 ignites the fuel 74 and burns the fuel 74. Generates gas. The gas increases the pressure of the space containing the fuel 74 in the case 71, breaks the wall (lower wall) constituting this space, and is introduced into the pressurizing chamber 75 through the broken portion to be introduced into the pressurizing chamber 75. Increase the pressure inside. Due to the pressure of the gas in the pressurizing chamber 75, a force in the direction of pushing the third electric circuit portion 23 (downward) acts on the operation pin 8I.
　動作ピン８Ｉは、オーリング６５の摩擦力に抗して駆動され、動作ピン８Ｉの下面が第３電路部２３を押す。第３電路部２３が動作ピン８Ｉに押されることにより、図２５に示すように、導電部材２は、第１電路部２１と第３電路部２３との境界部分２４０（図２３参照）の溝２４（図２３参照）、及び第２電路部２２と第３電路部２３との境界部分２４０の溝２４において破断される。これにより、第３電路部（分離部）２３が第１電路部２１及び第２電路部２２から切り離され、第１電路部２１と第２電路部２２とが開離される。第１電路部２１及び第２電路部２２から切り離された第３電路部２３は、動作ピン８に押されて下方の緩和空間Ｓ２に入る。 The operation pin 8I is driven against the frictional force of the O-ring 65, and the lower surface of the operation pin 8I pushes the third electric circuit portion 23. When the third electric circuit portion 23 is pushed by the operation pin 8I, as shown in FIG. 25, the conductive member 2 has a groove in the boundary portion 240 (see FIG. 23) between the first electric circuit portion 21 and the third electric circuit portion 23. It is broken at 24 (see FIG. 23) and at the groove 24 of the boundary portion 240 between the second electric circuit portion 22 and the third electric circuit portion 23. As a result, the third electric circuit portion (separation portion) 23 is separated from the first electric circuit portion 21 and the second electric circuit portion 22, and the first electric circuit portion 21 and the second electric circuit portion 22 are separated from each other. The third electric circuit portion 23 separated from the first electric circuit portion 21 and the second electric circuit portion 22 is pushed by the operation pin 8 and enters the relaxation space S2 below.
　動作ピン８Ｉは、その下端（進行方向の先端）に第１導電部４０１を有している。そのため、動作ピン８Ｉが移動することで、第１電路部２１と第２電路部２２とが開離された後、開離された第１電路部２１と第２電路部２２との間に第１導電部４０１が入り込む。そして、第１導電部４０１の一端（図２５の右端）が、開離した第１電路部２１と接触（対向）し、第１導電部４０１の他端（図２５の左端）が、開離した第２電路部２２と接触（対向）する。そのため、第３電路部２３を流れていた電流は、第１導電部４０１を流れることとなる。 The operation pin 8I has a first conductive portion 401 at its lower end (tip in the traveling direction). Therefore, when the operation pin 8I moves, the first electric circuit portion 21 and the second electric circuit portion 22 are separated, and then the first electric circuit portion 21 and the second electric circuit portion 22 are separated from each other. 1 The conductive portion 401 enters. Then, one end (right end in FIG. 25) of the first conductive portion 401 comes into contact (opposite) with the opened first electric circuit portion 21, and the other end (left end in FIG. 25) of the first conductive portion 401 is separated. Contact (opposite) with the second electric circuit portion 22. Therefore, the current flowing through the third electric circuit portion 23 will flow through the first conductive portion 401.
　第１導電部４０１の電気抵抗は、第３電路部２３の電気抵抗よりも大きい。そのため、第１端子２１１と第２端子２２１との間の電気抵抗は、第１電路部２１と第２電路部２２とが導電部４を介して導通する場合（図２５参照）の方が、第１電路部２１と第２電路部２２とが第３電路部（分離部）２３を介して導通する場合（図２４参照）よりも大きい。言い換えれば、第１端子２１１と第２端子２２１との間の電気抵抗は、第１電路部２１と第２電路部２２とが第１導電部４０１を介して導通する場合（図２５参照）の方が、第１電路部２１と第２電路部２２とが動作ピン８の移動により開離される前（図２４参照）よりも大きい。これにより、第１電路部２１と第２電路部２２との間に流れる電流は、第１電路部２１と第２電路部２２とが第１導電部４０１を介して接続されているときの方が、第３電路部２３を介して接続されているときよりも小さくなる。 The electric resistance of the first conductive part 401 is larger than the electric resistance of the third electric circuit part 23. Therefore, the electrical resistance between the first terminal 211 and the second terminal 221 is higher when the first electric circuit portion 21 and the second electric circuit portion 22 are conducted via the conductive portion 4 (see FIG. 25). This is larger than the case where the first electric circuit portion 21 and the second electric circuit portion 22 conduct with each other via the third electric circuit portion (separation portion) 23 (see FIG. 24). In other words, the electrical resistance between the first terminal 211 and the second terminal 221 is when the first electric circuit portion 21 and the second electric circuit portion 22 conduct with each other via the first conductive portion 401 (see FIG. 25). This is larger than before the first electric circuit portion 21 and the second electric circuit portion 22 are separated by the movement of the operation pin 8 (see FIG. 24). As a result, the current flowing between the first electric circuit portion 21 and the second electric circuit portion 22 is the one when the first electric circuit portion 21 and the second electric circuit portion 22 are connected via the first conductive portion 401. Is smaller than when it is connected via the third electric circuit portion 23.
　動作ピン８Ｉが更に移動すると、開離された第１電路部２１と第２電路部２２との間から第１導電部４０１が離れる前に、開離された第１電路部２１と第２電路部２２との間に第２導電部４０２が入り込む。そして、図２６に示すように、第２導電部４０２の一端（図２６の右端）が、開離した第１電路部２１と接触（対向）し、第２導電部４０２の他端（図２６の左端）が、開離した第２電路部２２と接触（対向）する。そのため、第１導電部４０１を流れていた電流は、第２導電部４０２を流れることとなる。すなわち、動作ピン８Ｉは、ガス発生器７０によって駆動されて移動することで、第１電路部２１と第２電路部２２とを第１導電部４０１を介して導通させた後、第１電路部２１と第２電路部２２とを第２導電部４０２を介して導通させる。 When the operation pin 8I is further moved, the first electric circuit portion 21 and the second electric circuit which are separated before the first conductive portion 401 is separated from the separated first electric circuit portion 21 and the second electric circuit portion 22. The second conductive portion 402 enters between the portion 22 and the portion 22. Then, as shown in FIG. 26, one end of the second conductive portion 402 (the right end of FIG. 26) comes into contact (opposite) with the opened first electric circuit portion 21, and the other end of the second conductive portion 402 (FIG. 26). (Left end) comes into contact with (opposites) the opened second electric circuit portion 22. Therefore, the current flowing through the first conductive portion 401 will flow through the second conductive portion 402. That is, the operation pin 8I is driven by the gas generator 70 and moves to conduct the first electric circuit portion 21 and the second electric circuit portion 22 via the first conductive portion 401, and then the first electric circuit portion. The 21 and the second electric circuit portion 22 are made conductive via the second conductive portion 402.
　第２導電部４０２の電気抵抗は、第１導電部４０１の電気抵抗と異なっている。そのため、第１端子２１１と第２端子２２１との間の電気抵抗は、第１電路部２１と第２電路部２２とが第２導電部４０２を介して導通する場合（図２６参照）と、第１電路部２１と第２電路部２２とが第１導電部４０１を介して導通する場合（図２５参照）とで、互いに異なっている。より詳細には、第２導電部４０２の電気抵抗は、第１導電部４０１の電気抵抗よりも大きい。そのため、第１端子２１１と第２端子２２１との間の電気抵抗は、第１電路部２１と第２電路部２２とが第２導電部４０２を介して導通する場合（図２６参照）の方が、第１電路部２１と第２電路部２２とが第１導電部４０１を介して導通する場合（図２５参照）よりも大きい。これにより、第１電路部２１と第２電路部２２との間に流れる電流は、第１電路部２１と第２電路部２２とが第２導電部４０２を介して接続されているときの方が、第１導電部４０１を介して接続されているときよりも小さくなる。 The electrical resistance of the second conductive portion 402 is different from the electrical resistance of the first conductive portion 401. Therefore, the electrical resistance between the first terminal 211 and the second terminal 221 is different when the first electric circuit portion 21 and the second electric circuit portion 22 are conducted via the second conductive portion 402 (see FIG. 26). The case where the first electric circuit portion 21 and the second electric circuit portion 22 conduct with each other via the first conductive portion 401 (see FIG. 25) is different from each other. More specifically, the electrical resistance of the second conductive portion 402 is larger than the electrical resistance of the first conductive portion 401. Therefore, the electrical resistance between the first terminal 211 and the second terminal 221 is in the case where the first electric circuit portion 21 and the second electric circuit portion 22 are conducted via the second conductive portion 402 (see FIG. 26). However, it is larger than the case where the first electric circuit portion 21 and the second electric circuit portion 22 conduct with each other via the first conductive portion 401 (see FIG. 25). As a result, the current flowing between the first electric circuit portion 21 and the second electric circuit portion 22 is the one when the first electric circuit portion 21 and the second electric circuit portion 22 are connected via the second conductive portion 402. However, it is smaller than when it is connected via the first conductive portion 401.
　動作ピン８Ｉが更に移動すると、開離された第１電路部２１と第２電路部２２との間から第２導電部４０２が離れる前に、開離された第１電路部２１と第２電路部２２との間に第３導電部４０３が入り込む。そして、図２７に示すように、第３導電部４０３の一端（図２７の右端）が、開離した第１電路部２１と接触（対向）し、第３導電部４０３の他端（図２７の左端）が、開離した第２電路部２２と接触（対向）する。そのため、第２導電部４０２を流れていた電流は、第３導電部４０３を流れることとなる。すなわち、動作ピン８Ｉは、ガス発生器７０によって駆動されて移動することで、第１電路部２１と第２電路部２２とを第２導電部４０２を介して導通させた後、第１電路部２１と第２電路部２２とを第３導電部４０３を介して導通させる。 When the operation pin 8I is further moved, the first electric circuit portion 21 and the second electric circuit portion that are separated before the second conductive portion 402 is separated from the separated first electric circuit portion 21 and the second electric circuit portion 22. The third conductive portion 403 is inserted between the portion 22 and the portion 22. Then, as shown in FIG. 27, one end of the third conductive portion 403 (the right end of FIG. 27) comes into contact with (opposite) the opened first electric circuit portion 21, and the other end of the third conductive portion 403 (FIG. 27). (Left end) comes into contact with (opposites) the opened second electric circuit portion 22. Therefore, the current flowing through the second conductive portion 402 will flow through the third conductive portion 403. That is, the operation pin 8I is driven by the gas generator 70 and moves to conduct the first electric circuit portion 21 and the second electric circuit portion 22 via the second conductive portion 402, and then the first electric circuit portion. The 21 and the second electric circuit portion 22 are made conductive via the third conductive portion 403.
　第３導電部４０３の電気抵抗は、第２導電部４０２の電気抵抗と異なっている。より詳細には、第３導電部４０３の電気抵抗は、第２導電部４０２の電気抵抗よりも大きい。そのため、第１端子２１１と第２端子２２１との間の電気抵抗は、第１電路部２１と第２電路部２２とが第３導電部４０３を介して導通する場合（図２７参照）の方が、第１電路部２１と第２電路部２２とが第２導電部４０２を介して導通する場合（図２６参照）よりも大きい。これにより、第１電路部２１と第２電路部２２との間に流れる電流は、第１電路部２１と第２電路部２２とが第３導電部４０３を介して接続されているときの方が、第２導電部４０２を介して接続されているときよりも小さくなる。 The electrical resistance of the third conductive portion 403 is different from the electrical resistance of the second conductive portion 402. More specifically, the electrical resistance of the third conductive portion 403 is larger than the electrical resistance of the second conductive portion 402. Therefore, the electrical resistance between the first terminal 211 and the second terminal 221 is in the case where the first electric circuit portion 21 and the second electric circuit portion 22 conduct with each other via the third conductive portion 403 (see FIG. 27). However, it is larger than the case where the first electric circuit portion 21 and the second electric circuit portion 22 conduct with each other via the second conductive portion 402 (see FIG. 26). As a result, the current flowing between the first electric circuit portion 21 and the second electric circuit portion 22 is the one when the first electric circuit portion 21 and the second electric circuit portion 22 are connected via the third conductive portion 403. Is smaller than when connected via the second conductive portion 402.
　このように、第１電路部２１と第２電路部２２との間を、第１導電部４０１、第２導電部４０２、第３導電部４０３の順で順番に接続していくことで、第１電路部２１と第２電路部２２との間に流れる電流を、徐々に小さくすることができる。 In this way, by connecting the first electric circuit portion 21 and the second electric circuit portion 22 in this order, the first conductive portion 401, the second conductive portion 402, and the third conductive portion 403 are connected in this order. The current flowing between the first electric circuit portion 21 and the second electric circuit portion 22 can be gradually reduced.
　ここで、第１増加量は、第２増加量と異なっていることが好ましい。第１増加量は、第１導電部４０１を介して第１電路部２１と第２電路部２２とを導通する場合の電気抵抗から、第２導電部４０２を介して第１電路部２１と第２電路部２２とを導通する場合の電気抵抗への増加量である。第２増加量は、第２導電部４０２を介して第１電路部２１と第２電路部２２とを導通する場合の電気抵抗から、第３導電部４０３を介して第１電路部２１と第２電路部２２とを導通する場合の電気抵抗への増加量である。 Here, it is preferable that the first increase amount is different from the second increase amount. The first increase amount is based on the electrical resistance when the first electric circuit portion 21 and the second electric circuit portion 22 are conducted through the first conductive portion 401, and the first electric circuit portion 21 and the first electric circuit portion 21 and the second through the second conductive portion 402. 2 This is the amount of increase in electrical resistance when conducting with the electric circuit portion 22. The second increase amount is derived from the electrical resistance when the first electric circuit portion 21 and the second electric circuit portion 22 are conducted via the second conductive portion 402, and the first electric circuit portion 21 and the second increase amount via the third conductive portion 403. 2 This is the amount of increase in electrical resistance when conducting with the electric circuit portion 22.
　同様にして、動作ピン８Ｉが更に移動するにつれて、開離された第１電路部２１と第２電路部２２との間に、第４導電部４０４が入り込み、その後第５導電部４０５が入り込む。これにより、第１電路部２１と第２電路部２２との間に流れる電流が、さらに減少する。 Similarly, as the operation pin 8I further moves, the fourth conductive portion 404 enters between the opened first electric circuit portion 21 and the second electric circuit portion 22, and then the fifth conductive portion 405 enters. As a result, the current flowing between the first electric circuit portion 21 and the second electric circuit portion 22 is further reduced.
　そして、動作ピン８Ｉが進んだ距離が所定距離（第３電路部２３の厚さと、複数の導電部の上端と下端との間の寸法と、の合計に相当する距離）を超えると、複数の導電部が第１電路部２１から離れる。また、動作ピン８が進んだ距離が所定距離（第３電路部２３の厚さと、複数の導電部の上端と下端との間の寸法と、の合計に相当する距離）を超えると、複数の導電部が第２電路部２２から離れる。そして、動作ピン８Ｉの絶縁部５Ｉが、開離した第１電路部２１と第２電路部２２との間に移動する。これにより、第１電路部２１と第２電路部２２との間が、絶縁部５Ｉによって絶縁される（図２８参照）。すなわち、絶縁部５Ｉは、複数の導電部（第１導電部４０１～第５導電部４０５）が、第１電路部２１と第２電路部２２とのうちの少なくとも一方から離れた後、第１電路部２１と第２電路部２２との間を絶縁する。 Then, when the distance traveled by the operation pin 8I exceeds a predetermined distance (a distance corresponding to the sum of the thickness of the third electric circuit portion 23 and the dimension between the upper end and the lower end of the plurality of conductive portions), a plurality of distances are obtained. The conductive portion separates from the first electric circuit portion 21. Further, when the distance traveled by the operation pin 8 exceeds a predetermined distance (a distance corresponding to the total of the thickness of the third electric circuit portion 23 and the dimension between the upper end and the lower end of the plurality of conductive portions), a plurality of distances are provided. The conductive portion separates from the second electric circuit portion 22. Then, the insulating portion 5I of the operation pin 8I moves between the opened first electric circuit portion 21 and the second electric circuit portion 22. As a result, the first electric circuit portion 21 and the second electric circuit portion 22 are insulated by the insulating portion 5I (see FIG. 28). That is, in the insulating portion 5I, the first conductive portion (first conductive portion 401 to fifth conductive portion 405) is separated from at least one of the first electric circuit portion 21 and the second electric circuit portion 22. Insulate between the electric circuit portion 21 and the second electric circuit portion 22.
　このように、本変形例の遮断装置１Ｉでは、第１電路部２１と第２電路部２２とは、第１導電部４０１を介して導通され、その後第２導電部４０２を介して導通された後に、絶縁される。すなわち、第１電路部２１と第２電路部２２との間に流れる電流は、第１導電部４０１を通って流れることによってその大きさが小さくなり、第２導電部４０２を通って流れることによってその大きさが更に小さくなった後に、絶縁部５Ｉによって遮断される。これにより、第２導電部４０２が無い場合に比べて、絶縁部５Ｉによって遮断される時点での電流の大きさが小さくなる。その結果、本変形例の遮断装置１Ｉによれば、第１電路部２１と第２電路部２２とを絶縁する際のアークの発生を抑制することが可能となる。また、アークの発生が抑制されることにより、発生するアークのエネルギーを小さくすることができる。そのため、アークのエネルギーを内部に閉じ込めるための緩和空間Ｓ２の容積を小さくすることが可能となる。また、アークのエネルギーを内部に閉じ込めるための筐体９Ｉの壁の厚さを薄くすることが可能となる。その結果、遮断性能の向上と遮断装置１Ｉの小型化が可能となる。 As described above, in the blocking device 1I of the present modification, the first electric circuit portion 21 and the second electric circuit portion 22 are conducted through the first conductive portion 401 and then through the second conductive portion 402. Later, it will be insulated. That is, the current flowing between the first electric circuit portion 21 and the second electric circuit portion 22 is reduced in magnitude by flowing through the first conductive portion 401, and by flowing through the second conductive portion 402. After its size is further reduced, it is blocked by the insulating portion 5I. As a result, the magnitude of the current at the time of interruption by the insulating portion 5I becomes smaller than that in the case where the second conductive portion 402 is not provided. As a result, according to the blocking device 1I of the present modification, it is possible to suppress the generation of an arc when insulating the first electric circuit portion 21 and the second electric circuit portion 22. Further, by suppressing the generation of the arc, the energy of the generated arc can be reduced. Therefore, it is possible to reduce the volume of the relaxation space S2 for confining the arc energy inside. Further, it is possible to reduce the thickness of the wall of the housing 9I for confining the energy of the arc inside. As a result, the breaking performance can be improved and the breaking device 1I can be downsized.
　また、本変形例の遮断装置１Ｉでは、第１電路部２１と第２電路部２２とは、第２導電部４０２を介して導通された後、第３導電部４０３を介して導通された後に、絶縁部５Ｉによって絶縁される。これにより、第１電路部２１と第２電路部２２との間に流れる電流は、第３導電部４０３を通って流れることによってその大きさが更に小さくなった後に、絶縁部５Ｉによって遮断される。これにより、絶縁部５Ｉによって遮断される時点での電流の大きさが更に小さくなり、第１電路部２１と第２電路部２２とを絶縁する際のアークの発生を抑制することが可能となる。 Further, in the blocking device 1I of the present modification, the first electric circuit portion 21 and the second electric circuit portion 22 are conducted through the second conductive portion 402 and then through the third conductive portion 403. , Insulated by the insulating portion 5I. As a result, the current flowing between the first electric circuit portion 21 and the second electric circuit portion 22 is cut off by the insulating portion 5I after its magnitude is further reduced by flowing through the third conductive portion 403. .. As a result, the magnitude of the current at the time of being cut off by the insulating portion 5I is further reduced, and it is possible to suppress the generation of an arc when insulating the first electric circuit portion 21 and the second electric circuit portion 22. ..
　（２．１０）変形例１０
　本変形例の遮断装置１Ｊについて、図２９を参照して説明する。本変形例の遮断装置１Ｊにおいて、変形例９の遮断装置１Ｉと同様の構成については、同一の符号を付して適宜説明を省略する。 (2.10) Modification 10
The blocking device 1J of this modification will be described with reference to FIG. 29. In the blocking device 1J of the present modification, the same configurations as those of the blocking device 1I of the modification 9 are designated by the same reference numerals, and the description thereof will be omitted as appropriate.
　本変形例の遮断装置１Ｊの動作ピン８Ｊは、図２９に示すように、複数の導電部（第１導電部４０１Ｊ（導電部４Ｊ）～第５導電部４０５Ｊ）と、絶縁部５Ｊと、を備えている。 As shown in FIG. 29, the operation pin 8J of the breaking device 1J of this modification includes a plurality of conductive portions (first conductive portion 401J (conductive portion 4J) to fifth conductive portion 405J) and an insulating portion 5J. I have.
　本変形例の遮断装置１Ｊの第１導電部４０１Ｊ～第５導電部４０５Ｊの径は、変形例９の遮断装置１Ｉの第１導電部４０１～第５導電部４０５の径よりも大きい。 The diameter of the first conductive portion 401J to the fifth conductive portion 405J of the blocking device 1J of this modified example is larger than the diameter of the first conductive portion 401 to the fifth conductive portion 405 of the blocking device 1I of the modified example 9.
　第１導電部４０１Ｊと第２導電部４０２Ｊとの間には、介在部５３Ｊがある。ここでは、第１導電部４０１Ｊと第２導電部４０２Ｊとの間の介在部５３Ｊの上下方向の寸法は、境界部分２４０における導電部材２の上下方向の寸法（導電部材２の厚さと溝２４の深さとの差分）と、略等しい。そのため、動作ピン８Ｊが移動する際に、開離された第１電路部２１と第２電路部２２との間から第１導電部４０１Ｊが離れる前に、開離された第１電路部２１と第２電路部２２との間に第２導電部４０２Ｊが入り込みやすくなる。 There is an intervening portion 53J between the first conductive portion 401J and the second conductive portion 402J. Here, the vertical dimension of the intervening portion 53J between the first conductive portion 401J and the second conductive portion 402J is the vertical dimension of the conductive member 2 at the boundary portion 240 (the thickness of the conductive member 2 and the groove 24). Difference from depth) is almost equal to. Therefore, when the operation pin 8J moves, the first conductive portion 401J is separated from the separated first electric circuit portion 21 and the second electric circuit portion 22 before the first conductive portion 401J is separated from the separated first electric circuit portion 21. The second conductive portion 402J easily enters between the second electric circuit portion 22 and the second electric circuit portion 22.
　本変形例の遮断装置１Ｊでも、複数の導電部（第１導電部４０１Ｊ～第５導電部４０５Ｊ）と絶縁部５Ｊとを備えていることにより、第１電路部２１と第２電路部２２とを開離させる際のアークの発生を抑制することが可能となる。 Even in the blocking device 1J of this modified example, since a plurality of conductive portions (first conductive portion 401J to fifth conductive portion 405J) and an insulating portion 5J are provided, the first electric circuit portion 21 and the second electric circuit portion 22 are provided. It is possible to suppress the generation of an arc when the circuit is opened.
　（２．１１）変形例１１
　本変形例の遮断装置１Ｋについて、図３０、図３１を参照して説明する。本変形例の遮断装置１Ｋにおいて、変形例９の遮断装置１Ｉと同様の構成については、同一の符号を付して適宜説明を省略する。 (2.11) Modification 11
The blocking device 1K of this modification will be described with reference to FIGS. 30 and 31. In the blocking device 1K of the present modification, the same configurations as those of the blocking device 1I of the modification 9 are designated by the same reference numerals, and the description thereof will be omitted as appropriate.
　図３０に示すように、筐体９Ｋは、第１ボディ９２Ｋと、第１カバー９３Ｋと、キャップ９４Ｋと、第２ボディ９８Ｋと、を備えている。 As shown in FIG. 30, the housing 9K includes a first body 92K, a first cover 93K, a cap 94K, and a second body 98K.
　第１ボディ９２Ｋは、断面円形状の貫通孔９２０Ｋと、上面が開口し円筒面状の内周面を有する凹所９２１Ｋと、を有する箱状である。第１カバー９３Ｋは、円筒状であって、下面が開口した円筒面状の内周面を有する凹所９３０Ｋを有している。第１カバー９３Ｋは、その上端に、駆動機構７のガス発生器７０を収容するための円筒状の収容壁９３２Ｋを備えている。第１カバー９３Ｋは、その外周面が第１ボディ９２Ｋの凹所９２１Ｋの内周面と対向するように、第１ボディ９２Ｋに嵌め込まれる。第１カバー９３Ｋの凹所９３０Ｋの内部空間、及び第１ボディ９２Ｋの貫通孔９２０Ｋ内に、動作ピン８Ｋが配置される。 The first body 92K has a box shape having a through hole 920K having a circular cross section and a recess 921K having an open upper surface and a cylindrical inner peripheral surface. The first cover 93K has a concave portion 930K which is cylindrical and has a cylindrical inner peripheral surface having an open lower surface. The first cover 93K is provided with a cylindrical accommodating wall 932K at its upper end for accommodating the gas generator 70 of the drive mechanism 7. The first cover 93K is fitted into the first body 92K so that its outer peripheral surface faces the inner peripheral surface of the recess 921K of the first body 92K. The operation pin 8K is arranged in the internal space of the recess 930K of the first cover 93K and the through hole 920K of the first body 92K.
　キャップ９４Ｋは、第１ボディ９２Ｋの上面と第１カバー９３Ｋの上面とを覆うように、第１ボディ９２Ｋ及び第１カバー９３Ｋに取り付けられる。第１ボディ９２Ｋとキャップ９４Ｋとの間に、オーリング６２Ｋが配置される。 The cap 94K is attached to the first body 92K and the first cover 93K so as to cover the upper surface of the first body 92K and the upper surface of the first cover 93K. An O-ring 62K is arranged between the first body 92K and the cap 94K.
　第２ボディ９８Ｋは、その上面の中央に、断面円形状の凹所９８０Ｋを有している。凹所９８０Ｋの径は、貫通孔９２０Ｋの径と略同じである。 The second body 98K has a recess 980K having a circular cross section in the center of the upper surface thereof. The diameter of the recess 980K is substantially the same as the diameter of the through hole 920K.
　第１ボディ９２Ｋと第２カバー９９Ｋとに挟まれるように、導電部材２Ｋが配置されている。図３１に示すように、導電部材２Ｋは、それぞれ板状の第１電路部２１Ｋ及び第２電路部２２Ｋと、第１電路部２１Ｋと第２電路部２２Ｋとをつなぐ第３電路部（分離部）２３Ｋと、を有する。第３電路部２３Ｋの幅は、第１電路部２１Ｋの幅及び第２電路部２２Ｋの幅よりも小さい。第１電路部２１Ｋと第３電路部２３Ｋとの間、及び第２電路部２２Ｋと第３電路部２３Ｋとの間には、部分円筒状の溝２４Ｋが形成されている。 The conductive member 2K is arranged so as to be sandwiched between the first body 92K and the second cover 99K. As shown in FIG. 31, the conductive member 2K is a third electric circuit portion (separation portion) that connects the plate-shaped first electric circuit portion 21K and the second electric circuit portion 22K, and the first electric circuit portion 21K and the second electric circuit portion 22K, respectively. ) 23K and. The width of the third electric circuit portion 23K is smaller than the width of the first electric circuit portion 21K and the width of the second electric circuit portion 22K. A partially cylindrical groove 24K is formed between the first electric circuit portion 21K and the third electric circuit portion 23K, and between the second electric circuit portion 22K and the third electric circuit portion 23K.
　ガス発生器７０は、第１カバー９３Ｋの収容壁９３２Ｋで囲まれた空間内に配置される。ガス発生器７０と第１カバー９３Ｋとの間に、オーリング６４Ｋが配置される。 The gas generator 70 is arranged in a space surrounded by a storage wall 932K of the first cover 93K. An O-ring 64K is arranged between the gas generator 70 and the first cover 93K.
　遮断装置１Ｋは、複数の導電部と絶縁部５Ｋを含む動作ピン８Ｋを備えている。絶縁部５Ｋは、動作ピン８Ｋの一部である。動作ピン８Ｋの主体は絶縁部５Ｋによって構成されている。また、遮断装置１Ｋは、複数の導電部を保持する保持キャップ（保持部）８０Ｋを備えている。ここでは、複数の導電部及び保持キャップ８０Ｋは、動作ピン８Ｋの一部である。すなわち動作ピン８Ｋは、図３１に示すように、複数の導電部と絶縁部５Ｋとを備えている。複数の導電部は、第１導電部４０１Ｋ（導電部４Ｋ）と第２導電部４０２Ｋとを含んでいる。第１導電部４０１Ｋと第２導電部４０２Ｋとは、動作ピン８Ｋが移動する移動方向（上下方向）に並んでいる。ただし、保持キャップ８０Ｋ及び複数の導電部は、動作ピン８Ｋとは別部材とみなしてもよい。 The blocking device 1K includes an operating pin 8K including a plurality of conductive portions and an insulating portion 5K. The insulating portion 5K is a part of the operating pin 8K. The main body of the operation pin 8K is composed of an insulating portion 5K. Further, the blocking device 1K includes a holding cap (holding portion) 80K for holding a plurality of conductive portions. Here, the plurality of conductive portions and the holding cap 80K are a part of the operating pin 8K. That is, as shown in FIG. 31, the operation pin 8K includes a plurality of conductive portions and an insulating portion 5K. The plurality of conductive portions include a first conductive portion 401K (conductive portion 4K) and a second conductive portion 402K. The first conductive portion 401K and the second conductive portion 402K are aligned in the moving direction (vertical direction) in which the operation pin 8K moves. However, the holding cap 80K and the plurality of conductive portions may be regarded as separate members from the operating pin 8K.
　絶縁部５Ｋ（動作ピン８Ｋを構成する部材）は、円柱状である。絶縁部５Ｋの上端の外縁には、絶縁部５Ｋの周方向に沿った円環形の溝５１Ｋが形成されている。溝５１Ｋには、オーリング６５Ｋが嵌め込まれる。また、絶縁部５Ｋの下端には、円柱状の凹所が形成されている。凹所には、保持キャップ８０Ｋ（後述）の本体部が嵌め込まれる。 The insulating portion 5K (member constituting the operation pin 8K) is cylindrical. An annular groove 51K along the circumferential direction of the insulating portion 5K is formed on the outer edge of the upper end of the insulating portion 5K. An O-ring 65K is fitted in the groove 51K. Further, a columnar recess is formed at the lower end of the insulating portion 5K. The main body of the holding cap 80K (described later) is fitted in the recess.
　第１導電部４０１Ｋは、左右に長い円柱状（ピン状）である。 The first conductive portion 401K is a long columnar (pin-shaped) to the left and right.
　第２導電部４０２Ｋは、第１部分４１２Ｋと、第２部分４２２Ｋと、第３部分４３２Ｋと、を備えている。 The second conductive portion 402K includes a first portion 412K, a second portion 422K, and a third portion 432K.
　第１部分４１２Ｋ及び第２部分４２２Ｋは、左右に長い円柱状（ピン状）である。第１部分４１２Ｋは、開離した第１電路部２１Ｋに対向する。第２部分４２２Ｋは、開離した第２電路部２２Ｋに対向する。 The first part 412K and the second part 422K are long cylindrical (pin-shaped) to the left and right. The first portion 412K faces the opened first electric circuit portion 21K. The second portion 422K faces the opened second electric circuit portion 22K.
　第３部分４３２Ｋは、第１部分４１２Ｋと第２部分４２２Ｋとを電気的に接続する。第３部分４３２Ｋは、複数の折れ曲った部分を有している。より詳細には、第３部分４３２Ｋは、第１部分４１２Ｋの左端につながり上方に延びる直線状部と、直線状部の上端から左方に延びて逆Ｓ字状の部分を含む湾曲部と、湾曲部の左端から下方に延びて第２部分４２２Ｋにつながる直線状部と、を有する。すなわち、第３部分４３２Ｋは、第３部分４３２Ｋの両端を結ぶ直線距離よりも長い電流経路を有している。 The third part 432K electrically connects the first part 412K and the second part 422K. The third portion 432K has a plurality of bent portions. More specifically, the third portion 432K includes a linear portion connected to the left end of the first portion 412K and extending upward, and a curved portion extending leftward from the upper end of the linear portion and including an inverted S-shaped portion. It has a linear portion extending downward from the left end of the curved portion and connecting to the second portion 422K. That is, the third portion 432K has a current path longer than the linear distance connecting both ends of the third portion 432K.
　保持キャップ８０Ｋは、電気絶縁性である。保持キャップ８０Ｋは、円柱状の本体部と鍔部とを有している。保持キャップ８０Ｋは、第１導電部４０１Ｋが差し込まれる第１貫通孔５０１Ｋと、第２導電部４０２Ｋが差し込まれる第２貫通孔５０２Ｋと、を有している。第１貫通孔５０１Ｋは、保持キャップ８０Ｋの鍔部に形成されている。第２貫通孔５０２Ｋは、保持キャップ８０Ｋの本体部に形成されている。なお、第２貫通孔５０２Ｋの上端は切り欠かれており、第２貫通孔５０２Ｋの内面は保持キャップ８０Ｋの上面とつながっている。言い換えれば、第２貫通孔５０２Ｋは、保持キャップ８０Ｋの上面に形成された凹所である。 The holding cap 80K is electrically insulating. The holding cap 80K has a columnar main body portion and a flange portion. The holding cap 80K has a first through hole 501K into which the first conductive portion 401K is inserted and a second through hole 502K into which the second conductive portion 402K is inserted. The first through hole 501K is formed in the collar portion of the holding cap 80K. The second through hole 502K is formed in the main body of the holding cap 80K. The upper end of the second through hole 502K is notched, and the inner surface of the second through hole 502K is connected to the upper surface of the holding cap 80K. In other words, the second through hole 502K is a recess formed on the upper surface of the holding cap 80K.
　保持キャップ８０Ｋの第１貫通孔５０１Ｋ及び第２貫通孔５０２Ｋに第１導電部４０１Ｋ及び第２導電部４０２Ｋをそれぞれ配置し、保持キャップ８０Ｋの本体部を絶縁部５Ｋの凹所に収容することで、第２導電部４０２Ｋが絶縁部５Ｋ内に配置される。 By arranging the first conductive portion 401K and the second conductive portion 402K in the first through hole 501K and the second through hole 502K of the holding cap 80K, respectively, and accommodating the main body portion of the holding cap 80K in the recess of the insulating portion 5K. , The second conductive portion 402K is arranged in the insulating portion 5K.
　第１導電部４０１Ｋと第２導電部４０２Ｋとは、材料が異なっていてもよい。例えば、第２導電部４０２Ｋの材料は、第１導電部４０１Ｋの材料よりも比抵抗が大きい。 The materials of the first conductive portion 401K and the second conductive portion 402K may be different. For example, the material of the second conductive portion 402K has a higher specific resistance than the material of the first conductive portion 401K.
　第１導電部４０１Ｋと第２導電部４０２Ｋとは、径が互いに異なっていてもよい。例えば、第１導電部４０１Ｋと第２導電部４０２Ｋとは、動作ピン８Ｋの移動方向における幅（上下方向の寸法）が、互いに異なっている。なお、第１導電部４０１Ｋまたは第２導電部４０２Ｋの径は、導電部の経路において一定でなくともよい。 The diameters of the first conductive portion 401K and the second conductive portion 402K may be different from each other. For example, the width (vertical dimension) of the operation pin 8K in the moving direction of the first conductive portion 401K and the second conductive portion 402K is different from each other. The diameter of the first conductive portion 401K or the second conductive portion 402K does not have to be constant in the path of the conductive portion.
　また、第１端子２１１と第２端子２２１との間に流れる電流の経路長は、第２導電部４０２Ｋを介して第１電路部２１Ｋと第２電路部２２Ｋとが導通する場合と、第１導電部４０１Ｋを介して第１電路部２１Ｋと第２電路部２２Ｋとが導通する場合とで、異なっている。例えば、第１端子２１１と第２端子２２１との間に流れる電流の経路長は、第２導電部４０２Ｋを介して第１電路部２１Ｋと第２電路部２２Ｋとが導通する場合の方が、第１導電部４０１Ｋを介して第１電路部２１Ｋと第２電路部２２Ｋとが導通する場合よりも、長い。 Further, the path length of the current flowing between the first terminal 211 and the second terminal 221 is the case where the first electric circuit portion 21K and the second electric circuit portion 22K are conductive via the second conductive portion 402K, and the first. It is different in the case where the first electric circuit portion 21K and the second electric circuit portion 22K are electrically connected via the conductive portion 401K. For example, the path length of the current flowing between the first terminal 211 and the second terminal 221 is better when the first electric circuit portion 21K and the second electric circuit portion 22K are conductive via the second conductive portion 402K. It is longer than the case where the first electric circuit portion 21K and the second electric circuit portion 22K are electrically connected via the first conductive portion 401K.
　また、本変形例の遮断装置１Ｋでは、開離した第１電路部２１Ｋと対向する位置における、第１導電部４０１Ｋと第２導電部４０２Ｋとの間の介在部５３Ｋの上下方向の寸法が、導電部材２の厚さと略等しくなっている。すなわち、動作ピン８Ｋがガス発生器７０によって駆動されて移動すると、第１導電部４０１Ｋの端部が第１電路部２１Ｋと対向した後、第１導電部４０１Ｋの端部が第１電路部２１Ｋから離れると、第２導電部４０２Ｋの端部が第１電路部２１Ｋと対向する。なお、第１電路部２１Ｋに対向する側の第１導電部４０１Ｋの端部と第２導電部４０２Ｋの端部との面積が異なっていてもよい。 Further, in the blocking device 1K of the present modification, the vertical dimension of the intervening portion 53K between the first conductive portion 401K and the second conductive portion 402K at the position facing the opened first electric circuit portion 21K is determined. It is substantially equal to the thickness of the conductive member 2. That is, when the operation pin 8K is driven by the gas generator 70 and moves, the end of the first conductive portion 401K faces the first electric circuit portion 21K, and then the end of the first conductive portion 401K becomes the first electric circuit portion 21K. The end of the second conductive portion 402K faces the first electric circuit portion 21K. The areas of the end of the first conductive portion 401K and the end of the second conductive portion 402K on the side facing the first electric circuit portion 21K may be different.
　本変形例の遮断装置１Ｋでも、複数の導電部（第１導電部４０１Ｋ及び第２導電部４０２Ｋ）と絶縁部５Ｋとを備えていることにより、第１電路部２１Ｋと第２電路部２２Ｋとを開離させる際のアークの発生を抑制することが可能となる。 Even in the blocking device 1K of this modified example, since a plurality of conductive portions (first conductive portion 401K and second conductive portion 402K) and an insulating portion 5K are provided, the first electric circuit portion 21K and the second electric circuit portion 22K are provided. It is possible to suppress the generation of an arc when the circuit is opened.
　（２．１２）変形例１２
　本変形例の遮断装置１Ｌについて、図３２を参照して説明する。 (2.12) Modification 12
The blocking device 1L of this modification will be described with reference to FIG.
　本変形例の遮断装置１Ｌは、基本例の遮断装置１とは異なる形状の動作ピン８Ｌを備えている。本変形例の遮断装置１Ｌにおいて、基本例の遮断装置１と同様の構成については、同一の符号を付して適宜説明を省略する。 The breaking device 1L of this modified example includes an operation pin 8L having a shape different from that of the breaking device 1 of the basic example. In the blocking device 1L of the present modification, the same components as those of the blocking device 1 of the basic example are designated by the same reference numerals, and description thereof will be omitted as appropriate.
　図３２に示すように、本変形例の遮断装置１Ｌの動作ピン８Ｌは、先端部８１Ｌと、中間部８２Ｌ（導電部４Ｌ）と、消弧部材３０と、絶縁部８３Ｌ（絶縁部５Ｌ）と、を有している。動作ピン８Ｌの先端側から順に、先端部８１Ｌ、中間部８２Ｌ、消弧部材３０、絶縁部８３Ｌの順に並んでいる。先端部８１Ｌは、例えば、タングステンを材料として形成されている。中間部８２Ｌは、例えば、シリコン等の半導体を材料として形成されている。先端部８１Ｌは、中間部８２Ｌと比較して電気抵抗が大きい。絶縁部８３Ｌは、例えば、合成樹脂を材料として形成されている。絶縁部８３Ｌは、電気絶縁性を有している。 As shown in FIG. 32, the operation pins 8L of the breaking device 1L of this modified example include a tip portion 81L, an intermediate portion 82L (conductive portion 4L), an arc extinguishing member 30, and an insulating portion 83L (insulating portion 5L). ,have. The tip portion 81L, the intermediate portion 82L, the arc extinguishing member 30, and the insulating portion 83L are arranged in this order from the tip side of the operation pin 8L. The tip portion 81L is formed of, for example, tungsten. The intermediate portion 82L is formed of, for example, a semiconductor such as silicon. The tip portion 81L has a larger electrical resistance than the intermediate portion 82L. The insulating portion 83L is formed of, for example, a synthetic resin as a material. The insulating portion 83L has electrical insulation.
　中間部８２Ｌは、先端部８１Ｌと消弧部材３０との間に配置され、先端部８１Ｌよりも電気抵抗が小さい。また、絶縁部８３Ｌは、消弧部材３０を基準として先端部８１Ｌ側とは反対側に位置しており、消弧部材３０よりも電気絶縁性が高い。 The intermediate portion 82L is arranged between the tip portion 81L and the arc extinguishing member 30, and has a smaller electrical resistance than the tip portion 81L. Further, the insulating portion 83L is located on the side opposite to the tip portion 81L side with respect to the arc extinguishing member 30, and has higher electrical insulation than the arc extinguishing member 30.
　ガス発生器７０（図１参照）で発生したガスの圧力により動作ピン８Ｌが駆動されると、動作ピン８Ｌに押されることにより、第１電路部２１及び第２電路部２２から第３電路部２３が切り離される。そして、第１電路部２１と第２電路部２２との間には、動作ピン８Ｌの先端部８１Ｌ、中間部８２Ｌ、消弧部材３０、絶縁部８３Ｌがこの順に挿入される。動作ピン８Ｌが進みきった状態では、絶縁部８３Ｌは、第１電路部２１と第２電路部２２との間に配置される。 When the operating pin 8L is driven by the pressure of the gas generated by the gas generator 70 (see FIG. 1), it is pushed by the operating pin 8L, so that the first electric circuit portion 21 and the second electric circuit portion 22 to the third electric circuit portion 23 is separated. Then, between the first electric path portion 21 and the second electric path portion 22, the tip portion 81L, the intermediate portion 82L, the arc extinguishing member 30, and the insulating portion 83L of the operation pin 8L are inserted in this order. In the state where the operation pin 8L is fully advanced, the insulating portion 83L is arranged between the first electric circuit portion 21 and the second electric circuit portion 22.
　第１電路部２１と第２電路部２２との間に発生するアークには、電気抵抗が比較的大きい先端部８１Ｌが先にアークに接して、電気抵抗が比較的小さい中間部８２Ｌが後からアークに接する。そのため、最初に中間部８２Ｌがアークに接する場合と比較して、アーク放電のエネルギーを抑えることができ、また、アーク電流を段階的に小さくしていくことができる。段階的にアーク電流が小さくなってから、消弧部材３０がアークを遮断し、その後、絶縁部８３Ｌが第１電路部２１と第２電路部２２との間を電気的に絶縁する。動作ピン８Ｌをこのような構造にすることで、導電部材２を含む電路の遮断性能を向上させることができる。 In the arc generated between the first electric circuit portion 21 and the second electric circuit portion 22, the tip portion 81L having a relatively large electric resistance comes into contact with the arc first, and the intermediate portion 82L having a relatively small electric resistance comes later. It touches the arc. Therefore, the energy of the arc discharge can be suppressed and the arc current can be gradually reduced as compared with the case where the intermediate portion 82L first comes into contact with the arc. After the arc current is gradually reduced, the arc extinguishing member 30 cuts off the arc, and then the insulating portion 83L electrically insulates between the first electric circuit portion 21 and the second electric circuit portion 22. By forming the operation pin 8L in such a structure, it is possible to improve the blocking performance of the electric circuit including the conductive member 2.
　（２．１３）その他の変形例
　遮断装置１，１Ａ～１Ｃ，１Ｆ～１Ｌにおいて、動作ピン８，８Ａ～８Ｃ，８Ｆ～８Ｌの形状は円柱状に限られず、任意の多角柱状であってもよい。導電部材２，２Ｂ，２Ｅ，２Ｋの溝２４，２４Ｂ，２４Ｅ，２４Ｋは、動作ピン８，８Ａ～８Ｃ，８Ｅ～８Ｌの形状に沿った形状であることが好ましい。遮断装置１Ｄにおいて、動作ピン８Ｄの形状は図示の形状に限られない。 (2.13) Other Modifications In the blocking devices 1, 1A to 1C, 1F to 1L, the shapes of the operation pins 8, 8A to 8C, 8F to 8L are not limited to the columnar shape, and may be any polygonal columnar shape. Good. The grooves 24, 24B, 24E, 24K of the conductive members 2, 2B, 2E, 2K preferably have a shape that follows the shapes of the operation pins 8, 8A to 8C, 8E to 8L. In the blocking device 1D, the shape of the operation pin 8D is not limited to the shape shown in the figure.
　導電部４，４Ａ～４Ｌ及び／又は絶縁部５，５Ａ～５Ｌは、動作ピン８，８Ａ～８Ｌ（分離部を分離させる部位）の一部でなくてもよく、別部材であってもよい。 The conductive portions 4, 4A to 4L and / or the insulating portions 5, 5A to 5L may not be a part of the operation pins 8, 8A to 8L (the portion for separating the separation portion), and may be separate members. ..
　駆動機構７が駆動されていない場合、動作ピン８，８Ａ～８Ｃ，８Ｅ～８Ｌの一端（下端）は、導電部材２，２Ｂ，２Ｅ，２Ｋの第３電路部２３，２３Ｂ，２３Ｅ，２３Ｋに接触していてもよいし接触していなくてもよい。 When the drive mechanism 7 is not driven, one end (lower end) of the operation pins 8, 8A to 8C, 8E to 8L is connected to the third electric circuit portions 23, 23B, 23E, 23K of the conductive members 2, 2B, 2E, 2K. It may or may not be in contact.
　導電部材２，２Ｂ，２Ｅ，２Ｋの溝２４，２４Ｂ，２４Ｅ，２４Ｋは、導電部材２，２Ｂ，２Ｅ，２Ｋの第１の面Ｆ１に代えて／加えて、第２の面Ｆ２に形成されていてもよい。また、境界部分２４０は溝２４，２４Ｂ，２４Ｅ，２４Ｋによって規定されていなくてもよく、例えば、導電部材２，２Ｂ，２Ｅ，２Ｋの厚さ方向に貫通する１又は複数の孔によって規定されていてもよい。或いは、導電部材２，２Ｂ，２Ｅ，２Ｋの境界部分２４０が、他の部分とは異なる材料によって形成されていてもよい。 The grooves 24, 24B, 24E, 24K of the conductive members 2, 2B, 2E, 2K are formed on the second surface F2 in place of / in addition to the first surface F1 of the conductive members 2, 2B, 2E, 2K. You may be. Further, the boundary portion 240 does not have to be defined by the grooves 24, 24B, 24E, 24K, and is defined by, for example, one or a plurality of holes penetrating in the thickness direction of the conductive members 2, 2B, 2E, 2K. You may. Alternatively, the boundary portion 240 of the conductive members 2, 2B, 2E, and 2K may be formed of a material different from the other portions.
　遮断装置１，１Ａ～１Ｌは、発生したアークを引き延ばすための永久磁石を備えていてもよい。永久磁石は、例えば、筐体９，９Ｂ，９Ｄ，９Ｉの内部空間に配置されてもよいし、筐体９，９Ｂ，９Ｄ，９Ｉに埋め込まれていてもよい。 The breaking devices 1, 1A to 1L may be provided with a permanent magnet for extending the generated arc. The permanent magnet may be arranged in the internal space of the housings 9, 9B, 9D, 9I, or may be embedded in the housings 9, 9B, 9D, 9I, for example.
　遮断装置１，１Ａ～１Ｃ，１Ｅ～１Ｌは、緩和空間Ｓ２に配置された消弧体を備えていてもよい。遮断装置１Ｄは、筐体９Ｄの内部空間に配置された消弧体を備えていてもよい。消弧体は、消弧作用を有する部材である。消弧体は、水素貯蔵合金、ＳｉＣ、ＳｉＯ２、アルミナ、ＰＡ６、ＰＡ４６、ＰＡ６６等のポリアミド（ナイロン）、このポリアミドの樹脂に水酸化マグネシウム又はホウ酸マグネシウムを混合した材料、シリコン又は炭化ケイ素（ＳｉＣ）を含む部材、セラミック、ウール状の金属（金属繊維）等であってもよい。 The blocking devices 1, 1A to 1C and 1E to 1L may include an arc extinguishing body arranged in the relaxation space S2. The blocking device 1D may include an arc extinguishing body arranged in the internal space of the housing 9D. The arc-extinguishing body is a member having an arc-extinguishing action. The arc extinguishing body is a hydrogen storage alloy, a polyamide (nylon) such as SiC, SiO2, alumina, PA6, PA46, PA66, a material obtained by mixing magnesium hydroxide or magnesium borate with the resin of this polyamide, silicon or silicon carbide (SiC). ), Ceramic, wool-like metal (metal fiber), or the like.
　遮断装置１，１Ａ～１Ｃにおいて、導電部４，４Ａ～４Ｃの第２部分４２，４２Ａ～４２Ｃは、第１部分４１，４１Ａ～４１Ｃと同一の寸法及び形状でなくてもよい。例えば、第２部分４２，４２Ａ～４２Ｃは、第１部分４１，４１Ａ～４１Ｃと異なる高さを有していてもよい。 In the blocking devices 1, 1A to 1C, the second portions 42, 42A to 42C of the conductive portions 4, 4A to 4C do not have to have the same dimensions and shapes as the first portions 41, 41A to 41C. For example, the second portions 42, 42A to 42C may have different heights from the first portions 41, 41A to 41C.
　遮断装置１Ｉ～１Ｋにおいて、複数の導電部の形状は、ピン形状に限られず、例えば板状であってもよい。 In the blocking devices 1I to 1K, the shape of the plurality of conductive portions is not limited to the pin shape, and may be, for example, a plate shape.
　遮断装置１Ｉ～１Ｋにおいて、介在部（５３，５３Ｊ，５３Ｋ）が消弧部材であってもよい。 In the blocking devices 1I to 1K, the intervening portion (53, 53J, 53K) may be an arc extinguishing member.
　遮断装置１，１Ａ，１Ｉ，１Ｌの筐体９，９Ｉは、遮断装置１Ｂ，１Ｃの筐体９Ｂと同様の台部を備えていてもよい。 The housings 9 and 9I of the blocking devices 1, 1A, 1I and 1L may have the same base as the housing 9B of the blocking devices 1B and 1C.
　遮断装置１，１Ａ～１Ｃ，１Ｅ～１Ｌは、動作ピン８，８Ａ～８Ｃ，８Ｅ～８Ｌが導電部材２，２Ｂ，２Ｅ、２Ｋを押して破断させる構成に限らず、例えば別の部材を介して導電部材２，２Ｂ，２Ｅ、２Ｋを破断させてもよい。 The breaking devices 1, 1A to 1C, 1E to 1L are not limited to the configuration in which the operating pins 8, 8A to 8C, 8E to 8L push the conductive members 2, 2B, 2E, and 2K to break, and for example, via another member. The conductive members 2, 2B, 2E and 2K may be broken.
　遮断装置１Ｉ，１Ｊにおいて、第１導電部４０１，４０１Ｊ～第５導電部４０５，４０５Ｊの電気抵抗は、この順に大きくなっていなくてもよい。例えば、遮断装置１Ｉにおいて、第２導電部４０２の電気抵抗は、第１導電部４０１の電気抵抗より小さくてもよい。 In the blocking devices 1I and 1J, the electrical resistances of the first conductive portions 401 and 401J to the fifth conductive portions 405 and 405J do not have to increase in this order. For example, in the blocking device 1I, the electric resistance of the second conductive portion 402 may be smaller than the electric resistance of the first conductive portion 401.
　導電部４，４Ａ～４Ｌは、温度上昇に応じて抵抗値が変化するサーミスタを備えていてもよい。導電部４，４Ａ～４Ｌは、例えば、温度上昇に応じて抵抗値が増加するＰＴＣ（positive temperature coefficient）素子を備えていてもよい。この場合、第１電路部２１，２１Ｂ，２１Ｄ，２１Ｅ，２１Ｋと第２電路部２２，２２Ｂ，２２Ｄ，２２Ｅ，２２Ｋとの間に導電部４，４Ａ～４Ｌが移動して導電部４，４Ａ～４Ｌに電流が流れると、導電部４，４Ａ～４Ｌの温度が上昇する。これにより、導電部４，４Ａ～４Ｌの電気抵抗が上昇し、導電部４，４Ａ～４Ｌに流れる電流が徐々に小さくなる。そのため、絶縁部５，５Ａ～５Ｌによって第１電路部２１，２１Ｂ，２１Ｄ，２１Ｅ，２１Ｋと第２電路部２２，２２Ｂ，２２Ｄ，２２Ｅ，２２Ｋとを絶縁する際の、アークの発生を抑制することが可能となる。 The conductive portions 4, 4A to 4L may be provided with a thermistor whose resistance value changes as the temperature rises. The conductive portions 4, 4A to 4L may include, for example, a PTC (positive temperature coefficient) element whose resistance value increases as the temperature rises. In this case, the conductive portions 4, 4A to 4L move between the first electric circuit portions 21,21B, 21D, 21E, 21K and the second electric circuit portions 22, 22B, 22D, 22E, 22K, and the conductive portions 4, 4A When a current flows through ~ 4L, the temperature of the conductive parts 4, 4A ~ 4L rises. As a result, the electrical resistance of the conductive portions 4, 4A to 4L increases, and the current flowing through the conductive portions 4, 4A to 4L gradually decreases. Therefore, the generation of an arc when the first electric circuit portions 21,21B, 21D, 21E, 21K and the second electric circuit portions 22, 22B, 22D, 22E, 22K are insulated by the insulating portions 5, 5A to 5L is suppressed. It becomes possible.
　（３）まとめ
　以上説明した実施形態及び変形例等から以下の態様が開示されている。 (3) Summary The following aspects are disclosed from the embodiments and modifications described above.
　本開示の一態様の遮断装置（１，１Ａ～１Ｌ）は、内部空間を有する筐体（９，９Ｂ，９Ｄ，９Ｉ，９Ｋ）と、筐体（９，９Ｂ，９Ｄ，９Ｉ，９Ｋ）に設けられた第１電路部（２１，２１Ｂ，２１Ｄ，２１Ｅ，２１Ｋ）と、筐体（９，９Ｂ，９Ｄ，９Ｉ，９Ｋ）に設けられた第２電路部（２２，２２Ｂ，２２Ｄ，２２Ｅ，２２Ｋ）と、筐体（９，９Ｂ，９Ｄ，９Ｉ，９Ｋ）の内部空間に配置され、第１電路部（２１，２１Ｂ，２１Ｄ，２１Ｅ，２１Ｋ）と第２電路部（２２，２２Ｂ，２２Ｄ，２２Ｅ，２２Ｋ）とを互いに電気的に接続させる分離部（２２，２２Ｂ，２２Ｄ，２２Ｅ，２２Ｋ）と、導電部（４，４Ａ～４Ｌ）が設けられ、内部空間を移動し、第１電路部（２１，２１Ｂ，２１Ｄ，２１Ｅ，２１Ｋ）と第２電路部（２２，２２Ｂ，２２Ｄ，２２Ｅ，２２Ｋ）との少なくとも一方から分離部（２２，２２Ｂ，２２Ｄ，２２Ｅ，２２Ｋ）を分離させる動作ピン（８，８Ａ～８Ｌ）と、動作ピン（８，８Ａ～８Ｌ）を移動させる駆動部（７，７Ｄ）と、を備える。分離部（２２，２２Ｂ，２２Ｄ，２２Ｅ，２２Ｋ）は、動作ピン（８，８Ａ～８Ｌ）より第１の方向（図１では下方）に位置し、動作ピン（８，８Ａ～８Ｌ）が駆動部（７，７Ｄ）によって第１の方向（図１では下方）に移動すると、分離部（２２，２２Ｂ，２２Ｄ，２２Ｅ，２２Ｋ）は、動作ピン（８，８Ａ～８Ｌ）によって第１電路部（２１，２１Ｂ，２１Ｄ，２１Ｅ，２１Ｋ）または第２電路部（２２，２２Ｂ，２２Ｄ，２２Ｅ，２２Ｋ）から分離され、分離部（２２，２２Ｂ，２２Ｄ，２２Ｅ，２２Ｋ）が第１電路部（２１，２１Ｂ，２１Ｄ，２１Ｅ，２１Ｋ）または第２電路部（２２，２２Ｂ，２２Ｄ，２２Ｅ，２２Ｋ）から分離された後、第１導電部（４，４Ａ～４Ｌ）は第１電路部（２１，２１Ｂ，２１Ｄ，２１Ｅ，２１Ｋ）と第２電路部（２２，２２Ｂ，２２Ｄ，２２Ｅ，２２Ｋ）との間に移動して第１電路部（２１，２１Ｂ，２１Ｄ，２１Ｅ，２１Ｋ）と第２電路部（２２，２２Ｂ，２２Ｄ，２２Ｅ，２２Ｋ）とを電気的に接続させる。 The blocking device (1,1A to 1L) of one aspect of the present disclosure includes a housing (9,9B, 9D, 9I, 9K) having an internal space and a housing (9,9B, 9D, 9I, 9K). The first electric circuit section (21,21B, 21D, 21E, 21K) provided and the second electric circuit section (22, 22B, 22D, 22E, 22E, 9K) provided in the housing (9,9B, 9D, 9I, 9K). 22K) and the internal space of the housing (9, 9B, 9D, 9I, 9K), the first electric circuit section (21,21B, 21D, 21E, 21K) and the second electric circuit section (22, 22B, 22D). , 22E, 22K) are provided with a separation part (22,22B, 22D, 22E, 22K) for electrically connecting to each other, and a conductive part (4,4A to 4L), which moves in the internal space and is the first electric path. Operation to separate the separation unit (22, 22B, 22D, 22E, 22K) from at least one of the unit (21,21B, 21D, 21E, 21K) and the second electric circuit unit (22, 22B, 22D, 22E, 22K). It includes pins (8,8A to 8L) and a drive unit (7,7D) for moving operation pins (8,8A to 8L). The separation unit (22, 22B, 22D, 22E, 22K) is located in the first direction (lower in FIG. 1) from the operation pins (8, 8A to 8L), and the operation pins (8, 8A to 8L) are driven. When the part (7,7D) moves in the first direction (downward in FIG. 1), the separation part (22,22B, 22D, 22E, 22K) is moved to the first electric path part by the operation pin (8,8A to 8L). (21,21B, 21D, 21E, 21K) or the second electric circuit part (22, 22B, 22D, 22E, 22K) is separated, and the separation part (22, 22B, 22D, 22E, 22K) is the first electric circuit part (22, 22B, 22D, 22E, 22K). After being separated from the 21, 21B, 21D, 21E, 21K) or the second electric circuit section (22, 22B, 22D, 22E, 22K), the first conductive section (4, 4A to 4L) becomes the first electric circuit section (21). , 21B, 21D, 21E, 21K) and the second conductor (22, 22B, 22D, 22E, 22K) and move between the first conductor (21, 21B, 21D, 21E, 21K) and the second. It is electrically connected to the electric circuit section (22, 22B, 22D, 22E, 22K).
　この態様によれば、動作ピンが導電部（４，４Ａ～４Ｌ）を備えていない場合に比べて、第１電路部（２１，２１Ｂ，２１Ｄ，２１Ｅ，２１Ｋ）と第２電路部（２２，２２Ｂ，２２Ｄ，２２Ｅ，２２Ｋ）とを絶縁する際に第１電路部（２１，２１Ｂ，２１Ｄ，２１Ｅ，２１Ｋ）及び第２電路部（２２，２２Ｂ，２２Ｄ，２２Ｅ，２２Ｋ）に流れる電流の大きさを小さくすることが可能となる。第１電路部（２１，２１Ｂ，２１Ｄ，２１Ｅ，２１Ｋ）と第２電路部（２２，２２Ｂ，２２Ｄ，２２Ｅ，２２Ｋ）とを絶縁する際のアークの発生を抑制することが可能となる。また、アークの発生が抑制されることで、アークのエネルギーを閉じ込めるための筐体（９，９Ｂ，９Ｄ，９Ｉ，９Ｋ）を小型化することが可能となる。 According to this aspect, the first electric circuit part (21, 21B, 21D, 21E, 21K) and the second electric circuit part (22,) are compared with the case where the operation pin does not have the conductive part (4,4A to 4L). 22B, 22D, 22E, 22K) The magnitude of the current flowing through the first electric circuit section (21, 21B, 21D, 21E, 21K) and the second electric circuit section (22, 22B, 22D, 22E, 22K) when insulating It is possible to reduce the size. It is possible to suppress the generation of an arc when insulating the first electric circuit portion (21,21B, 21D, 21E, 21K) and the second electric circuit portion (22, 22B, 22D, 22E, 22K). Further, by suppressing the generation of the arc, it becomes possible to miniaturize the housing (9, 9B, 9D, 9I, 9K) for confining the energy of the arc.
　本開示の別の一態様の遮断装置では、動作ピン（４，４Ａ～４Ｌ）は第１絶縁部（５，５Ａ～５Ｌ）を有し、第１導電部（４，４Ａ～４Ｌ）が第１電路部（２１，２１Ｂ，２１Ｄ，２１Ｅ，２１Ｋ）と第２電路部（２２，２２Ｂ，２２Ｄ，２２Ｅ，２２Ｋ）とを電気的に接続した後、動作ピン（４，４Ａ～４Ｌ）が第１の方向（図１では下方）に更に移動することで、第１電路部（２１，２１Ｂ，２１Ｄ，２１Ｅ，２１Ｋ）および第２電路部（２２，２２Ｂ，２２Ｄ，２２Ｅ，２２Ｋ）は第１絶縁部（５，５Ａ～５Ｌ）で互いに絶縁される。 In another aspect of the blocking device of the present disclosure, the operating pins (4,4A-4L) have a first insulating portion (5,5A-5L), and the first conductive portion (4,4A-4L) is the first. After electrically connecting the 1st electric circuit part (21, 21B, 21D, 21E, 21K) and the 2nd electric circuit part (22, 22B, 22D, 22E, 22K), the operation pins (4, 4A to 4L) are the first. By further moving in the direction of 1 (downward in FIG. 1), the first electric circuit portion (21,21B, 21D, 21E, 21K) and the second electric circuit portion (22, 22B, 22D, 22E, 22K) are first. They are insulated from each other by insulating portions (5, 5A to 5L).
　この態様によれば、第１絶縁部（５，５Ａ～５Ｌ）によって、第１電路部（２１，２１Ｂ，２１Ｄ，２１Ｅ，２１Ｋ）と第２電路部（２２，２２Ｂ，２２Ｄ，２２Ｅ，２２Ｋ）とを絶縁することが可能となり、アークの発生を抑制することが可能となる。 According to this aspect, the first electric circuit part (21,21B, 21D, 21E, 21K) and the second electric circuit part (22, 22B, 22D, 22E, 22K) are provided by the first insulating part (5, 5A to 5L). And can be insulated, and the generation of arc can be suppressed.
　本開示の別の一態様の遮断装置（１，１Ａ，１Ｂ，１Ｄ～１Ｊ，１Ｌ）では、導電部（４，４Ａ，４Ｂ，４Ｄ～４Ｊ，４Ｌ）は、動作ピン（８，８Ａ，８Ｂ，８Ｄ～８Ｊ，８Ｌ）を構成する部材に固定されている。 In another aspect of the blocking device (1,1A, 1B, 1D to 1J, 1L) of the present disclosure, the conductive portion (4,4A, 4B, 4D to 4J, 4L) has an operating pin (8,8A, 8B). , 8D to 8J, 8L) are fixed to the members.
　この態様によれば、動作ピン（８，８Ａ，８Ｂ，８Ｄ～８Ｊ，８Ｌ）により導電部（４，４Ａ，４Ｂ，４Ｄ～４Ｊ，４Ｌ）を保持することが可能となる。 According to this aspect, the conductive portion (4,4A, 4B, 4D to 4J, 4L) can be held by the operating pins (8,8A, 8B, 8D to 8J, 8L).
　本開示の別の一態様の遮断装置（１，１Ａ～１Ｌ）では、第１電路部（２１，２１Ｂ，２１Ｄ，２１Ｅ，２１Ｋ）は、外部回路に電気的に接続される第１端子（２１１，２１１Ｅ）を有し、第２電路部（２２，２２Ｂ，２２Ｄ，２２Ｅ，２２Ｋ）は、外部回路に電気的に接続される第２端子（２２１，２２１Ｅ）を有し、第１端子（２１１，２１１Ｅ）と第２端子（２２１，２２１Ｅ）との間の電気抵抗は、第１電路部（２１，２１Ｂ，２１Ｄ，２１Ｅ，２１Ｋ）が第２電路部（２２，２２Ｂ，２２Ｄ，２２Ｅ，２２Ｋ）に導電部（４，４Ａ，４Ｂ，４Ｄ～４Ｊ，４Ｌ）を介して接続されるときの方が、第１電路部（２１，２１Ｂ，２１Ｄ，２１Ｅ，２１Ｋ）が第２電路部（２２，２２Ｂ，２２Ｄ，２２Ｅ，２２Ｋ）に分離部を介して接続されるときよりも大きい。 In another aspect of the breaking device (1,1A-1L) of the present disclosure, the first electric circuit portion (21,21B, 21D, 21E, 21K) is the first terminal (211) electrically connected to an external circuit. , 211E), and the second electric circuit section (22, 22B, 22D, 22E, 22K) has a second terminal (221,221E) electrically connected to an external circuit, and a first terminal (211). , 211E) and the second terminal (221,221E), the first electric circuit part (21,21B, 21D, 21E, 21K) has the second electric circuit part (22, 22B, 22D, 22E, 22K). ) Is connected to the first electric circuit part (21, 21B, 21D, 21E, 21K) via the conductive part (4, 4A, 4B, 4D to 4J, 4L). , 22B, 22D, 22E, 22K), larger than when connected via a separator.
　この態様によれば、第１電路部（２１，２１Ｂ，２１Ｄ，２１Ｅ，２１Ｋ）と第２電路部（２２，２２Ｂ，２２Ｄ，２２Ｅ，２２Ｋ）とを絶縁する際に第１電路部（２１，２１Ｂ，２１Ｄ，２１Ｅ，２１Ｋ）及び第２電路部（２２，２２Ｂ，２２Ｄ，２２Ｅ，２２Ｋ）に流れる電流の大きさを小さくすることが可能となる。そのため、第１電路部（２１，２１Ｂ，２１Ｄ，２１Ｅ，２１Ｋ）と第２電路部（２２，２２Ｂ，２２Ｄ，２２Ｅ，２２Ｋ）とを絶縁する際のアークの発生を抑制することが可能となる。 According to this aspect, when the first electric circuit portion (21,21B, 21D, 21E, 21K) and the second electric circuit portion (22, 22B, 22D, 22E, 22K) are insulated, the first electric circuit portion (21, 21B, 21D, 21E, 21K) and the second electric circuit portion (22, 22B, 22D, 22E, 22K) can be reduced in magnitude of the current flowing through them. Therefore, it is possible to suppress the generation of an arc when insulating the first electric circuit portion (21,21B, 21D, 21E, 21K) and the second electric circuit portion (22, 22B, 22D, 22E, 22K). ..
　本開示の別の一態様の遮断装置（１，１Ａ～１Ｌ）では、第１電路部（２１，２１Ｂ，２１Ｄ，２１Ｅ，２１Ｋ）は、外部回路に電気的に接続される第１端子（２１１，２１１Ｅ）を有し、第２電路部（２２，２２Ｂ，２２Ｄ，２２Ｅ，２２Ｋ）は、外部回路に電気的に接続される第２端子（２２１，２２１Ｅ）を有し、第１端子（２１１，２１１Ｅ）と第２端子（２２１，２２１Ｅ）との間に流れる電流は、第１電路部（２１，２１Ｂ，２１Ｄ，２１Ｅ，２１Ｋ）が第２電路部（２２，２２Ｂ，２２Ｄ，２２Ｅ，２２Ｋ）に導電部（４，４Ａ～４Ｌ）を介して接続されているときの方が、第１電路部（２１，２１Ｂ，２１Ｄ，２１Ｅ，２１Ｋ）が第２電路部（２２，２２Ｂ，２２Ｄ，２２Ｅ，２２Ｋ）に分離部を介して接続されているときよりも小さい。 In another aspect of the breaking device (1,1A-1L) of the present disclosure, the first electric circuit portion (21,21B, 21D, 21E, 21K) is a first terminal (211) electrically connected to an external circuit. , 211E), and the second electric circuit section (22, 22B, 22D, 22E, 22K) has a second terminal (221,221E) electrically connected to an external circuit, and a first terminal (211). , 211E) and the second terminal (221,221E), the first electric circuit part (21,21B, 21D, 21E, 21K) has the second electric circuit part (22, 22B, 22D, 22E, 22K). ), The first electric circuit part (21, 21B, 21D, 21E, 21K) is connected to the second electric circuit part (22, 22B, 22D, 22D,) when it is connected to the conductive part (4,4A to 4L). 22E, 22K) is smaller than when connected via a separator.
　この態様によれば、第１電路部（２１，２１Ｂ，２１Ｄ，２１Ｅ，２１Ｋ）と第２電路部（２２，２２Ｂ，２２Ｄ，２２Ｅ，２２Ｋ）とを絶縁する際に第１電路部（２１，２１Ｂ，２１Ｄ，２１Ｅ，２１Ｋ）及び第２電路部（２２，２２Ｂ，２２Ｄ，２２Ｅ，２２Ｋ）に流れる電流の大きさを小さくすることが可能となる。そのため、第１電路部（２１，２１Ｂ，２１Ｄ，２１Ｅ，２１Ｋ）と第２電路部（２２，２２Ｂ，２２Ｄ，２２Ｅ，２２Ｋ）とを絶縁する際のアークの発生を抑制することが可能となる。 According to this aspect, when the first electric circuit portion (21,21B, 21D, 21E, 21K) and the second electric circuit portion (22, 22B, 22D, 22E, 22K) are insulated, the first electric circuit portion (21, 21B, 21D, 21E, 21K) and the second electric circuit portion (22, 22B, 22D, 22E, 22K) can be reduced in magnitude of the current flowing through them. Therefore, it is possible to suppress the generation of an arc when insulating the first electric circuit portion (21,21B, 21D, 21E, 21K) and the second electric circuit portion (22, 22B, 22D, 22E, 22K). ..
　本開示の別の一態様の遮断装置（１，１Ａ～１Ｌ）では、駆動部（７，７Ｄ）を更に備え、駆動部（７，７Ｄ）は、燃焼によりガスを発生させるガス発生器（７０，７０Ｄ）を有し、ガス発生器（７０，７０Ｄ）で発生したガスの圧力に連動して、動作ピン（８，８Ａ～８Ｌ）を移動させる。 In another aspect of the breaking device (1,1A to 1L) of the present disclosure, a driving unit (7,7D) is further provided, and the driving unit (7,7D) is a gas generator (70) that generates gas by combustion. , 70D), and the operation pins (8,8A to 8L) are moved in conjunction with the pressure of the gas generated by the gas generator (70,70D).
　この態様によれば、ガス発生器（７０，７０Ｄ）で発生したガスの圧力に連動して動作ピン（８，８Ａ～８Ｌ）が移動するので、ガス発生器（７０，７０Ｄ）を用いない場合と比較して動作ピン（８，８Ａ～８Ｌ）を高速で移動させることができる。これにより、アークを急速に伸張させることができると共に、発生したアークが持続する時間を短くすることができ、電路の遮断性能を向上することができる。 According to this aspect, since the operation pins (8,8A to 8L) move in conjunction with the pressure of the gas generated by the gas generator (70,70D), the gas generator (70,70D) is not used. The operation pins (8.8A to 8L) can be moved at a higher speed than the above. As a result, the arc can be rapidly extended, the duration of the generated arc can be shortened, and the cutoff performance of the electric path can be improved.
　本開示の別の一態様の遮断装置（１，１Ａ～１Ｃ、１Ｅ～１Ｌ）は、第１電路部（２１，２１Ｂ，２１Ｅ，２１Ｋ）、第２電路部（２２，２２Ｂ，２２Ｅ，２２Ｋ）及び分離部を含む導電部材（２，２Ｂ，２Ｅ，２Ｋ）を更に備え、動作ピン（８，８Ａ～８Ｃ，８Ｅ～８Ｌ）は、導電部材（２，２Ｂ，２Ｅ，２Ｋ）を破断させることにより、第１電路部（２１，２１Ｂ，２１Ｅ，２１Ｋ）と第２電路部（２２，２２Ｂ，２２Ｅ，２２Ｋ）とを互いに開離させる。 Another aspect of the blocking device (1,1A to 1C, 1E to 1L) of the present disclosure includes a first electric circuit portion (21,21B, 21E, 21K) and a second electric circuit portion (22, 22B, 22E, 22K). And a conductive member (2,2B, 2E, 2K) including a separation portion is further provided, and the operation pins (8,8A to 8C, 8E to 8L) break the conductive member (2,2B, 2E, 2K). The first electric circuit portion (21,21B, 21E, 21K) and the second electric circuit portion (22, 22B, 22E, 22K) are separated from each other.
　この態様によれば、動作ピン（８，８Ａ～８Ｃ，８Ｅ～８Ｌ）の移動と、第１電路部（２１，２１Ｂ，２１Ｅ，２１Ｋ）と第２電路部（２２，２２Ｂ，２２Ｅ，２２Ｋ）とを電気的に切り離すこととを容易に連動させられる。 According to this aspect, the movement of the operation pins (8,8A to 8C, 8E to 8L) and the first electric circuit part (21,21B, 21E, 21K) and the second electric circuit part (22,22B, 22E, 22K) It can be easily linked with the electrical disconnection of.
　本開示の別の一態様の遮断装置（１Ｄ）では、動作ピン（８Ｄ）は、第１電路部（２１Ｄ）と第２電路部（２２Ｄ）のうちの少なくとも一方に対して、分離部を相対的に移動させることにより、第１電路部（２１Ｄ）と第２電路部（２２Ｄ）とを互いに開離させる。 In another aspect of the breaking device (1D) of the present disclosure, the operating pin (8D) is relative to at least one of the first electrical circuit section (21D) and the second electric circuit section (22D). The first electric circuit portion (21D) and the second electric circuit portion (22D) are separated from each other by moving them in a targeted manner.
　この態様によれば、動作ピン（８Ｄ）の移動と、第１電路部（２１Ｄ）と第２電路部（２２Ｄ）とを電気的に切り離すこととを容易に連動させられる。 According to this aspect, the movement of the operation pin (8D) and the electrical disconnection of the first electric circuit portion (21D) and the second electric circuit portion (22D) can be easily linked.
　本開示の別の一態様の遮断装置（１，１Ａ～１Ｃ）では、導電部（４，４Ａ～４Ｃ）は、第１部分（４１，４１Ａ～４１Ｃ）と、第２部分（４２，４２Ａ～４２Ｃ）と、第１部分（４１，４１Ａ～４１Ｃ）と第２部分（４２，４２Ａ～４２Ｃ）とを接続する第３部分（４３，４３Ａ～４３Ｃ）とを有し、導電部（４，４Ａ～４Ｃ）が第１電路部（２１，２１Ｂ）と第２電路部（２２，２２Ｂ）とを電気的に接続するとき、第１部分（４１，４１Ａ～４１Ｃ）が第１電路部（２１，２１Ｂ）と接し、第２部分（４２，４２Ａ～４２Ｃ）が第２電路部（２２，２２Ｂ）と接し、第３部分（４３，４３Ａ～４３Ｃ）の電気抵抗は、第１部分（４１，４１Ａ～４１Ｃ）の電気抵抗及び第２部分（４２，４２Ａ～４２Ｃ）の電気抵抗よりも大きい。 In another aspect of the blocking device (1,1A to 1C) of the present disclosure, the conductive portions (4,4A to 4C) are the first portion (41,41A to 41C) and the second portion (42,42A to). 42C), a third portion (43,43A to 43C) connecting the first portion (41,41A to 41C) and the second portion (42,42A to 42C), and a conductive portion (4,4A). When ~ 4C) electrically connects the first electric circuit part (21,21B) and the second electric circuit part (22,22B), the first part (41,41A to 41C) is the first electric circuit part (21, 21B), the second part (42,42A to 42C) is in contact with the second electric circuit part (22,22B), and the electrical resistance of the third part (43,43A to 43C) is the first part (41,41A). It is larger than the electric resistance of ~ 41C) and the electric resistance of the second part (42, 42A to 42C).
　本開示の別の一態様の遮断装置（１Ｉ～１Ｋ）では、動作ピン（８Ｉ～８Ｋ）には、第１導電部（４０１，４０１Ｊ，４０１Ｋ）から電気的に絶縁された第２導電部（４０２，４０２Ｊ，４０２Ｋ）が更に設けられ、第１導電部（４０１，４０１Ｊ，４０１Ｋ）は第２導電部（４０２，４０２Ｊ，４０２Ｋ）より第１の方向（図２７では下方）に位置し、第１電路部（４０１，４０１Ｊ，４０１Ｋ）と第２電路部とが第１導電部（４０１，４０１Ｊ，４０１Ｋ）によって電気的に接続された後、第１導電部（４０１，４０１Ｊ，４０１Ｋ）は第１の方向（図２７では下方）に移動し、第２導電部（４０２，４０２Ｊ，４０２Ｋ）は第１電路部（２１，２１Ｋ）と第２電路部（２２，２２Ｋ）との間に移動して第１電路部（２１，２１Ｋ）と第２電路部（２２，２２Ｋ）とを電気的に接続する。 In another aspect of the blocking device (1I to 1K) of the present disclosure, the operating pins (8I to 8K) have a second conductive portion (401, 401J, 401K) electrically insulated from the first conductive portion (401, 401J, 401K). 402, 402J, 402K) are further provided, and the first conductive portion (401, 401J, 401K) is located in the first direction (lower in FIG. 27) from the second conductive portion (402, 402J, 402K). After the first conductive section (401, 401J, 401K) and the second conductive section are electrically connected by the first conductive section (401, 401J, 401K), the first conductive section (401, 401J, 401K) becomes the first. It moves in the direction of 1 (downward in FIG. 27), and the second conductive portion (402, 402J, 402K) moves between the first electric passage portion (21,21K) and the second electric passage portion (22,22K). The first electric circuit portion (21,21K) and the second electric circuit portion (22,22K) are electrically connected.
　この態様によれば、第１電路部（２１，２１Ｋ）と第２電路部（２２，２２Ｋ）との間に流れる電流は、第１導電部（４０１，４０１Ｊ，４０１Ｋ）を通って流れることによってその大きさが小さくなり、第２導電部（４０２，４０２Ｊ，４０２Ｋ）を通って流れることによってその大きさが更に小さくなった後に、その経路が遮断される。これにより、第２導電部（４０２，４０２Ｊ，４０２Ｋ）が無い場合に比べて、第１電路部（２１，２１Ｋ）と第２電路部（２２，２２Ｋ）とを絶縁する際のアークの発生を抑制することが可能となる。 According to this aspect, the current flowing between the first electric circuit section (21,21K) and the second electric circuit section (22,22K) flows through the first conductive section (401,401J, 401K). The path is blocked after the size is reduced and the size is further reduced by flowing through the second conductive portion (402, 402J, 402K). As a result, an arc is generated when the first electric circuit portion (21,21K) and the second electric circuit portion (22,22K) are insulated, as compared with the case where the second conductive portion (402, 402J, 402K) is not provided. It becomes possible to suppress.
　本開示の別の一態様の遮断装置（１Ｉ～１Ｋ）は、動作ピン（８Ｉ～８Ｋ）は絶縁部（５Ｉ～５Ｋ）を有し、第２導電部（４０２，４０２Ｊ，４０２Ｋ）が第１電路部（２１，２１Ｋ）と第２電路部（２２，２２Ｋ）とを電気的に接続した後、動作ピン（８Ｉ～８Ｋ）が第１の方向（図２７では下方）に更に移動することで、第１電路部（２１，２１Ｋ）および第２電路部（２２，２２Ｋ）は絶縁部（５Ｉ～５Ｋ）で互いに絶縁される。 In another aspect of the blocking device (1I to 1K) of the present disclosure, the operating pins (8I to 8K) have an insulating portion (5I to 5K), and the second conductive portion (402, 402J, 402K) is the first. After electrically connecting the electric circuit portion (21,21K) and the second electric circuit portion (22,22K), the operation pins (8I to 8K) are further moved in the first direction (downward in FIG. 27). , The first electric circuit portion (21,21K) and the second electric circuit portion (22,22K) are insulated from each other by an insulating portion (5I to 5K).
　この態様によれば、絶縁部（５Ｉ～５Ｋ）によって、第１電路部（２１，２１Ｋ）と第２電路部（２２，２２Ｋ）とを絶縁することが可能となり、アークの発生を抑制することが可能となる。 According to this aspect, the insulating portion (5I to 5K) makes it possible to insulate the first electric circuit portion (21,21K) and the second electric circuit portion (22,22K), thereby suppressing the generation of an arc. Is possible.
　本開示の別の一態様の遮断装置（１Ｉ～１Ｋ）では、第１電路部（２１，２１Ｋ）と第２電路部（２２，２２Ｋ）との間の電気抵抗は、第１導電部（４０１，４０１Ｊ，４０１Ｋ）が第１電路部（２１，２１Ｋ）と第２電路部（２２，２２Ｋ）とを電気的に接続するときと、第２導電部（４０２，４０２Ｊ，４０２Ｋ）が第１電路部（２１，２１Ｋ）と第２電路部（２２，２２Ｋ）とを電気的に接続するときとで異なる。 In another aspect of the blocking device (1I-1K) of the present disclosure, the electrical resistance between the first electric circuit section (21,21K) and the second electric circuit section (22,22K) is the first conductive section (401K). , 401J, 401K) electrically connects the first electric circuit section (21,21K) and the second electric circuit section (22,22K), and the second conductive section (402, 402J, 402K) is the first electric circuit section. It differs depending on whether the unit (21,21K) and the second electric circuit unit (22,22K) are electrically connected.
　この態様によれば、例えば絶縁部（５Ｉ～５Ｋ）によって第１電路部（２１，２１Ｋ）と第２電路部（２２，２２Ｋ）とを絶縁する際に第１電路部（２１，２１Ｋ）及び第２電路部（２２，２２Ｋ）に流れる電流の大きさを、小さくすることが可能となる。そのため、第１電路部（２１，２１Ｋ）と第２電路部（２２，２２Ｋ）とを絶縁する際のアークの発生を抑制することが可能となる。 According to this aspect, when the first electric circuit portion (21,21K) and the second electric circuit portion (22,22K) are insulated by, for example, the insulating portion (5I to 5K), the first electric circuit portion (21,21K) and It is possible to reduce the magnitude of the current flowing through the second electric circuit portion (22, 22K). Therefore, it is possible to suppress the generation of an arc when insulating the first electric circuit portion (21,21K) and the second electric circuit portion (22,22K).
　本開示の別の一態様の遮断装置（１Ｉ～１Ｋ）では、第１電路部（２１，２１Ｋ）と第２電路部（２２，２２Ｋ）との間の電気抵抗は、第２導電部（４０２，４０２Ｊ，４０２Ｋ）が第１電路部（２１，２１Ｋ）と第２電路部（２２，２２Ｋ）とを電気的に接続するときの方が、第１導電部（４０１，４０１Ｊ，４０１Ｋ）が第１電路部（２１，２１Ｋ）と第２電路部（２２，２２Ｋ）とを電気的に接続するときよりも大きい。 In another aspect of the blocking device (1I-1K) of the present disclosure, the electrical resistance between the first electric circuit section (21,21K) and the second electric circuit section (22,22K) is the second conductive section (402). , 402J, 402K) electrically connects the first electric circuit section (21,21K) and the second electric circuit section (22,22K), the first conductive section (401, 401J, 401K) is the first. It is larger than when the first electric circuit portion (21,21K) and the second electric circuit portion (22,22K) are electrically connected.
　この態様によれば、第１電路部（２１，２１Ｋ）と第２電路部（２２，２２Ｋ）との間に流れる電流は、第１導電部（４０１，４０１Ｊ，４０１Ｋ）を通って流れることによってその大きさが小さくなり、第２導電部（４０２，４０２Ｊ，４０２Ｋ）を通って流れることによってその大きさが更に小さくなった後に、その経路が遮断される。これにより、第２導電部（４０２，４０２Ｊ，４０２Ｋ）が無い場合に比べて、第１電路部（２１，２１Ｋ）と第２電路部（２２，２２Ｋ）とを絶縁する際のアークの発生を抑制することが可能となる。 According to this aspect, the current flowing between the first electric circuit section (21,21K) and the second electric circuit section (22,22K) flows through the first conductive section (401,401J, 401K). The path is blocked after the size is reduced and the size is further reduced by flowing through the second conductive portion (402, 402J, 402K). As a result, an arc is generated when the first electric circuit portion (21,21K) and the second electric circuit portion (22,22K) are insulated, as compared with the case where the second conductive portion (402, 402J, 402K) is not provided. It becomes possible to suppress.
　本開示の別の一態様の遮断装置（１Ｉ，１Ｊ）では、動作ピン（８Ｉ，８Ｊ）には、第１導電部（４０１，４０１Ｊ）および第２導電部（４０２、４０２Ｊ）から電気的に絶縁された第３導電部（４０３，４０３Ｊ）が更に設けられ、第２導電部（４０２、４０２Ｊ）は第３導電部（４０３，４０３Ｊ）より第１の方向（図面２７では下方）に位置し、第２導電部（４０２、４０２Ｊ）が第１電路部（２１）と第２電路部（２２）とを電気的に接続した後、第２導電部（４０２、４０２Ｊ）は第１の方向（図面２７では下方）に移動し、第３導電部（４０３，４０３Ｊ）は第１電路部（２１）と第２電路部（２２）との間に移動して第１電路部（２１）と第２電路部（２２）とを電気的に接続する。 In another aspect of the blocking device (1I, 1J) of the present disclosure, the operating pins (8I, 8J) are electrically connected to the first conductive portion (401, 401J) and the second conductive portion (402, 402J). An insulated third conductive portion (403,403J) is further provided, and the second conductive portion (402, 402J) is located in the first direction (lower in FIG. 27) from the third conductive portion (403,403J). After the second conductive portion (402, 402J) electrically connects the first electric circuit portion (21) and the second electric path portion (22), the second conductive portion (402, 402J) is in the first direction (402, 402J). In FIG. 27, it moves downward), and the third conductive portion (403, 403J) moves between the first electric circuit portion (21) and the second electric circuit portion (22), and moves to the first electric circuit portion (21) and the first electric circuit portion (21). 2 Electrically connect to the electric path portion (22).
　この態様によれば、第１電路部（２１）と第２電路部（２２）とを絶縁する際に第１電路部（２１）及び第２電路部（２２）に流れる電流の大きさを、小さくすることが可能となる。そのため、第１電路部（２１）と第２電路部（２２）とを絶縁する際のアークの発生を抑制することが可能となる。 According to this aspect, the magnitude of the current flowing through the first electric circuit portion (21) and the second electric circuit portion (22) when insulating the first electric circuit portion (21) and the second electric circuit portion (22) is determined. It can be made smaller. Therefore, it is possible to suppress the generation of an arc when insulating the first electric circuit portion (21) and the second electric circuit portion (22).
　本開示の別の一態様の遮断装置（１Ｉ，１Ｊ）では、第１電路部（２１）と第２電路部（２２）との間の電気抵抗は、第３導電部（４０３，４０３Ｊ）が第１電路部（２１）と第２電路部（２２）とを電気的に接続するときの方が、第２導電部（４０２，４０２Ｊ）が第１電路部（２１）と第２電路部（２２）とを電気的に接続するときよりも大きい。 In another aspect of the blocking device (1I, 1J) of the present disclosure, the electric resistance between the first electric circuit portion (21) and the second electric circuit portion (22) is determined by the third conductive portion (403, 403J). When the first electric circuit portion (21) and the second electric circuit portion (22) are electrically connected, the second conductive portion (402, 402J) is the first electric circuit portion (21) and the second electric circuit portion (22). 22) is larger than when electrically connected to.
　この態様によれば、第１電路部（２１）と第２電路部（２２）との間に流れる電流は、第２導電部（４０２，４０２Ｊ）を通って流れることによってその大きさが小さくなり、第３導電部（４０３，４０３Ｊ）を通って流れることによってその大きさが更に小さくなった後に、その経路が遮断される。これにより、第３導電部（４０３，４０３Ｊ）が無い場合に比べて、絶縁部（５Ｉ，５Ｊ）が第１電路部（２１）と第２電路部（２２）とを絶縁する際のアークの発生を抑制することが可能となる。 According to this aspect, the magnitude of the current flowing between the first electric circuit portion (21) and the second electric circuit portion (22) is reduced by flowing through the second conductive portion (402, 402J). , The path is blocked after its size is further reduced by flowing through the third conductive section (403, 403J). As a result, the arc when the insulating portion (5I, 5J) insulates the first electric circuit portion (21) and the second electric circuit portion (22) is compared with the case where the third conductive portion (403, 403J) is not provided. It is possible to suppress the occurrence.
　本開示の別の一態様の遮断装置（１Ｉ，１Ｊ）では、第１導電部（４０１，４０１Ｊ）が第１電路部（２１）と第２電路部（２２）とを電気的に接続するときの第１電路部（２１）と第２電路部（２２）との間の電気抵抗をＲ１、第２導電部（４０２，４０２Ｊ）が第１電路部（２１）と第２電路部（２２）とを電気的に接続するときの第１電路部（２１）と第２電路部（２２）との間の電気抵抗をＲ２、第３導電部（４０３，４０３Ｊ）が第１電路部（２１）と第２電路部（２２）とを電気的に接続するときの第１電路部（２１）と第２電路部（２２）との間の電気抵抗をＲ３と定義すると、（Ｒ２?Ｒ１）の値と（Ｒ３?Ｒ２）の値は異なる。 In another aspect of the blocking device (1I, 1J) of the present disclosure, when the first conductive portion (401, 401J) electrically connects the first electric circuit portion (21) and the second electric circuit portion (22). The electrical resistance between the first electric circuit portion (21) and the second electric circuit portion (22) is R1, the second conductive portion (402, 402J) is the first electric circuit portion (21) and the second electric circuit portion (22). The electrical resistance between the first electric circuit portion (21) and the second electric circuit portion (22) is R2, and the third conductive portion (403, 403J) is the first electric circuit portion (21). If the electrical resistance between the first electric circuit portion (21) and the second electric circuit portion (22) when the electric circuit portion (22) is electrically connected to the second electric circuit portion (22) is defined as R3, (R2 to R1) The value and the value of (R3? R2) are different.
　この態様によれば、動作ピン（８Ｉ，８Ｊ）の設計の自由度が増加する。 According to this aspect, the degree of freedom in designing the operating pins (8I, 8J) is increased.
　本開示の別の一態様の遮断装置（１Ｋ）では、第１の方向（図３０では下方）に沿った第１導電部（４０１Ｋ）の長さと、第１の方向（図３０では下方）に沿った第２導電部（４０２Ｋ）の長さは、異なる。 In another aspect of the blocking device (1K) of the present disclosure, the length of the first conductive portion (401K) along the first direction (lower in FIG. 30) and the length in the first direction (lower in FIG. 30). The length of the second conductive portion (402K) along the line is different.
　この態様によれば、第１導電部（４０１Ｋ）の電気抵抗と第２導電部（４０２Ｋ）の電気抵抗とを、異ならせることが可能となる。 According to this aspect, the electric resistance of the first conductive part (401K) and the electric resistance of the second conductive part (402K) can be made different.
　本開示の別の一態様の遮断装置（１Ｋ）では、第２導電部（４０２Ｋ）が第１電路部（２１Ｋ）と第２電路部（２２Ｋ）とを電気的に接続するときの第１電路部（２１Ｋ）と第２電路部（２２Ｋ）との間に流れる電流の経路長は、第１導電部（４０１Ｋ）が第１電路部（２１Ｋ）と第２電路部（２２Ｋ）とを電気的に接続するときの第１電路部（２１Ｋ）と第２電路部（２２Ｋ）との間に流れる電流の経路長よりも長い。 In another aspect of the blocking device (1K) of the present disclosure, the first electric circuit when the second conductive part (402K) electrically connects the first electric circuit part (21K) and the second electric circuit part (22K). The path length of the current flowing between the section (21K) and the second electric circuit section (22K) is such that the first conductive section (401K) electrically connects the first electric circuit section (21K) and the second electric circuit section (22K). It is longer than the path length of the current flowing between the first electric circuit portion (21K) and the second electric circuit portion (22K) when connected to.
　この態様によれば、第１導電部（４０１Ｋ）の電気抵抗と第２導電部（４０２Ｋ）の電気抵抗とを、異ならせることが可能となる。 According to this aspect, the electric resistance of the first conductive part (401K) and the electric resistance of the second conductive part (402K) can be made different.
　本開示の別の一態様の遮断装置（１Ｆ～１Ｈ，１Ｌ）では、動作ピン（８Ｆ～８Ｈ，８Ｌ）は、消弧作用を有する消弧部材（３０）を含む。 In another aspect of the blocking device (1F to 1H, 1L) of the present disclosure, the operating pins (8F to 8H, 8L) include an arc-extinguishing member (30) having an arc-extinguishing action.
　この態様によれば、発生したアークの消弧を促進することが可能となる。 According to this aspect, it is possible to promote the extinguishing of the generated arc.
　本開示の別の一態様の遮断装置（１，１Ａ～１Ｌ）では、第１導電部（４，４Ａ～４Ｌ）は、温度上昇に応じて抵抗値が変化する。 In another aspect of the blocking device (1,1A to 1L) of the present disclosure, the resistance value of the first conductive portion (4,4A to 4L) changes as the temperature rises.
　この態様によれば、第１電路部（２１，２１Ｂ，２１Ｄ，２１Ｅ，２１Ｋ）と第２電路部（２２，２２Ｂ，２２Ｄ，２２Ｅ，２２Ｋ）との間に導電部（４，４Ａ～４Ｌ）が移動して導電部（４，４Ａ～４Ｌ）に電流が流れると、導電部（４，４Ａ～４Ｌ）の温度が変化する。これにより、導電部（４，４Ａ～４Ｌ）の電気抵抗が変化し、導電部（４，４Ａ～４Ｌ）に流れる電流が変化する。そのため、第１電路部（２１，２１Ｂ，２１Ｄ，２１Ｅ，２１Ｋ）と第２電路部（２２，２２Ｂ，２２Ｄ，２２Ｅ，２２Ｋ）とを絶縁する際の、アークの発生を抑制することが可能となる。 According to this aspect, a conductive portion (4,4A to 4L) is provided between the first electric circuit portion (21,21B, 21D, 21E, 21K) and the second electric circuit portion (22, 22B, 22D, 22E, 22K). Changes and a current flows through the conductive parts (4,4A to 4L), the temperature of the conductive parts (4,4A to 4L) changes. As a result, the electrical resistance of the conductive portion (4,4A to 4L) changes, and the current flowing through the conductive portion (4,4A to 4L) changes. Therefore, it is possible to suppress the generation of an arc when insulating the first electric circuit portion (21,21B, 21D, 21E, 21K) and the second electric circuit portion (22, 22B, 22D, 22E, 22K). Become.
　１，１Ａ～１Ｌ　遮断装置
　２，２Ｂ，２Ｅ，２Ｋ　導電部材
　２１，２１Ｂ，２１Ｄ，２１Ｅ，２１Ｋ　第１電路部
　２１１，２１１Ｅ　第１端子
　２２，２２Ｂ，２２Ｄ，２２Ｅ，２２Ｋ　第２電路部
　２２１，２２１Ｅ　第２端子
　２３，２３Ｂ，２３Ｅ，２３Ｋ　第３電路部（分離部）
　４，４Ａ～４Ｌ　導電部
　４１，４１Ａ～４１Ｃ　第１部分
　４２，４２Ａ～４２Ｃ　第２部分
　４３，４３Ａ～４３Ｃ　第３部分
　４０１，４０１Ｊ，４０１Ｋ　第１導電部
　４０２，４０２Ｊ，４０２Ｋ　第２導電部
　４０３，４０３Ｊ　第３導電部
　５，５Ａ～５Ｌ　絶縁部
　５３，５３Ｊ，５３Ｋ　介在部
　７，７Ｄ　駆動機構（駆動部）
　７０，７０Ｄ　ガス発生器
　８，８Ａ～８Ｌ　動作ピン
　８０Ｃ，８０Ｋ　保持キャップ（保持部）
　９，９Ｂ，９Ｄ，９Ｉ，９Ｋ　筐体
　９１，９１Ｉ　第１収容部
　９２，９２Ｂ，９２Ｉ，９２Ｋ　第１ボディ
　９３，９３Ｂ，９３Ｉ，９３Ｋ　第１カバー
　９３０　貫通孔
　９４，９４Ｂ，９４Ｉ，９４Ｋ　キャップ
　９５，９５Ｉ　台部
　９６，９６Ｉ　覆い部
　９７，９７Ｉ　第２収容部
　Ｆ１　第１の面
　Ｆ２　第２の面
　Ｓ１　収容空間
　Ｓ２　緩和空間 1,1A to 1L breaking device 2,2B, 2E, 2K Conductive member 21,21B, 21D, 21E, 21K 1st electric circuit part 211,211 E 1st terminal 22,22B, 22D, 22E, 22K 2nd electric circuit part 221, 221E 2nd terminal 23, 23B, 23E, 23K 3rd electric circuit section (separation section)
4,4A- 4L Conductive part 41,41A- 41C 1st part 42,42A-42C 2nd part 43,43A-43C 3rd part 401,401J, 401K 1st conductive part 402,402J, 402K 2nd conductive part 403 , 403J 3rd Conductive Part 5,5A- 5L Insulation Part 53,53J, 53K Intervening Part 7,7D Drive Mechanism (Drive)
70, 70D Gas generator 8,8A- 8L Operation pin 80C, 80K Holding cap (holding part)
9,9B, 9D, 9I, 9K Housing 91,91I 1st housing 92,92B, 92I, 92K 1st body 93,93B, 93I, 93K 1st cover 930 Through hole 94,94B, 94I, 94K Cap 95 , 95I Base 96, 96I Cover 97, 97I 2nd accommodating F1 1st surface F2 2nd surface S1 Accommodating space S2 Relaxing space

Claims (20)

  1. 　内部空間を有する筐体と、
    　前記筐体に設けられた第１電路部と、
    　前記筐体に設けられた第２電路部と、
    　前記筐体の前記内部空間に配置され、前記第１電路部と前記第２電路部とを互いに電気的に接続させる分離部と、
    　第１導電部が設けられ、前記内部空間を移動し、前記第１電路部と前記第２電路部との少なくとも一方から前記分離部を分離させる動作ピンと、
    　前記動作ピンを移動させる駆動部と、
    を備え、
    　前記分離部は、前記動作ピンより第１の方向に位置し、
    　前記動作ピンが前記駆動部によって前記第１の方向に移動すると、前記分離部は、前記動作ピンによって前記第１電路部または前記第２電路部から分離され、
    　前記分離部が前記第１電路部または前記第２電路部から分離された後、前記第１導電部は前記第１電路部と前記第２電路部との間に移動して前記第１電路部と前記第２電路部とを電気的に接続させる遮断装置。     A housing with an internal space and
    The first electric circuit portion provided in the housing and
    The second electric circuit portion provided in the housing and
    A separating portion arranged in the internal space of the housing and electrically connecting the first electric circuit portion and the second electric circuit portion to each other.
    An operation pin provided with a first conductive portion, which moves in the internal space and separates the separation portion from at least one of the first electric circuit portion and the second electric circuit portion.
    The drive unit that moves the operation pin and
    With
    The separation portion is located in the first direction from the operation pin.
    When the operating pin is moved in the first direction by the driving unit, the separating unit is separated from the first electric circuit unit or the second electric circuit unit by the operating pin.
    After the separation portion is separated from the first electric circuit portion or the second electric circuit portion, the first conductive portion moves between the first electric circuit portion and the second electric circuit portion, and the first electric circuit portion is moved. A breaking device that electrically connects the second electric circuit portion and the second electric circuit portion.
  2. 　前記動作ピンは第１絶縁部を有し、
    　前記第１導電部が前記第１電路部と前記第２電路部とを電気的に接続した後、前記動作ピンが前記第１の方向に更に移動することで、前記第１電路部および前記第２電路部は前記第１絶縁部で互いに絶縁される、
    　請求項１に記載の遮断装置。     The operating pin has a first insulating portion.
    After the first conductive portion electrically connects the first electric circuit portion and the second electric circuit portion, the operation pin further moves in the first direction, whereby the first electric circuit portion and the first electric circuit portion are further moved. The two electric circuit portions are insulated from each other by the first insulating portion.
    The blocking device according to claim 1.
  3. 　前記第１導電部は、前記動作ピンを構成する部材に固定されている、
    　請求項１又は２に記載の遮断装置。     The first conductive portion is fixed to a member constituting the operation pin.
    The blocking device according to claim 1 or 2.
  4. 　前記第１電路部は、外部回路に電気的に接続される第１端子を有し、
    　前記第２電路部は、前記外部回路に電気的に接続される第２端子を有し、
    　前記第１端子と前記第２端子との間の電気抵抗は、前記第１電路部が前記第２電路部に前記第１導電部を介して接続されるときの方が、前記第１電路部が前記第２電路部に前記分離部を介して接続されるときよりも大きい、
    　請求項１～３のいずれか１項に記載の遮断装置。     The first electric circuit portion has a first terminal that is electrically connected to an external circuit.
    The second electric circuit portion has a second terminal that is electrically connected to the external circuit.
    The electrical resistance between the first terminal and the second terminal is higher when the first electric circuit portion is connected to the second electric circuit portion via the first conductive portion. Is larger than when is connected to the second electric circuit portion via the separation portion.
    The blocking device according to any one of claims 1 to 3.
  5. 　前記第１電路部は、外部回路に電気的に接続される第１端子を有し、
    　前記第２電路部は、前記外部回路に電気的に接続される第２端子を有し、
    　前記第１端子と前記第２端子との間に流れる電流は、前記第１電路部が前記第２電路部に前記第１導電部を介して接続されているときの方が、前記第１電路部が前記第２電路部に前記分離部を介して接続されているときよりも小さい、
    　請求項１～３のいずれか１項に記載の遮断装置。     The first electric circuit portion has a first terminal that is electrically connected to an external circuit.
    The second electric circuit portion has a second terminal that is electrically connected to the external circuit.
    The current flowing between the first terminal and the second terminal is higher when the first electric circuit portion is connected to the second electric circuit portion via the first conductive portion. It is smaller than when the unit is connected to the second electric circuit unit via the separation unit.
    The blocking device according to any one of claims 1 to 3.
  6. 　駆動部を更に備え、
    　前記駆動部は、
    　　燃焼によりガスを発生させるガス発生器を有し、
    　　前記ガス発生器で発生したガスの圧力に連動して、前記動作ピンを移動させる、
    　請求項１～５のいずれか１項に記載の遮断装置。     Further equipped with a drive unit
    The drive unit
    It has a gas generator that generates gas by combustion,
    The operation pin is moved in conjunction with the pressure of the gas generated by the gas generator.
    The blocking device according to any one of claims 1 to 5.
  7. 　前記第１電路部、前記第２電路部及び前記分離部を含む導電部材を更に備え、
    　前記動作ピンは、前記導電部材を破断させることにより、前記第１電路部と前記第２電路部とを互いに開離させる、
    　請求項１～６のいずれか１項に記載の遮断装置。     A conductive member including the first electric circuit portion, the second electric circuit portion, and the separation portion is further provided.
    The operation pin causes the first electric circuit portion and the second electric circuit portion to be separated from each other by breaking the conductive member.
    The blocking device according to any one of claims 1 to 6.
  8. 　前記動作ピンは、前記第１電路部と前記第２電路部のうちの少なくとも一方に対して、前記分離部を相対的に移動させることにより、前記第１電路部と前記第２電路部とを互いに開離させる、
    　請求項１～６のいずれか１項に記載の遮断装置。     The operating pin connects the first electric circuit portion and the second electric circuit portion by moving the separation portion relative to at least one of the first electric circuit portion and the second electric circuit portion. Separate from each other,
    The blocking device according to any one of claims 1 to 6.
  9. 　前記第１導電部は、第１部分と、第２部分と、前記第１部分と前記第２部分とを接続する第３部分とを有し、
    　前記第１導電部が前記第１電路部と前記第２電路部とを電気的に接続するとき、
    　前記第１部分が前記第１電路部と接し、
    　前記第２部分が前記第２電路部と接し、
    　　　前記第３部分の電気抵抗は、前記第１部分の電気抵抗及び前記第２部分の電気抵抗よりも大きい、
    　請求項１～８のいずれか１項に記載の遮断装置。     The first conductive portion has a first portion, a second portion, and a third portion that connects the first portion and the second portion.
    When the first conductive portion electrically connects the first electric circuit portion and the second electric circuit portion,
    The first portion is in contact with the first electric circuit portion,
    The second portion is in contact with the second electric circuit portion,
    The electrical resistance of the third portion is greater than the electrical resistance of the first portion and the electrical resistance of the second portion.
    The blocking device according to any one of claims 1 to 8.
  10. 　前記動作ピンには、前記第１導電部から電気的に絶縁された第２導電部が更に設けられ、
    　前記第１導電部は前記第２導電部より第１の方向に位置し、
    　前記第１電路部と前記第２電路部とが前記第１導電部によって電気的に接続された後、前記第１導電部は前記第１の方向に移動し、前記第２導電部は前記第１電路部と前記第２電路部との間に移動して前記第１電路部と前記第２電路部とを電気的に接続する、
    　請求項１～９の何れか１項に記載の遮断装置。     The operation pin is further provided with a second conductive portion that is electrically insulated from the first conductive portion.
    The first conductive portion is located in the first direction from the second conductive portion.
    After the first electric circuit portion and the second electric circuit portion are electrically connected by the first conductive portion, the first conductive portion moves in the first direction, and the second conductive portion moves to the first conductive portion. It moves between the first electric circuit portion and the second electric circuit portion to electrically connect the first electric circuit portion and the second electric circuit portion.
    The blocking device according to any one of claims 1 to 9.
  11. 　前記動作ピンは第２絶縁部を更に有し、
    　前記第２導電部が前記第１電路部と前記第２電路部とを電気的に接続した後、前記動作ピンが前記第１の方向に更に移動することで、前記第１電路部および前記第２電路部は前記第２絶縁部で互いに絶縁される、
    　請求項１０に記載の遮断装置。     The operating pin further has a second insulation.
    After the second conductive portion electrically connects the first electric circuit portion and the second electric circuit portion, the operation pin further moves in the first direction, whereby the first electric circuit portion and the first electric circuit portion are further moved. The two electric circuit portions are insulated from each other by the second insulating portion.
    The blocking device according to claim 10.
  12. 　前記第１電路部と前記第２電路部との間の電気抵抗は、前記第１導電部が前記第１電路部と前記第２電路部とを電気的に接続するときと、前記第２導電部が前記第１電路部と前記第２電路部とを電気的に接続するときとで異なる、
    　請求項１０又は１１に記載の遮断装置。     The electrical resistance between the first electric circuit portion and the second electric circuit portion is determined when the first conductive portion electrically connects the first electric circuit portion and the second electric circuit portion and when the second conductive portion electrically connects the second electric circuit portion. The unit differs depending on whether the first electric circuit portion and the second electric circuit portion are electrically connected.
    The blocking device according to claim 10 or 11.
  13. 　前記第１電路部と前記第２電路部との間の電気抵抗は、前記第２導電部が前記第１電路部と前記第２電路部とを電気的に接続するときの方が、前記第１導電部が前記第１電路部と前記第２電路部とを電気的に接続するときよりも大きい、
    　請求項１２に記載の遮断装置。     The electrical resistance between the first electric circuit portion and the second electric circuit portion is higher when the second conductive portion electrically connects the first electric circuit portion and the second electric circuit portion. 1 The conductive portion is larger than when the first electric circuit portion and the second electric circuit portion are electrically connected.
    The blocking device according to claim 12.
  14. 　前記動作ピンには、前記第１導電部および前記第２導電部から電気的に絶縁された第３導電部が更に設けられ、
    　前記第２導電部は前記第３導電部より第１の方向に位置し、
    　前記第２導電部が前記第１電路部と前記第２電路部とを電気的に接続した後、前記第２導電部は前記第１の方向に移動し、前記第３導電部は前記第１電路部と前記第２電路部との間に移動して前記第１電路部と前記第２電路部とを電気的に接続する、
    　請求項１０～１３のいずれか１項に記載の遮断装置。     The operation pin is further provided with a first conductive portion and a third conductive portion electrically insulated from the second conductive portion.
    The second conductive portion is located in the first direction from the third conductive portion.
    After the second conductive portion electrically connects the first electric circuit portion and the second electric circuit portion, the second conductive portion moves in the first direction, and the third conductive portion moves to the first conductive portion. It moves between the electric circuit portion and the second electric circuit portion to electrically connect the first electric circuit portion and the second electric circuit portion.
    The blocking device according to any one of claims 10 to 13.
  15. 　前記第１電路部と前記第２電路部との間の電気抵抗は、前記第３導電部が前記第１電路部と前記第２電路部とを電気的に接続するときの方が、前記第２導電部が前記第１電路部と前記第２電路部とを電気的に接続するときよりも大きい、
    　請求項１４に記載の遮断装置。     The electrical resistance between the first electric circuit portion and the second electric circuit portion is higher when the third conductive portion electrically connects the first electric circuit portion and the second electric circuit portion. 2 The conductive portion is larger than when the first electric circuit portion and the second electric circuit portion are electrically connected.
    The blocking device according to claim 14.
  16. 　前記第１導電部が前記第１電路部と前記第２電路部とを電気的に接続するときの前記第１電路部と前記第２電路部との間の電気抵抗をＲ１、前記第２導電部が前記第１電路部と前記第２電路部とを電気的に接続するときの前記第１電路部と前記第２電路部との間の電気抵抗をＲ２、前記第３導電部が前記第１電路部と前記第２電路部とを電気的に接続するときの前記第１電路部と前記第２電路部との間の電気抵抗をＲ３と定義すると、（Ｒ２?Ｒ１）の値と（Ｒ３?Ｒ２）の値は異なる、
    　請求項１５に記載の遮断装置。     The electrical resistance between the first electric circuit portion and the second electric circuit portion when the first conductive portion electrically connects the first electric circuit portion and the second electric circuit portion is R1, and the second conductive portion is The electric resistance between the first electric circuit portion and the second electric circuit portion when the unit electrically connects the first electric circuit portion and the second electric circuit portion is R2, and the third conductive portion is the first. When the electric resistance between the first electric circuit portion and the second electric circuit portion when the first electric circuit portion and the second electric circuit portion are electrically connected is defined as R3, the value of (R2 to R1) and ( The values of R3? R2) are different,
    The blocking device according to claim 15.
  17. 　前記第１の方向に沿った前記第１導電部の長さと、前記第１の方向に沿った前記第２導電部の長さは、異なる、
    　請求項１０～１６のいずれか１項に記載の遮断装置。     The length of the first conductive portion along the first direction and the length of the second conductive portion along the first direction are different.
    The blocking device according to any one of claims 10 to 16.
  18. 　前記第２導電部が前記第１電路部と前記第２電路部とを電気的に接続するときの前記第１電路部と前記第２電路部との間に流れる電流の経路長は、前記第１導電部が前記第１電路部と前記第２電路部とを電気的に接続するときの前記第１電路部と前記第２電路部との間に流れる電流の経路長よりも長い、
    　請求項１０～１７のいずれか１項に記載の遮断装置。     When the second conductive portion electrically connects the first electric circuit portion and the second electric circuit portion, the path length of the current flowing between the first electric circuit portion and the second electric circuit portion is the first. 1 The conductive portion is longer than the path length of the current flowing between the first electric circuit portion and the second electric circuit portion when the first electric circuit portion and the second electric circuit portion are electrically connected.
    The blocking device according to any one of claims 10 to 17.
  19. 　前記動作ピンは、消弧作用を有する消弧部材を含む、
    　請求項１～１８のいずれか１項に記載の遮断装置。     The operating pin includes an arc-extinguishing member having an arc-extinguishing action.
    The blocking device according to any one of claims 1 to 18.
  20. 　前記第１導電部は、温度上昇に応じて抵抗値が変化する、
    　請求項１～１９のいずれか１項に記載の遮断装置。     The resistance value of the first conductive portion changes as the temperature rises.
    The blocking device according to any one of claims 1 to 19.
PCT/JP2020/010043 2019-03-20 2020-03-09 Breaker device WO2020189377A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2019053845 2019-03-20
JP2019-053845 2019-03-20
JP2019-169812 2019-09-18
JP2019169812A JP2020161468A (en) 2019-03-20 2019-09-18 Breaker device

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2020189377A1 true WO2020189377A1 (en) 2020-09-24

Family

ID=72519116

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2020/010043 WO2020189377A1 (en) 2019-03-20 2020-03-09 Breaker device

Country Status (1)

Country Link
WO (1) WO2020189377A1 (en)

Cited By (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2022043162A1 (en) * 2020-08-28 2022-03-03 Eaton Intelligent Power Ltd. Pyromechanical separation device
WO2023218715A1 (en) * 2022-05-13 2023-11-16 太平洋精工株式会社 Electric circuit breaker device

Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2010086653A (en) * 2007-09-27 2010-04-15 Daikin Ind Ltd Cutting device, breaker, contactor, and electric circuit breaker
US20190051478A1 (en) * 2015-10-19 2019-02-14 Hirtenberger Automotive Safety Gmbh Pyrotechnic isolator
JP2019029152A (en) * 2017-07-28 2019-02-21 株式会社ダイセル Electric circuit breaker device having parallel circuit

Patent Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2010086653A (en) * 2007-09-27 2010-04-15 Daikin Ind Ltd Cutting device, breaker, contactor, and electric circuit breaker
US20190051478A1 (en) * 2015-10-19 2019-02-14 Hirtenberger Automotive Safety Gmbh Pyrotechnic isolator
JP2019029152A (en) * 2017-07-28 2019-02-21 株式会社ダイセル Electric circuit breaker device having parallel circuit

Cited By (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2022043162A1 (en) * 2020-08-28 2022-03-03 Eaton Intelligent Power Ltd. Pyromechanical separation device
GB2612745A (en) * 2020-08-28 2023-05-10 Eaton Intelligent Power Ltd Pyromechanical separation device
WO2023218715A1 (en) * 2022-05-13 2023-11-16 太平洋精工株式会社 Electric circuit breaker device

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP2020161468A (en) Breaker device
WO2020204154A1 (en) Interruption device
CN114450769B (en) Blocking device
WO2020189377A1 (en) Breaker device
KR102574712B1 (en) Electric circuit breaker device
JP2021051989A (en) Cut-out gear
WO2020158693A1 (en) Shut-off device
JP2021061146A (en) Current breaker
WO2021131535A1 (en) Cutoff device
JP2020123570A (en) Cutoff device
US20240062976A1 (en) Electric circuit breaker device
EP4318526A1 (en) Electrical circuit circuit-breaking device
WO2023182045A1 (en) Electric circuit breaker
EP4276875A1 (en) Electrical circuit circuit-breaking device
WO2023157361A1 (en) Electrical circuit breaker device
JP2004221037A (en) Electromagnetic switch
US20240062977A1 (en) Electric circuit breaker device
WO2023157857A1 (en) Electric circuit breaking device
US11972917B2 (en) Interruption device
WO2023063393A1 (en) Electric circuit breaker
WO2023063395A1 (en) Electrical circuit breaker
JP2021108273A (en) Breaker
JP2023118590A (en) Electrical circuit interrupter
JP2024036990A (en) electrical circuit interrupter

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 20774139

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 20774139

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1